Download Connect-Tek USB-2 Specifications Download ...
xx
ZZZ
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
*P077073800* 077-0738-00
xx ZZZ
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Revision A
www.tektronix.com 077-0738-00
Copyright © Tektronix. All rights reserved. Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries or suppliers, and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supersedes that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved. TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.
Contacting Tektronix Tektronix, Inc. 14150 SW Karl Braun Drive P.O. Box 500 Beaverton, OR 97077 USA For product information, sales, service, and technical support: In North America, call 1-800-833-9200. Worldwide, visit www.tektronix.com to find contacts in your area.
Table of Contents Getting Started .................................................................................................... Setting Up Remote Communications Hardware ......................................................... Connecting via Ethernet................................................................................ Connecting via USB .................................................................................... Connecting via GPIB ................................................................................... Setting Up Remote Communications Software .......................................................... Using TekVISA ......................................................................................... Using Tektronix e*Scope Software .................................................................. Documentation ............................................................................................... Command Syntax................................................................................................. Command and Query Structure ............................................................................ Clearing the oscilloscope ................................................................................... Command Entry.............................................................................................. Constructed Mnemonics .................................................................................... Argument Types.............................................................................................. Command Groups .............................................................................................. Acquisition Command Group ............................................................................ Alias Command Group.................................................................................... Bus Command Group ..................................................................................... Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group .......................................................... Cursor Command Group .................................................................................. Display Command Group................................................................................. Ethernet Command Group ................................................................................ File System Command Group ............................................................................ FilterVu Command Group ................................................................................ Hard Copy Command Group ............................................................................. Horizontal Command Group ............................................................................. Mark Command Group.................................................................................... Math Command Group.................................................................................... Measurement Command Group .......................................................................... Miscellaneous Command Group ......................................................................... PictBridge Command Group ............................................................................. Save and Recall Command Group ....................................................................... Search Command Group .................................................................................. Status and Error Command Group ....................................................................... Trigger Command Group ................................................................................. Vertical Command Group................................................................................. Waveform Transfer Command Group ................................................................... Zoom Command Group ...................................................................................
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-1 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-9 2-1 2-1 2-4 2-4 2-6 2-7 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 2-23 2-23 2-25 2-26 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-33 2-37 2-38 2-47 2-50 2-57
i
Table of Contents
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order .................................................................... Status and Events ................................................................................................. Registers ...................................................................................................... Queues ........................................................................................................ Event Handling Sequence................................................................................... Synchronization Methods ................................................................................... Messages.................................................................................................... Appendix A: Character Set ..................................................................................... Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments........... Appendix C: Reserved Words .................................................................................. Appendix D: Application Module-enabled Commands ..................................................... Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.......................................... Example 1: Single Threshold Edge Search .............................................................. Example 2: Single Threshold Edge Trigger ............................................................. Example 3: Dual Threshold Runt Search ................................................................ Example 4: Single Threshold Logic Search on Three Waveforms.................................... Index
ii
2-59 3-1 3-1 3-4 3-5 3-7 3-12 A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-2 E-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Getting Started This manual explains the use of commands for remotely controlling your oscilloscope. With this information, you can write computer programs to perform functions, such as setting the front-panel controls, taking measurements, performing statistical calculations, and exporting data for use in other programs. This manual describes commands for the following models: Table 1-1:
Model
Bandwidth
Number of Analog Channels
MSO2024B, MSO2024
200 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
MSO2022B
200 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
MSO2014B, MSO2014
100 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
MSO2012B, MSO2012
100 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
MSO2004B
70 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
MSO2002B
70 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2024B, DPO2024
200 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2022B
200 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2014B, DPO2014
100 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2012B, DPO2012
100 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2004B
70 MHz
4
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
DPO2002B
70 MHz
2
1 GS/s
1 M pts.
5,000
New in the Programmer Manual
Sample Rate
Record Length, all ch.
Wfm. Capture Rate
The following major changes were made to this version of the programmer manual (077-0738-00): Added 6 new oscilloscope models: MSO2002B – 70 MHz, 2 channel MSO2004B – 70 MHz, 4 channel MSO2022B – 200 MHz, 2 channel DPO2002B – 70 MHz, 2 channel DPO2004B – 70 MHz, 4 channel
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-1
Getting Started
DPO2022B – 200 MHz, 2 channel
Setting Up Remote Communications Hardware You can remotely communicate between your oscilloscope and PC via Ethernet, USB, or GPIB cables. NOTE. In order to communicate via an Ethernet cable, you need to install an optional DPO2CONN Connectivity Module into the back of the instrument. This module includes both Ethernet and VGA video monitor ports.
Connecting via Ethernet
If your PC is connected to a local area network, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect your oscilloscope to the same network, and then use software to remotely control the oscilloscope via the PC. First, you’ll need to acquire an optional DPO2CONN Connectivity Module, which provides Ethernet and video out ports for your oscilloscope (search on www.tektronix.com). Then, simply plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port (RJ-45 connector), and the other end into your network connection. NOTE. You can connect an MSO/DPO2000B oscilloscope only to a 10/100 Base-T local area network.
1-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Getting Started
To view or change the Ethernet settings on your oscilloscope, do the following: 1. On the front panel, push Utility. 2. Push Utility Page. 3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob. 4. Push Ethernet Network Settings. 5. If you are on a DHCP Ethernet network and using a through cable, on the side menu set DHCP/BOOTP to On. 6. If you are using a cross-over cable, set DHCP/BOOTP to Off, and set a hard-coded TCPIP address.
Connecting via USB
You can connect your oscilloscope directly to a PC by using a high-speed USB cable, and then use software to remotely control the oscilloscope via the PC. Simply plug one end of the cable into the USB 2.0 high-speed device port on the rear panel of your oscilloscope, and the other end into a USB port on your computer. This port requires that the cable connected from the port to the host computer meets the USB 2.0 specification for high speed connections. Typically, such cables should be 3 feet or shorter in length, but this is determined by the quality of the cable and, with higher quality cables, this length can be extended. (It is also dependent upon the drive capability of the host USB port to which the instrument is connected.) The use of high quality short cables is recommended to avoid USB connection problems. Once the USB cable is connected, the system automatically configures itself. To verify that the USB is enabled: 1. On the front panel, push Utility. 2. Push Utility Page. 3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob. 4. Push USB, and verify that USB is enabled. 5. If USB is not enabled, push Enabled on the side menu. After connection, the host, with appropriate software, can list the oscilloscope as a USB device with the following parameters: (See Table 1-2.)
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-3
Getting Started
Table 1-2: USB Device Parameters Parameter
Connecting via GPIB
Value
Manufacturer ID
0x0699 (decimal 1689)
Product ID
0x399 DPO2002B 0x39A MSO2002B 0x39B DPO2004B 0x39C MSO2004B 0x39D DPO2012B 0x39E MSO2012B 0x39F DPO2014B 0x3A0 MSO2014B 0x3A1 DPO2022B 0x3A2 MSO2022B 0x3A3 DPO2024B 0x3A4 MSO2024B 0x0372 DPO2012 0x0373 DPO2014 0x0374 DPO2024 0x0376 MSO2012 0x0377 MSO2014 0x0378 MSO2024
Serial number
Serial number
Manufacturer description
“Tektronix”
Interface description
“USBTMC-USB488”
(decimal 921) (decimal 922) (decimal 923) (decimal 924) (decimal 925) (decimal 926) (decimal 927) (decimal 928) (decimal 929) (decimal 930) (decimal 931) (decimal 932)
The oscilloscope has a USB 2.0 high-speed device port to control the oscilloscope through USBTMC or GPIB with a TEK-USB-488 Adapter. The USBTMC protocol allows USB devices to communicate using IEEE488 style messages. This lets you run your GPIB software applications on USB hardware.
To use GPIB, start by connecting an appropriate USB cable to the USB 2.0 high-speed device port on the rear panel of your oscilloscope. Connect the other end to the TEK-USB-488 Adapter host port. Then connect a GPIB cable from the TEK-USB-488 Adapter to your PC. Supply power to the Adapter in either of these two ways:
1-4
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Getting Started
1. Use the optional 5 VDC power adapter connected to the 5 VDC power input on the Adapter. 2. Use an appropriate USB cable connected to a powered USB host port on your PC and the Device port on the TEK-USB-488 Adapter. Before setting up the oscilloscope for remote communication using the electronic (physical) GPIB interface, you should familiarize yourself with the following GPIB requirements: A unique device address must be assigned to each device on the bus. No two devices can share the same device address. No more than 15 devices can be connected to any one line. Only one device should be connected for every 6 feet (2 meters) of cable used. No more than 65 feet (20 meters) of cable should be used to connect devices to a bus. At least two-thirds of the devices on the network should be powered on while using the network. Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear configuration. Do not use loop or parallel configurations. To function correctly, your oscilloscope must have a unique device address. The default setting for the GPIB configuration is GPIB Address 1. To change the GPIB address settings, do the following: 1. On the front panel, push Utility. 2. Push Utility Page. 3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob. 4. Push GPIB. 5. Enter the GPIB address on the side menu, using the multipurpose knob. This will set the GPIB address on an attached TEK-USB-488 Adapter The oscilloscope is now set up for bidirectional communication with your PC.
Setting Up Remote Communications Software Connect your oscilloscope directly to a computer to let the PC analyze your data, collect screen images, or to control the oscilloscope using a program of your own creation. You can connect using TekVISA drivers, or connect directly from any computer’s web browser using Tektronix e*Scope Web-enabled tools.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-5
Getting Started
NOTE. The CD that your oscilloscope shipped with contains additional tools for efficient connectivity between your oscilloscope and your computer. These include toolbars that speed connectivity with Microsoft Excel and Word.
Using TekVISA
TekVISA lets you use your MS-Windows computer to acquire data from your oscilloscope for use in an analysis package that runs on your PC, such as Microsoft Excel, National Instruments LabVIEW, Tektronix OpenChoice Desktop software, or your own custom software. You can use a common communications connection, such as USB, Ethernet, or GPIB, to connect the computer to the oscilloscope. The TekVISA drivers are automatically installed by installing the OpenChoice Desktop software that came with your instrument’s CD. You can also download the OpenChoice Desktop software from www.tektronix.com\downloads. NOTE. TekVISA cannot run if any other version of VISA drivers is installed. To set up communications between your oscilloscope and a computer running TekVISA drivers:
1-6
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Getting Started
1. Install the Tektronix OpenChoice Desktop software package, either from the CD that came with your instrument or from the Tektronix website. This will automatically install the TekVISA drivers. 2. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer with the appropriate USB, Ethernet or GPIB cable. Cycle the power on the oscilloscope. 3. Push Utility. 4. Push Utility Page. 5. Turn multipurpose knob a and select I/O.
6. If you are using USB, the system sets itself up automatically for you, if USB is enabled. Check USB on the lower menu to be sure that USB is enabled. If it is not enabled, push USB. Then push Connect to Computer on the side menu. 7. To use Ethernet, push Ethernet Network Settings on the lower menu. Use the side menu buttons to adjust your network settings, as needed. For more information, see the e*Scope setup information below. 8. If you are using GPIB, push GPIB. Enter the GPIB address on the side menu, using multipurpose knob a. This will set the GPIB address on an attached TEK-USB-488 Adapter. 9. Run the application software on your computer.
Using Tektronix e*Scope Software
Your oscilloscope contains a pre-installed remote control software package by Tektronix called e*Scope. You can use this to “talk” to a networked PC’s web browser so that you can view and control the oscilloscope wherever it is on your network. First, you’ll need to acquire an optional DPO2CONN Connectivity Module, which provides Ethernet and video out ports for your oscilloscope (search on www.tektronix.com).
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-7
Getting Started
To set up e*Scope communications between your oscilloscope and a networked computer: 1. With the DPO2CONN Connectivity Module installed, connect an Ethernet cable from the back of the oscilloscope to the same network as your computer. 2. Power up your oscilloscope and test the network connection: a. Push the Utility button, and then push Utility Page on the bottom menu. b. Turn multipurpose knob a to select I/O, and then push Ethernet Network Settings on the bottom menu. c. Push Test Connection on the side menu. The button should say OK.
3. Next, find your oscilloscope’s IP address: a. Push Change Instrument Settings on the side menu to display the network parameters configured on your oscilloscope. b. Note down the Instrument IP address.
1-8
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Getting Started
4. On the menu bar of your PC’s web browser, type in the oscilloscope’s Instrument IP address and press Enter.
5. You should now see the e*Scope screen on your PC and an image of your oscilloscope’s display. You may use the menu items at the top to control your oscilloscope from your PC’s browser.
Documentation The following documents are available for download on the Manuals Finder Web site at www.tektronix.com: MSO/DPO2000B Series User Manual. Information about installing and operating the oscilloscope. MSO/DPO2000B Series Technical Reference. Oscilloscope specifications and a performance verification procedure. TekVISA Programmer Manual. Description of TekVISA, the Tektronix implementation of the VISA Application Programming Interface (API). TekVISA is industry-compliant software for writing interoperable oscilloscope drivers in a variety of Application Development Environments (ADEs).
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
1-9
Getting Started
1-10
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Syntax You can control the operations and functions of the oscilloscope through the Ethernet port or the USB 2.0 device port using commands and queries. The related topics listed below describe the syntax of these commands and queries. The topics also describe the conventions that the oscilloscope uses to process them. See the Command Groups topic in the table of contents for a listing of the commands by command group, or use the index to locate a specific command.
Backus-Naur Form Notation
This documentation describes the commands and queries using Backus-Naur Form (BNF) notation. Refer to the following table for the symbols that are used. Table 2-1: Symbols for Backus-Naur Form Symbol
Meaning
=
Is defined as
|
Exclusive OR
Defined element
{}
Group; one element is required
[] .. .
Optional; can be omitted
()
Comment
Previous element(s) may be repeated
Command and Query Structure Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called commands and queries). Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the oscilloscope to perform a specific action. Queries cause the oscilloscope to return data and status information. Most commands have both a set form and a query form. The query form of the command differs from the set form by its question mark at the end. For example, the set command ACQuire:MODe has a query form ACQuire:MODe?. Not all commands have both a set and a query form. Some commands have set only and some have query only.
Messages
A command message is a command or query name followed by any information the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. Command messages may contain five element types, defined in the following table.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-1
Command Syntax
Table 2-2: Command Message Elements
Commands
Symbol
Meaning
This is the basic command name. If the header ends with a question mark, the command is a query. The header may begin with a colon (:) character. If the command is concatenated with other commands, the beginning colon is required. Never use the beginning colon with command headers beginning with a star (*).
This is a header subfunction. Some command headers have only one mnemonic. If a command header has multiple mnemonics, a colon (:) character always separates them from each other.
This is a quantity, quality, restriction, or limit associated with the header. Some commands have no arguments while others have multiple arguments. A separates arguments from the header. A separates arguments from each other.
A single comma is used between arguments of multiple-argument commands. Optionally, there may be white space characters before and after the comma.
A white space character is used between a command header and the related argument. Optionally, a white space may consist of multiple white space characters.
Commands cause the oscilloscope to perform a specific function or change one of the settings. Commands have the structure: [:][[ ]...]
A command header consists of one or more mnemonics arranged in a hierarchical or tree structure. The first mnemonic is the base or root of the tree and each subsequent mnemonic is a level or branch off the previous one. Commands at a higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. The leading colon (:) always returns you to the base of the command tree.
2-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Queries
Queries cause the oscilloscope to return status or setting information. Queries have the structure: [:] [:][ []...]
You can specify a query command at any level within the command tree unless otherwise noted. These branch queries return information about all the mnemonics below the specified branch or level.
Headers
Use the HEADer command to control whether the oscilloscope returns headers as part of the query response. If header is on, the query response returns command headers, then formats itself as a valid set command. When header is off, the response includes only the values. This may make it easier to parse and extract the information from the response. The table below shows the difference in responses. Table 2-3: Comparison of Header Off and Header On Responses Query
Header Off
Header On
TIME?
14:30:00
:TIME “14:30:00”
ACQuire:NUMAVg?
100
:ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 100
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-3
Command Syntax
Clearing the oscilloscope You can clear the Output Queue and reset the oscilloscope to accept a new command or query by using the selected Device Clear (DCL) function.
Command Entry The following rules apply when entering commands: You can enter commands in upper or lower case. You can precede any command with white space characters. White space characters include any combination of the ASCII control characters 00 through 09 and 0B through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal). The oscilloscope ignores commands consisting of any combination of white space characters and line feeds.
Abbreviating
You can abbreviate many oscilloscope commands. Each command in this documentation shows the minimum acceptable abbreviations in capitals. For example, you can enter the command ACQuire:NUMAvg simply as ACQ:NUMA or acq:numa. Abbreviation rules may change over time as new oscilloscope models are introduced. Thus, for the most robust code, use the full spelling. If you use the HEADer command to have command headers included as part of query responses, you can further control whether the returned headers are abbreviated or are full-length with the VERBose command.
Concatenating
2-4
You can concatenate any combination of set commands and queries using a semicolon (;). The oscilloscope executes concatenated commands in the order received.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
When concatenating commands and queries, you must follow these rules: 1. Separate completely different headers by a semicolon and by the beginning colon on all commands except the first one. For example, the commands TRIGger:MODe NORMal and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8, can be concatenated into the following single command: TRIGger:MODe NORMal;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8
2. If concatenated commands have headers that differ by only the last mnemonic, you can abbreviate the second command and eliminate the beginning colon. For example, you can concatenate the commands ACQuire:MODe AVErage and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 into a single command: ACQuire:MODe AVErage; NUMAVg 8
The longer version works equally well: ACQuire:MODe AVErage;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8
3. Never precede a star (*) command with a colon: ACQuire:STATE 1;*OPC
Any commands that follow will be processed as if the star command was not there so the commands, ACQuire:MODe ENVelope;*OPC;NUMAVg 8 will set the acquisition mode to envelope and set the number of acquisitions for averaging to 8. 4. When you concatenate queries, the responses to all the queries are concatenated into a single response message. 5. Set commands and queries may be concatenated in the same message. For example, ACQuire:MODe SAMple;NUMAVg?;STATE?
is a valid message that sets the acquisition mode to sample. The message then queries the number of acquisitions for averaging and the acquisition state. Concatenated commands and queries are executed in the order received. Here are some invalid concatenations: HORizontal:SCAle 400E-9;ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 (no colon before
ACQuire) DISPlay:GRAticule FULL;:*TRG (colon before a star (*) command) MATH:HORizontal:SCAle 1.0e-1;HORizontal:POSition 5.0el
(levels of the mnemonics are different; either remove the second use of HORizontal: or place :MATH in front of HORizontal:POSition)
Terminating
This documentation uses (End of Message) to represent a message terminator.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-5
Command Syntax
Table 2-4: End of Message Terminator Symbol
Meaning
Message terminator
The end-of-message terminator must be the END message (EOI asserted concurrently with the last data byte). The last data byte may be an ASCII line feed (LF) character. This oscilloscope does not support ASCII LF only message termination. The oscilloscope always terminates outgoing messages with LF and EOI.
Constructed Mnemonics Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. For example, a channel mnemonic can be CH1, CH2, CH3, or CH4. You use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. For example, there is a CH1:POSition command, and there is also a CH2:POSition command. In the command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated as CH.
Cursor Position Mnemonics
When cursors are displayed, commands may specify which cursor of the pair to use. Table 2-5: Channel Mnemonics Symbol
Meaning
CH
A channel specifier; is 1 through 4.
Table 2-6: Cursor Mnemonics
Math Specifier Mnemonics
Symbol
Meaning
CURSOR
A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2.
POSITION
A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2.
HPOS
A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2.
Commands can specify the mathematical waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. Table 2-7: Math Specifier Mnemonics
2-6
Symbol
Meaning
Math
A math waveform specifier; is 1.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
Measurement Specifier Mnemonics
Commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the header. Up to four automated measurements may be displayed. Table 2-8: Measurement Specifier Mnemonics Symbol
Meaning
MEAS
A measurement specifier; is 1 through 4.
Channel Mnemonics
Commands specify the channel to use as a mnemonic in the header.
Reference Waveform Mnemonics
Commands can specify the reference waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. Table 2-9: Reference Waveform Mnemonics Symbol
Meaning
REF
A reference waveform specifier; 1 or 2. The MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 series provides only two REF waveforms regardless of whether the instrument is a 2 or 4 channel model.
Argument Types Numeric
Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows the format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the preferred format when sending the command to the oscilloscope though any of the formats will be accepted. This documentation represents these arguments as described below. Table 2-10: Numeric Arguments Symbol
Meaning
Signed integer value
Floating point value without an exponent
Floating point value with an exponent
Digital data in binary format
Most numeric arguments will be automatically forced to a valid setting, by either rounding or truncating,, when an invalid number is input, unless otherwise noted in the command description.
Quoted String
Some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string, which is simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by a single quote (') or double quote ("). The following is an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted string". This documentation represents these arguments as follows:
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-7
Command Syntax
Table 2-11: Quoted String Argument Symbol
Meaning
Quoted string of ASCII text
A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ASCII character set. Follow these rules when you use quoted strings: 1. Use the same type of quote character to open and close the string. For example: "this is a valid string". 2. You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule. For example: "this is an 'acceptable' string". 3. You can include a quote character within a string by repeating the quote. For example: "here is a "" mark". 4. Strings can have upper or lower case characters. 5. If you use a GPIB network, you cannot terminate a quoted string with the END message before the closing delimiter. 6. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate the string. The return is treated as another character in the string. 7. The maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000 characters. Here are some invalid strings: "Invalid string argument' (quotes are not of the same type) "test" (termination character is embedded in the string)
Block
Several oscilloscope commands use a block argument form, as defined in the table below. Table 2-12: Block Argument Symbol
Meaning
A nonzero digit character in the range of 1–9
A digit character, in the range of 0–9
A character with the hexadecimal equivalent of 00 through FF (0 through 255 decimal)
A block of data bytes defined as: ::= {#[...][...] |#0[...]}
specifies the number of elements that follow. Taken together, the and elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many elements follow.
2-8
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Syntax
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-9
Command Syntax
2-10
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups This manual lists the MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 series IEEE488.2 commands in two ways. First, it presents them by functional groups. Then, it lists them alphabetically. The functional group list starts below. The alphabetical list provides detail on each command. (See page 2-59, Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order.)
Acquisition Command Group Use the commands in the Acquisition Command Group to set up the modes and functions that control how the oscilloscope acquires signals input to the channels, and processes them into waveforms. Using the commands in this group, you can do the following: Start and stop acquisitions. Control whether each waveform is simply acquired, averaged over successive acquisitions of that waveform. Set the controls or conditions that start and stop acquisitions. Control acquisition of channel waveforms. Set acquisition parameters. Table 2-13: Acquisition Commands Command
Description
ACQuire?
Returns acquisition parameters
ACQuire:MAXSamplerate?
Returns the maximum real-time sample rate
ACQuire:MODe
Sets or returns the acquisition mode
ACQuire:NUMACq?
Returns number of acquisitions that have occurred
ACQuire:NUMAVg
Sets or returns the number of acquisitions for an averaged waveform
ACQuire:STATE
Starts or stops the acquisition system
ACQuire:STOPAfter
Sets or returns whether the acquisition is continuous or single sequence
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-11
Command Groups
Alias Command Group Use the Alias commands to define new commands as a sequence of standard commands. You may find this useful when repeatedly using the same commands to perform certain tasks like setting up measurements. Aliases are similar to macros but do not include the capability to substitute parameters into alias bodies. The alias mechanism obeys the following rules: The alias name must consist of a valid IEEE488.2 message unit, which may not appear in a message preceded by a colon, comma, or a command or query program header. The alias name may not appear in a message followed by a colon, comma, or question mark. An alias name must be distinct from any keyword or keyword short form. An alias name cannot be redefined without first being deleted using one of the alias deletion functions. Alias names do not appear in response messages. Table 2-14: Alias Commands
2-12
Command
Description
ALIas
Sets or returns the alias state
ALIas:CATalog?
Returns a list of the currently defined alias labels
ALIas:DEFine
Assigns a sequence of program messages to an alias label
ALIas:DELEte
Removes a specified alias
ALIas:DELEte:ALL
Deletes all existing aliases
ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe]
Removes a specified alias
ALIas[:STATE]
Sets or returns the alias state
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Bus Command Group Use the Bus commands when working with serial bus measurements. Install the DPO2EMBD application module when working with I2C or SPI bus signals. Install the DPO2AUTO module when working with CAN or LIN bus signals. Install the DPO2COMP module when working with RS232 bus signals. Table 2-15: Bus Commands Commands
Description
BUS
Returns the parameters for each bus
BUS:B:CAN:BITRate
Sets or returns the bit rate for the CAN bus
BUS:B:CAN:PRObe
Sets or returns the probing method used to probe the CAN bus
BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint
Sets or returns the sample point (in %) to sample during each bit period
BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce
Sets or returns the CAN data source
BUS:B:DISplay:FORMAt
Sets the display format for the numerical information in the specified bus waveform
BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude
Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is included in the address
BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the I2C SCLK source
BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the I2C SDATA source
BUS:B:LABel
Sets or returns the waveform label for the specified bus
BUS:B:LIN:BITRate
Sets or returns the bit rate for LIN
BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat
Sets or returns the LIN ID format
BUS:B:LIN:POLARity
Sets or returns the LIN polarity
BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint
Sets or returns the sample point (in %) at which to sample during each bit period
BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce
Sets or returns the LIN data source
BUS:B:LIN:STANDard
Sets or returns the LIN standard
BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce
Sets or returns the parallel bit source
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE
Sets or returns the parallel clock edge for bus
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed
Sets or returns whether the parallel bus is clocked
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce
Sets or returns the parallel bus clock source
BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth
Sets or returns the number of bits used for the width of the parallel bus
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-13
Command Groups
Table 2-15: Bus Commands (cont.)
2-14
Commands
Description
BUS:B:POSition
Sets or returns the position of the specified bus waveform
BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate
Sets or returns the RS232 bit rate for the specified bus
BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits
Sets or returns the number of bits for the data frame
BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter
Sets or returns the RS232 delimiting value for a packet on the specified bus
BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode
Sets or returns the display mode for the specified bus display and event table
BUS:B:RS232C:PARity
Sets or returns parity for RS232 data
BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity
Sets or returns the RS232C polarity for the specified bus
BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce
Sets or returns the RS232 RX source
BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce
Sets or returns the RS232 TX Source
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK polarity
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK source
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity
Sets or returns the SPI MISO polarity
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the SPI MISO source
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}: POLARity
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI polarity
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI source
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity
Sets or returns the SPI SS polarity
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the SPI SS source
BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder
Sets or returns the bit order for the specified SPI bus
BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe
Sets or returns the number of bits per word for the specified SPI bus
BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING
Sets or returns the type of SPI framing
BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime
Sets or returns the SPI bus idle time in seconds for the specified SPI bus
BUS:B:STATE
Turns the specified bus on and off
BUS:B:TYPE
Sets or returns the specified bus type
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH
Sets or returns the lower threshold for each channel
BUS:THReshold:CH
Sets or returns the threshold for a channel
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH
Sets or returns the upper threshold for each channel
BUS:THReshold:D
Sets or returns the threshold for digital channel
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-15: Bus Commands (cont.) Commands
Description
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS?
Returns the serial search type
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:CONDition
Sets or returns the search condition for a LIN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue
Sets or returns the binary data string
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string used for a LIN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:ERRTYPE
Sets or returns the error type used for a LIN Search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for a RS232 trigger
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string for a RS232 RX trigger
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for a RX RS232 trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for LIN
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE
Sets or returns the error type
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa: SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string for a RX RS232 trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa: VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for a RX RS232 trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa: SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for a TX RS232 Trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa: VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a TX RS232 trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-15
Command Groups
Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group The Calibration and Diagnostic commands provide information about the current state of oscilloscope calibration. They also initiate internal signal path calibration (SPC) or execute diagnostic tests. Commands that are specific to factory calibration are not described in this manual. They are described in the Service manual, available for download at www.tektronix.com. Table 2-16: Calibration and Diagnostic Commands
2-16
Command
Description
*CAL?
Instructs the oscilloscope to perform self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope self calibration status
CALibrate:FACtory
Provides the controls for starting and stopping the factory calibration process
CALibrate:FACtory:STATus?
Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory
CALibrate:INTERNal
Starts a signal path compensation
CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt
Starts the internal signal path calibration
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus?
Returns the current status of the internal signal path calibration
CALibrate:RESults?
Returns the status of all calibration subsystems without performing an SPC operation
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory?
Returns the status of internal and factory calibration
CALibrate:RESults:SPC?
Returns the results of the last SPC operation
CALibrate:TEMPerature?
Returns 0 as MSO/DPO2000/B series does not support recording of oscilloscope temperature
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion
Sets the self-test loop option
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes
Sets the self-test loop option to run N times
DIAg:LOOP:STOP
Stops the self-test at the end of the current loop
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg?
Returns the pass/fail status from the last self-test sequence execution
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG?
Returns the internal results log from the last self-test sequence execution
DIAg:SELect:
Selects one of the available self-test areas
DIAg:STATE
Sets the oscilloscope operating state
DIAg:SELect
Runs self tests on the specified system subsystem
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Cursor Command Group Use the commands in the Cursor Command Group to control the cursor display and readout. You can use these commands to control the setups for cursor 1 and cursor 2, such as cursor position. You can also use the commands to select one of the following cursor functions: Off. Turns off the display of all cursors. Waveform Cursors. Consists of two cursors. Waveform cursors enable you to conveniently measure waveform amplitude and time. Screen Cursors. Consists of two pairs of independent horizontal and vertical cursors. You can use these cursors to indicate an arbitrary position within the waveform display area. Table 2-17: Cursor Commands Command
Description
CURSor?
Returns cursor settings
CURSor:FUNCtion
Sets or returns the cursor type
CURSor:HBArs?
Returns hbar cursor settings
CURSor:HBArs:DELTa?
Returns hbars cursors vertical difference
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION
Sets or returns the hbar cursor vertical position
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts
Returns hbar cursor units
CURSor:HBArs:USE
Sets the horizontal bar cursor measurement scale
CURSor:MODe
Sets or returns whether cursors move in unison or separately
CURSor:VBArs?
Sets or returns the position of vertical bar cursors
CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE?
Returns the alternate readout for the waveform (Vbar) cursors
CURSor:VBArs:DELTa?
Returns the difference between vbar cursors
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS?
Returns the horizontal value of the specified vertical bar ticks
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION
Sets or returns the vbar cursor horizontal position
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts
Sets or returns the units for vbar cursors
CURSor:VBArs:USE
Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement scale
CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa?
Returns the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursor ticks
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta?
Returns the difference between the cursors X radius and the cursor Y radius
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-17
Command Groups
Table 2-17: Cursor Commands (cont.) Command
Description
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION?
Returns the polar radius of the specified cursor
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts?
Returns the polar radius units
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta?
Returns the XY cursor polar coordinate delta
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION?
Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar coordinate
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts?
Returns the cursor polar coordinate units
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta?
Returns the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION?
Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used to calculate the X × Y cursor measurement
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts?
Returns the XY cursor product units
CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta?
Returns the ratio of the difference between the cursor X position and cursor Y position
CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION?
Returns the X or Y position for the specified cursor
CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts?
Returns the X and Y cursor units for the ratio measurement
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta?
Returns the cursor X delta value in rectangular coordinates
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION
Sets or returns the cursor X rectangular coordinates
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts?
Returns the Cursor X rectangular units
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta?
Returns The cursor Y delta value in rectangular coordinates
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION>
Sets or returns the cursor Y rectangular coordinates
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts?
Returns the cursor Y rectangular units
Display Command Group Use the commands in the Display Command Group to change the graticule style, the displayed intensities, and to set the characteristics of the waveform display. Use these commands to set the style that best displays your waveforms and graticule display properties. Note that the mode you choose globally affects all displayed waveforms.
2-18
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-18: Display Commands Command
Description
DISplay?
Returns current display settings
DISplay:CLOCk
Sets or returns the display of the date/time stamp
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght
Sets or returns the height of the digital display and the number of waveforms that you can display
DISplay:FORMat
Sets or returns the display format
DISplay:GRAticule
Sets or returns the type of graticule that is displayed
DISplay:INTENSITy?
Returns all display intensity settings
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight
Sets or returns the backlight intensity for the display
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule
Sets or returns the graticule intensity for the display
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform
Sets or returns the intensity of the waveforms
DISplay:PERSistence
Sets or returns display persistence setting
MESSage:BOX
Sets or returns the size and position of the message window
MESSage:CLEAR
Removes the message text from the message window
MESSage:SHOW
Clears the contents of the message window
MESSage:STATE
Controls the display of the message window
Ethernet Command Group Use the commands in the Ethernet Command Group to set up the Ethernet remote interface. Table 2-19: Ethernet Commands Command
Description
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp
Sets or returns the network initialization search for a DHCP/BOOTP server
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress
Sets or returns the network Domain Name Server (Dns) IP address
ETHERnet:DOMAINname
Sets or returns the network domain name
ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress?
Returns the Ethernet address value assigned to the oscilloscope
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress
Sets or returns the remote interface gateway IP address
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-19
Command Groups
Table 2-19: Ethernet Commands (cont.) Command
Description
ETHERnet:HTTPPort
Sets or returns the remote interface HTTP port value
ETHERnet:IPADDress
Sets or returns the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope
ETHERnet:NAME
Sets or returns the network name assigned to the oscilloscope
ETHERnet:PASSWord
Sets or returns the Ethernet access password
ETHERnet:PING
Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address
ETHERnet:PING:STATUS?
Returns the results from pinging the gateway IP address
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask
Sets or returns the remote interface subnet mask value
File System Command Group Use the commands in the File System Command Group to access USB media. You can use the commands to do the following: List the contents of a directory Create, rename and delete directories Create, read, rename, or delete a file Format media When using these commands, keep the following points in mind: File arguments are always enclosed within double quotes: "E:/MYDIR/TEK00001.SET" File names follow the non-case sensitive, MSDOS format: [DRIVE:][\PATH\]filename File names for commands and queries are not case sensitive. Save commands translate all file names to uppercase for storage For Example: SAVE:WAVEFORM CH1,"ch1.isf" results in Ch1 being saved to a file named CH1.ISF. RECALL:WAVEFORM "Ch1.isf",REF1 would recall the waveform from the file CH1.ISF to the REF1 internal waveform storage location. Path separators may be either forward slashes (/) or back slashes (\) The file and directory names have no more than eight characters as the base name, and no more than three characters as the extension as in 8.3 format
2-20
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
NOTE. Using back slash as a path separator may produce some unexpected results, depending on how your application treats escaped characters. Many applications recognize the sequence of back slash followed by an alphabetic character as an escaped character, and, as such, interpret that alphabetic character as a control character. For example, the sequence "\n" may be interpreted as a newline character; "\t" may be interpreted as a tab character. To ensure that this interpretation does not occur, you can use double back slashes. For example, "E:\\testfile.txt". Table 2-20: File System Commands Command
Description
FILESystem
Returns the file system state
FILESystem:CWD
Sets or returns the current working directory for FILESystem commands.
FILESystem:DELEte
Deletes a named file or directory
FILESystem:DIR?
Returns a list of directory contents
FILESystem:FORMat
Formats a named drive
FILESystem:FREESpace?
Returns the number of bytes of free space on the current drive
FILESystem:MKDir
Creates a new directory
FILESystem:READFile
Writes the contents of the specified file to the specified interface
FILESystem:REName
Assigns a new name to an existing file
FILESystem:RMDir
Deletes a named directory
FILESystem:WRITEFile
Writes the specified block data to the oscilloscope current working directory
FilterVu Command Group Use the commands in the FilterVu Command Group to set up the FilterVu feature. FilterVu provides a variable low pass filter to block unwanted noise while still displaying high frequency events. The oscilloscope does this by superimposing a filtered foreground waveform over a glitch capture background waveform. Table 2-21: FilterVuCommands Command
Description
DISplay:GLITch
Controls the display of the glitch capture waveform
DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch
Sets the glitch intensity on the display
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-21
Command Groups
Table 2-21: FilterVuCommands (cont.) Command
Description
FILTERVu:FREQuency
Sets or queries the FilterVu frequency
FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable?
Returns a comma separated list of filter frequencies available based on the current instrument settings
For more information, refer to Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments. (See page B-1.)
Hard Copy Command Group Use the commands in the Hard Copy Command Group to make hard copies. Table 2-22: Hard Copy Commands
2-22
Command
Description
HARDCopy
Sends a copy of the screen display to the selected printer
HARDCopy:INKSaver
Changes hard copy output to print color traces and graticule on a white background
HARDCopy:PREVIEW
Previews the current screen contents with the InkSaver palette applied
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Horizontal Command Group Use the commands in the Horizontal Command Group to control the oscilloscope time bases. You can set the time-per-division of the main time base. You can also use the Horizontal commands to set the scale, horizontal position, and reference of the time base. Table 2-23: Horizontal Commands Command
Description
HORizontal?
Returns settings for the horizontal commands
HORizontal:ACQLENGTH?
Returns the record length
HORizontal:DELay:MODe
Sets or returns the horizontal delay mode
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe
Sets or returns the horizontal delay time
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN?
Returns the record length of the main digital acquisition
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN?
Returns the sample rate of the main digital acquisition
HORizontal:POSition
Sets or returns the horizontal position
HORizontal:PREViewstate?
Returns whether or not the acquisition system is in the preview state
HORizontal:RECOrdlength
Sets the horizontal record length to the number of data points in each frame Or returns the current horizontal record length
HORizontal:RESOlution
Sets or returns the horizontal record length to the number of data points in each frame
HORizontal:SAMPLERate
Sets or returns the current horizontal sample rate
HORizontal:SCAle
Sets or returns the time base horizontal scale
HORizontal:TRIGger:POSition
Sets the horizontal position when delay mode is OFF
Mark Command Group Use the commands in the Mark Command Group to identify areas of the acquired waveform that warrant further investigation.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-23
Command Groups
Table 2-24: Mark Commands
2-24
Command
Description
MARK
Move to the next or previous mark on the waveform or returns all learnable settings from the mark commands
MARK:CREATE
Creates a mark on a particular waveform or all waveforms in a column
MARK:DELEte
Deletes a mark on a particular waveform, all waveforms in a column, or all marks
MARK:FREE?
Returns how many marks are free to be used
MARK:SELected:END?
Returns the end of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform
MARK:SELected:FOCUS?
Returns the focus of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform
MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn?
Returns how many marks are in the current zoom pixel column
MARK:SELected:OWNer?
Returns the owner of the selected mark
MARK:SELected:SOURCE?
Returns the source waveform of the selected mark
MARK:SELected:STARt?
Returns the start of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform
MARK:SELected:STATe?
Returns the on or off state of the selected mark
MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition?
Returns the position of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the upper window
MARK:TOTal?
Returns how many marks are used
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Math Command Group Use the commands in the Math Command Group to create and define a math waveform. Use the available math functions to define your math waveform. The math waveform you create depends on sources listed in the math expression. If you change these sources, the math waveform you previously defined will be affected. Math expressions can be simple without any mathematical computations. For example: CH1, which specifies that a waveform shows the signal source of Channel 1. The acquisition of a live waveform can stop for several reasons: You can turn off the channel, stop the waveform, or stop the trigger. When you turn off the channel, math continues and data is acquired but is not displayed. When you stop either the waveform or the trigger, the math calculation stops, and the last math calculation performed is displayed. When a live waveform update or reference waveform is altered, math waveforms containing those waveforms as sources are also updated to reflect the changes. Remember that sources must exist, but do not need to be displayed, to be used in and to update math waveforms. Table 2-25: Math Commands Command
Description
MATH[1]?
Returns the definition of the math waveform
MATH[1]:DEFine
Sets or returns the current math function as a text string
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition
Sets or returns the math horizontal display position for FFT or (non-live) math reference waveforms
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle
Sets or returns the math horizontal display scale for FFT or for Dual Math waveforms
MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts
Returns the math waveform horizontal unit value
MATH[1]:LABel
Sets or queries the waveform label for the math waveform
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators
Enables or disables the display of indicators that show the portion of the source waveform record used to compute the math FFT waveform
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators: END?
Returns the ending point in the source waveform record used for computing the FFT
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators: STARt?
Returns the starting point in the source waveform record used for computing the FFT
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG
Sets or returns the units of spectral magnification in the math string
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-25
Command Groups
Table 2-25: Math Commands (cont.) Command
Description
MATH[1]:SPECTral:NYQUISTFreq?
Returns the Nyquist frequency of the FFT math waveform
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow
Sets or returns the window function for math waveform spectral input data
MATH[1]:TYPe
Sets or returns the math waveform mode type
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition
Sets or returns the vertical position of the currently selected math type
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle
Sets or returns the vertical scale of the currently selected math type
MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts?
Returns the math waveform vertical units
Measurement Command Group Use the commands in the Measurement Command Group to control the automated measurement system. Up to four automated measurements can be displayed on the screen. In the commands, these measurement readouts are named MEAS, where is the measurement number. In addition to the four displayed measurements, the measurement commands let you specify an additional measurement, IMMed. The immediate measurement has no front-panel equivalent. Immediate measurements are never displayed. Because they are computed only when needed, immediate measurements slow the waveform update rate less than displayed measurements. Whether you use displayed or immediate measurements, use the VALue query to obtain measurement results. Measurement commands can set and query measurement parameters. You can assign some parameters, such as waveform sources, differently for each measurement. Other parameters, such as reference levels, have only one value, which applies to all measurements. Table 2-26: Measurement Commands
2-26
Command
Description
MEASUrement?
Returns all measurement parameters
MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot
Removes the measurement snapshot display
MEASUrement:GATing
Sets or returns the measurement gating
MEASUrement:IMMed?
Returns all immediate measurement setup parameters
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-26: Measurement Commands (cont.) Command
Description
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay?
Returns information about the immediate delay measurement
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection
Sets or returns the search direction to use for immediate delay measurements
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE
Sets or returns the slope of the edge used for immediate delay “from” and “to” waveform measurements
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1
Sets or returns the “from” source for all single channel immediate measurements
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2
Sets or returns the source to measure “to” for phase or delay immediate measurements
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe
Sets or returns the type of the immediate measurement
MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts?
Returns the units of the immediate measurement
MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue?
Returns the value of the immediate measurement
MEASUrement:INDICators?
Returns all measurement indicator parameters
MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ?
Returns the position of the specified horizontal measurement indicator
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ?
Returns the number of horizontal measurement indicators currently being displayed
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT?
Returns the number of vertical measurement indicators currently being displayed
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE
Sets or returns the state of visible measurement indicators
MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT?
Returns the value of the specified vertical measurement indicator
MEASUrement:MEAS?
Returns all measurement parameters
MEASUrement:MEAS:COUNt?
Returns the number of values accumulated since the last statistical reset
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay?
Returns the delay measurement parameters for the specified measurement
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:DIRection
Sets or returns the search direction to use for delay measurements
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE
Sets or returns the slope of the edge to use for delay “from” and “to” waveform measurements
MEASUrement:MEAS:MAXimum?
Returns the maximum value found since the last statistical reset
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-27
Command Groups
Table 2-26: Measurement Commands (cont.)
2-28
Command
Description
MEASUrement:MEAS:MEAN?
Returns the mean value accumulated since the last statistical reset
MEASUrement:MEAS:MINImum?
Returns the minimum value found since the last statistical reset
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1]
Sets or returns the channel from which measurements are taken
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2
Sets or returns the channel to which measurements are sent
MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE
Sets or returns whether the specified measurement slot is computed and displayed
MEASUrement:MEAS:STDdev?
Returns the standard deviation of values accumulated since the last statistical reset
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe
Sets or returns the measurement type
MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts?
Returns measurement units
MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue?
Returns the value of measurement
MEASUrement:METHod
Sets or returns the method used for calculating reference levels
MEASUrement:REFLevel?
Returns the current reference level parameters
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH
Sets or returns the top reference level for rise time
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW
Sets or returns the low reference level for rise time
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID
Sets or returns the mid reference level for measurements
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2
Sets or returns the mid reference level for delay "to" measurements
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod
Sets or returns the method for assigning high and low reference levels
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH
Sets or returns the top reference percent level for rise time
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW
Sets or returns the low reference percent level for rise time
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID
Sets or returns the mid reference percent level for waveform measurements
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2
Sets or returns the mid reference percent level for second waveform measurements
MEASUrement:SNAPShot
Displays the measurement snapshot list
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for the current single channel measurement
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-26: Measurement Commands (cont.) Command
Description
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for the specified measurement.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID
Sets or returns the mid reference level for the specified channel in absolute volts
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID
Sets or returns the mid reference level for the specified channel in percent
Miscellaneous Command Group Use the commands in the Miscellaneous Command Group to perform actions that do not fit into other categories. Several commands and queries are common to all 488.2-1987 devices. The 488.2-1987 standard defines these commands. The common commands begin with an asterisk (*) character. Table 2-27: Miscellaneous Commands Command
Description
AUTOSet
Sets the vertical, horizontal and trigger controls to provide a stable display of the selected waveform
CLEARMenu
Clears the current menu from the display
DATE
Sets or returns the date displayed by the oscilloscope
*DDT
Sets or returns the commands that will be executed by the group execute trigger
FPAnel:PRESS
Simulates the action of pressing a specified front-panel button
FPAnel:TURN
Duplicates the action of turning a specified front-panel control knob
GPIBUsb:ID?
Returns the identification string of the connected adaptor module and firmware version
HEADer
Sets or returns the Response Header Enable State
ID?
Returns identifying information about the oscilloscope and its firmware
*IDN?
Returns the same information as the ID? command except the data is formatted according to Tektronix Codes & Formats
LANGuage
Sets or returns the user interface display language
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-29
Command Groups
Table 2-27: Miscellaneous Commands (cont.) Command
Description
LOCk
Sets or returns the front panel lock state
*LRN?
Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings
MESSage
Sets or queries message parameters
NEWpass
Changes the password for user protected data
PASSWord
Enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands
REM
Specifies a comment, which is ignored by the oscilloscope
SET?
Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings
TEKSecure
Initializes both waveform and setup memories
TIME
Sets or returns the time displayed by the oscilloscope
TOTaluptime?
Returns the total number of hours that the oscilloscope has been turned on since the nonvolatile memory was last programmed
*TRG
Performs the group execute trigger (GET)
*TST?
Tests the interface and returns the status
UNLock
Unlocks front panel
USBTMC
Returns the USBTMC information
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal?
Returns the product ID in decimal format
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal?
Returns the product ID in hexadecimal format
USBTMC:SERIALnumber?
Returns the instrument serial number
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal?
Returns the vendor ID in decimal format
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal?
Returns the vendor ID in hexadecimal format
VERBose
Sets or returns the verbose state
PictBridge Command Group Use the commands in the PictBridge to store the printer settings. Table 2-28: PictBridge Commands
2-30
Command
Description
PICTBridge:DATEPrint
Enables or disables printing the date on the print output
PICTBridge:DEFault
Sets the arguments for all PictBridge commands to their default values
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-28: PictBridge Commands (cont.) Command
Description
PICTBridge:IDPrint
Enables or disables printing the oscilloscope model and serial number on the print output
PICTBridge:IMAGESize
Sets or returns the image print size
PICTBridge:PAPERSize
Sets the output print paper size
PICTBridge:PAPERType
Sets or returns the paper type
PICTBridge:PRINTQual
Sets or returns the output print quality
USBDevice:CONFigure
Enables or disables the rear USB port for use with Pictbridge printers
Save and Recall Command Group Use the commands in the Save and Recall Command Group to store and retrieve internal waveforms and settings. When you save a setup, you save all the settings of the oscilloscope. When you recall a setup, the oscilloscope restores itself to the state it was in when you originally saved the setting. Table 2-29: Save and Recall Commands Command
Description
FACtory
Resets the oscilloscope to factory default settings
*RCL
Recalls saved oscilloscope settings
RECAll:SETUp
Recalls saved oscilloscope settings
RECAll:WAVEform
Recalls a stored waveform to a reference location
REF:SCAle
Sets or returns the vertical scale for the channel specified by , where x is the reference channel number
*SAV
Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe
Sets or returns the assignment of the data to be saved
SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS
Saves event table data from bus to a specified file and location
SAVe:IMAGe
Saves a capture of the screen image into the specified file
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat
Sets or returns the file format to use for saving screen images when the file type cannot be determined from the given file name or when screen images are captured by using the front panel
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-31
Command Groups
Table 2-29: Save and Recall Commands (cont.)
2-32
Command
Description
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout
Sets or returns the layout to use for saved screen images
SAVe:SETUp
Saves the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location or file
SAVe:WAVEform
Saves a waveform to one of four reference memory locations or a file
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat
Sets or returns the format for saved waveforms
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng
Specifies whether save waveform operations should save the entire waveform or a specified portion of the waveform
SAVe:WAVEform:SPREADSheet: RESOlution
Specifies whether to save the full (LRL) or reduced (thumb) resolution waveform to a CSV file.
SETUP:DATE?
Returns the date when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved
SETUP:LABEL
Sets or returns the specified oscilloscope setup label
SETUP:TIME?
Returns the time when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Search Command Group Use the commands in the Search Commands Group to seek out information in waveform records. Search Commands Command
Description
SEARCH?
Returns all search-related settings
SEARCH:SEARCH:COPy
Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or the trigger criteria to the search.
SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE
Sets the search state to on or off
SEARCH:SEARCH:TOTAL?
Returns the total number of matches for search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:CONDition
Sets or returns the search condition for CAN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:DATa:DIRection
Sets or returns the CAN search condition to be valid on a READ, WRITE or either
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the CAN data qualifier
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for CAN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for CAN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN:FRAMEtype
Sets or returns the CAN Frame Type to be used
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe
Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode to standard or extended format
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for CAN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:CONDition
Sets or returns the search condition for a LIN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue
Sets or returns the binary data string
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string used for a LIN search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:ERRTYPE
Sets or returns the error type used for a LIN Search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-33
Command Groups
Search Commands (cont.)
2-34
Command
Description
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe
Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe
Sets or returns the I2C address type to I2C special addresses
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for I2C search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:CONDition
Sets or returns the search condition for I2C search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:DATa:DIRection
Sets or returns the I2C search condition to be valid on a READ, WRITE or either
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for I2C search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:I2C:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for I2C search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:PARallel:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a parallel trigger search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for a RS232 trigger
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string for a RS232 trigger, if the trigger condition is RX
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for a RS232 trigger, if the condition involves RX
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for a RS232 Trigger, if the Trigger condition is TX
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a RS232 trigger, if the condition involves RX
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:SPI:CONDition
Sets or returns the search condition for SPI search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for SPI search if the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for an SPI search if the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: B:SPI:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for SPI search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: SOUrce
Sets or returns the bus for a serial search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE: SLOpe
Sets or returns the slope for an edge search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Search Commands (cont.) Command
Description
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE: SOUrce
Sets or returns the source waveform for an edge search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel
Sets or returns the level for an edge search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: CH
Sets or returns the level for an edge search of the specified channel
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: MATH
Sets or returns the math waveform level for edge search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: REF
Sets or returns the reference waveform level for edge search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: FUNCtion
Sets or returns the logic operator for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:CH
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:CLOCk:EDGE
Sets or returns whether the clock edge is rise or fall for a logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce
Sets or returns the clock source definition for logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:MATH
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:REF
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:INPut:CH
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:D
Sets or returns the waveform logic criteria for a trigger search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:INPut:MATH
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:INPut:D
Sets or returns the logic criteria for a logic pattern search to determine where to place a mark
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:INPut:REF
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:WHEn
Sets or returns the condition for generating a logic pattern search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit
Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit
Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:CH
Sets or returns the channel threshold level for an logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:MATH
Sets or returns the math waveform threshold level for logic search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-35
Command Groups
Search Commands (cont.)
2-36
Command
Description
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:REF
Sets or returns the reference waveform threshold level for logic search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:CH
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold level for all channel waveform searches
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:MATH
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold level for all math waveform searches
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:REF
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold level for all reference waveform searches
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: PULSEWidth:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity for a pulse search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: PULSEWidth:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source waveform for a pulse search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: PULSEWidth:WHEn
Sets or returns the condition for generating a pulse width search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: PULSEWidth:WIDth
Sets or returns the pulse width setting for a pulse width search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity setting for a runt search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: SOUrce
Sets or returns the source setting for a runt search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: WHEn
Sets or returns the condition setting for a runt search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: WIDth
Sets or returns the width setting for a runt search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE
Sets or returns the clock slope setting for a setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce
Sets or returns the clock source setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold
Sets or returns the clock threshold setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:DATa:SOUrce
Sets or returns the data source setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:DATa:THReshold
Sets or returns the data threshold setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:THReshold:CH
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. Ch is the channel number
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Search Commands (cont.) Command
Description
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:THReshold:REF
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. Ref is the reference waveform number
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:HOLDTime
Sets or returns the hold time setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: SETHold:SETTime
Sets or returns the setup time setting for an setup/hold search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{: TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime
Sets or returns the transition time setting for an transition search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{: TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity setting for an transition search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{: TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source setting for an transition search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{: TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn
Sets or returns the condition setting for an transition search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe
Sets or returns the trigger type setting for a search
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: UPPerthreshold:CH
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold level for all channel waveform searches
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: UPPerthreshold:MATH
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold level for all math waveform searches
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: UPPerthreshold:REF
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold level for all reference waveform searches
Status and Error Command Group Use the commands in the Status and Error Command Group to determine the status of the oscilloscope and control events. Several commands and queries used with the oscilloscope are common to all IEEE488.2 compliant devices. The IEEE Std 488.2-1987 defines these commands and queries. The common commands begin with an asterisk (*) character. Table 2-30: Status and Error Commands Command
Description
ALLEv?
Returns all events and their messages
BUSY?
Returns oscilloscope status
*CLS
Clears status
DESE
Sets or returns the bits in the Device Event Status Enable Register
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-37
Command Groups
Table 2-30: Status and Error Commands (cont.) Command
Description
*ESE
Sets or returns the bits in the Event Status Enable Register
*ESR?
Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register
EVENT?
Returns event code from the event queue
EVMsg?
Returns event code, message from the event queue
EVQty?
Return number of events in the event queue
*OPC
Generates the operation complete message in the standard event status register when all pending operations are finished Or returns "1" when all current operations are finished
*PSC
Sets or returns the power on status flag
*PUD
Sets or returns a string of protected user data
*RST
Resets the oscilloscope to factory default settings
*SRE
Sets or returns the bits in the Service Request Enable Register
*STB?
Returns the contents of the Status Byte Register
*WAI
Prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands until all pending operations finish
Trigger Command Group Use the commands in the Trigger Command Group to control all aspects of triggering for the oscilloscope. There is one trigger: A. You can perform edge, pulse width, logic, video, runt, transition (rise/fall time), setup & hold and bus triggering using the A trigger. Example command sequences that show different triggers and searches are available. (See page E-1, Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.). Edge Trigger Edge triggering lets you display a waveform at or near the point where the signal passes through a voltage level of your choosing. To set up an edge trigger, set the A trigger type to EDGe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then use the commands TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling, TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe, and TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce You can
2-38
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Logic Trigger Logic triggering lets you logically combine the signals on one or more channels; the oscilloscope then triggers when it detects a certain combination of signal levels (set using one of the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut commands as well as TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion). To set up a logic trigger, first set the trigger type to LOGIc using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe, and then use the command TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss to select LOGIC. You can perform logic triggering using a clock (by setting TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce to one of the channels), so that the oscilloscope triggers when the specified logical combination of data channels is true during a transition on the clock channel. The specified data sources cannot include the waveform specified as the clock source. (Use TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D, etc.) You can also perform logic triggering without using a clock (by setting TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce to NONE), so that the oscilloscope triggers when the specified logical pattern of data channels is met. (Use the commands TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn and TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime.) Setup and Hold Trigger A setup and hold trigger occurs when a logic data input changes state inside of the setup or hold time relative to a clock edge. To set up a setup/hold trigger, first set the trigger type to LOGIc using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe, and then use the command TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss to select SETHold. Then use TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE and related commands. Pulse width Trigger A pulse width trigger occurs whenever the oscilloscope detects a pulse that is less than, greater than, equal to, or not equal to a specified time. Additionally, it can occur when the pulse width is within, or outside of a specified range. You can trigger on either positive or negative pulses. To set up a pulse width trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select WIDth using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn, TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel: AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Runt Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-39
Command Groups
Runt triggering lets you trigger on a pulse amplitude that crosses one threshold but fails to cross a second threshold before recrossing the first. To set up a runt trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select RUNt using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth, TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn, TRIGger:A: UPPerthreshold:CH and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Transition Trigger Transition triggering (also called rise/fall time, and once known as slew rate) causes a trigger on pulse edges that traverse between two thresholds at a rate faster than or slower than the specified time. To set up a transition trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select TRANsition using the command TRIGger: A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce, TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Bus Trigger Bus triggering can be performed if you have one or more appropriate application modules installed (see below for application module list). To set up a bus trigger, set the A trigger type to BUS using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Specify which bus (1-4) to trigger on using TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce. Set the bus type (i.e., parallel, I2C, etc. using the command TRIGger:A:BUS. Then set the appropriate trigger criteria according to bus type (using TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition, etc.) Video Trigger To set up a video trigger, set the A trigger type to VIDeo using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then use TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard,, and related commands.
Serial bus application modules
A table is available that lists all commands enabled by each application module (See page D-1, Application Module-enabled Commands.) For I2C or SPI buses, install the DPO2EMBD application module. For RS-232, RS-422, RS-485, or UART buses, install the DPO2COMP module. For CAN or LIN buses, install the DPO2AUTO module.
2-40
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands Command
Description
TRIGger
Forces a trigger event to occur
TRIGger:FREQuency?
Returns the available trigger frequency in hertz.
TRIGger:A
Sets A trigger level to 50% or returns current A trigger parameters
TRIGger:A:BUS
Sets or returns the serial trigger type
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition
Sets or returns the CAN condition
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection
Sets or returns the CAN trigger condition to be valid on a READ, WRITE, or either
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the CAN data qualifier
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for CAN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for CAN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype
Sets or returns the CAN trigger frame type
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe
Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for the CAN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for LIN
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier
Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE
Sets or returns the error type
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-41
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)
2-42
Command
Description
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe
Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe
Sets or returns the I2C address type to USER
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue
Sets or returns the binary address string used for the I2C trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for I2C trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection
Sets or returns the I2C trigger condition valid on a READ, WRITE, or either
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for I2C trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string used for I2C triggering
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a parallel trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition
Sets or returns the condition for a RS232C trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in Bytes for a RX RS232 Trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for a RX RS232 trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string for a TX RS232 trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string for a RS232 trigger if the trigger condition involves TX
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition
Sets or returns the trigger condition for SPI triggering
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for SPI trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command
Description
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue
Sets or returns the binary data string used for the SPI trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for SPI trigger
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for a bus trigger
TRIGger:A:EDGE?
Returns the source, coupling and source for the A edge trigger
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling
Sets or returns the type of coupling for the A edge trigger
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe
Sets or returns the slope for the A edge trigger
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for the A edge trigger
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff?
Returns the A trigger holdoff parameters
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe
Sets or returns the A trigger holdoff time
TRIGger:A:LEVel
Sets or returns the trigger level for the A trigger
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin
Sets or returns the trigger level for the AUXIN port
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH
Specifies or returns the trigger level for the specified trigger channel
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D
Sets or returns the trigger level for the specified digital channel , where x is the channel number
TRIGger:A:LOGIc?
Returns all A trigger logic settings
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss
Sets or returns the type of A trigger logic
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion
Sets or returns the logical combination of the input channels for the A logic trigger
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut?
Returns the logic input values for all channels
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-43
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)
2-44
Command
Description
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH
Specifies or returns the logic setting for the specified channel
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D
Sets or returns the logic pattern for a trigger on digital channel , where x is the channel number
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE
Sets the polarity of the clock channel.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce
Sets or returns the channel to use as the clock source
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern?
Returns the conditions for generating an A logic pattern trigger
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime
Sets or returns the pattern trigger delta time value
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D
Sets or returns the A logic trigger input for the specified digital channel , where x is the channel number.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn
Sets or returns the pattern logic condition on which to trigger the oscilloscope
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit
Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern trigger
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit
Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern trigger
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:(CH|D)
Sets or queries the logic trigger threshold voltage for the specified channel
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH
Sets or returns the lower threshold for the channel selected
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX}
Sets or returns the lower threshold for the Auxiliary input.
TRIGger:A:MODe
Sets or returns the A trigger mode
TRIGger:A:PULse?
Returns the A pulse trigger parameters
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command
Description
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss
Sets or returns the type of pulse on which to trigger
TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth?
Returns the trigger A pulse width parameters
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity for the A pulse width trigger
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for the pulse width trigger
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn
Sets or returns the criteria for width specification of pulse width trigger events
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth
Sets or returns the width setting for the pulse width trigger
TRIGger:A:RUNT?
Returns the current A runt pulse trigger logic parameters
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity for the A pulse runt trigger
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for the A pulse trigger
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn
Sets or returns the type of pulse width the trigger checks for when it uncovers a runt
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth
Sets or returns the minimum width for A pulse runt trigger
TRIGger:A:SETHold?
Returns settings for setup and hold violation triggering
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk?
Returns clock edge polarity, voltage threshold and source input for setup/hold triggering
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE
Sets or returns the clock edge polarity for setup and hold triggering
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce
Sets or returns the clock source for the A logic trigger setup and hold input
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold
Sets or returns the clock voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-45
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)
2-46
Command
Description
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa?
Returns the voltage threshold and data source for the setup/hold trigger
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce
Sets or returns the data source for the setup and hold trigger
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold
Sets or returns the data voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime
Sets or returns the hold time for the setup and hold violation triggering
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime
Sets or returns the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH
Sets or queries the threshold for the channel
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH
Sets the upper threshold for the channel selected
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}?
Returns the delta time, polarity, and both upper and lower threshold limits for the transition time trigger
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime
Sets or returns the delta time used in calculating the transition value
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity for the A pulse transition trigger
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce
Sets or returns the source for transition trigger
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn
Sets or returns the relationship of delta time to transitioning signal
TRIGger:A:TYPe
Sets or returns the type of A trigger
TRIGger:A:VIDeo?
Returns the video parameters for the A trigger
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD
Sets or returns the video trigger holdoff
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE
Sets or returns the video line number on which the oscilloscope triggers
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command
Description
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity
Sets or returns the polarity of the A video trigger
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce
Sets or returns the polarity of the video trigger
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard
Sets or returns the video standard
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}
Sets or returns the video field trigger
TRIGger:EXTernal?
Returns external trigger parameters
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe
Sets or returns the attenuation factor value of the external probe connector
TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts?
Returns the external trigger vertical (Y) units value
TRIGger:STATE?
Returns the current state of the triggering system
Vertical Command Group Use the commands in the Vertical Command Group to control the vertical setup of all live (channel) waveforms for acquisition and to display of channel, reference, and math waveforms. Table 2-32: Vertical Commands Command
Description
AUXin?
Returns auxiliary input parameters
AUXin:PRObe
Returns all information concerning the probe attached to auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the auxiliary input to autozero
AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND
Sets the state of the specified probe control
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss
Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?
Returns the degauss state of the TekVPI current probe attached to the auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange
Sets or returns the range of the TekVPI probe attached to the auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN
Sets or returns the gain factor of the probe that is attached to the auxiliary input
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-47
Command Groups
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.)
2-48
Command
Description
AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?
Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE?
Returns the type of probe that is attached to the auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance?
Returns the resistance of the probe that is attached to the Auxiliary input
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal
Sets or returns the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input bypass
AUXin:PRObe:UNIts?
Returns the units of measure of the probe that is attached to the auxiliary input
CH?
Returns vertical parameters for the specified channel
CH:BANdwidth
Sets or returns the bandwidth of the specified channel
CH:COUPling
Sets or returns the coupling setting for the specified channel
CH:DESKew
Sets or returns the deskew time for the specified channel
CH:IMPedance
Sets or returns channel input impedance
CH:INVert
Sets or returns the invert function for the specified channel
CH:LABel
Sets or returns the waveform label for channel
CH:OFFSet
Sets or returns the channel offset
CH:POSition
Sets or returns the channel vertical position
CH:PRObe?
Returns the gain, resistance, units, and ID of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:AUTOZero
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the specified channel input to autozero
CH:PRObe:COMMAND
Sets the state of the specified probe control
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss
Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the specified channel input
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?
Returns the state of the probe degauss
CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange
Sets or returns the range on a TekVPI probe attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:GAIN
Sets or returns the gain factor of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:ID?
Returns the type and serial number of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.) Command
Description
CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?
Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:ID:TYPE?
Returns the type of probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:RESistance?
Returns the resistance of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:PRObe:SIGnal
Sets or returns the input bypass setting of channel TekVPI probe
CH:PRObe:UNIts?
Returns the units of measure of the probe that is attached to the specified channel
CH:SCAle
Sets or returns the vertical scale of the specified channel
CH:TERmination
Sets or returns channel input termination
CH:VOLts
Sets or returns the vertical sensitivity for channel
CH:YUNits
Sets or returns the units for the specified channel to a custom string
REF?
Returns reference waveform data for channel
REF:DATE?
Returns the date that a reference waveform was stored
REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe
Sets or returns the horizontal position of the specified reference waveform in percent of the waveform that is displayed to the right of the center vertical graticule
REF:HORizontal:SCAle
Sets or returns the horizontal scale for a reference waveform
REF:LABel
Sets or returns the specified reference waveform label
REF:POSition
Sets or returns the vertical position for channel , where x is the reference channel number
REF:TIMe?
Returns the time that a reference waveform was stored
REF:VERTical:POSition
Sets or returns the vertical position of the specified reference waveform
REF:VERTical:SCAle
Sets or returns the reference waveform vertical scale in vertical units/div
SELect
Returns information on which waveforms are on or off and which waveform is selected.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-49
Command Groups
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.) Command
Description
SELect:BUS
Turns on or off the specified bus waveform or returns whether the specified bus channel is on or off
SELect:CH
Turns on or off the specified waveform or returns whether the specified channel is on or off
SELect:D
Turns on the display of the digital channel and resets the acquisition. is the channel number
SELect:CONTROl
Sets or returns the waveform that is selected as the implied recipient of channel-related commands
SELect:MATH[1]
Turns on or off the math waveform or returns whether the math waveform is on or off
SELect:REF
Turns on or off the specified reference waveform or returns whether the specified reference waveform is on or off
Waveform Transfer Command Group Use the commands in the Waveform Transfer Command Group to transfer waveform data points to and from the oscilloscope. Waveform data points are a collection of values that define a waveform. One data value usually represents one data point in the waveform record. When working with envelope waveforms, each data value is either the minimum or maximum of a min/max pair.
2-50
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
NOTE. The source waveform (as specified by the DATa:SOUrce) must be turned on for the following queries to return a response: CURVe? DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? WAVFrm? WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength? WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq? WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt? WFMOutpre:PT_ORder? WFMOutpre:XUNit? WFMOutpre:XINcr? WFMOutpre:XZEro? WFMOutpre:PT_Off? WFMOutpre:YUNit? WFMOutpre:YMUlt? WFMOutpre:YOFf? WFMOutpre:YZEro? Before you transfer waveform data, you must specify the data format, composition, resolution, record length, and waveform source or destination. For more information on the waveform transfer features which are unique to the MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 series, refer to Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instructions.(See page B-1.)
Data Formats
All data points for DPO models are signed integer format only. Valid data widths for CH1–CH4, MATH, and REF1, REF2 are 1 and 2-byte widths. The valid data widths for the digital collection (MSO models) is either 4 or 8-byte widths. The oscilloscope can transfer waveform data in either ASCII or binary format. You specify the format with the DATa:ENCdg command. ASCII Data. ASCII data is represented by signed integer values. The range of the values depends on the byte width specified. One byte wide data ranges from -128 to 127. Two byte wide data ranges from -32768 to 32767.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-51
Command Groups
Each data value requires two to seven characters. This includes one to five characters to represent the value, another character, if the value is negative, to represent a minus sign, and a comma to separate the data points. An example ASCII waveform data string may look like this: CURVE-110,-109,-110,-110,-109,-107,-109,-107,-106, -105,-103,-100,-97,-90,-84,-80
NOTE. You can use ASCII to obtain a readable and easier to format output than binary. However, the oscilloscope may require bytes to send the same values with ASCII than with binary, reducing transmission speed. The use of ASCII for waveform data transfer is inefficient. ASCII-formatted Waveform (WAVFRM?) and Curve (CURVE?) queries, exceeding 1 M points, are not supported. Binary Data. Binary data is represented by signed integer or positive integer values. The range of the values depends on the byte width specified. When the byte width is one, signed integer data ranges from -128 to 127, and positive integer values range from 0 to 255. When the byte width is two, the values range from -32768 to 32767. and positive integer values range from 0 to 65,535. Table 2-33: Binary data ranges Byte width
Signed integer range
Positive integer range
1
-128 to 127
0 to 255
2
32,768 to 32,767
0 to 65,535
The defined binary formats also specify the order in which the bytes are transferred. The four binary formats are RIBinary, RPBinary, SRIbinary, and SRPbinary. RIBinary is signed integer where the most significant byte is transferred first, and RPBinary is positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. SRIbinary and SRPbinary correspond to RIBinary and RPBinary respectively but use a swapped byte order where the least significant byte is transferred first. The byte order is ignored when DATa:WIDth is set to 1.
Waveform Data and Record Lengths
You can transfer multiple points for each waveform record. You can transfer a portion of the waveform or you can transfer the entire record. You can use the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands to specify the first and last data points of the waveform record. When transferring data into the oscilloscope, you must first specify the record length of the destination waveform record. You do this with the WFMInpre:NR_Pt
2-52
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
command. Next, specify the first data point within the waveform record. For example, when you set DATa:STARt to 1, data points will be stored starting with the first point in the record. The oscilloscope will ignore the value set by DATa:STOP when reading in data. It will stop reading data when there is no data to read or when it has reached the specified record length. When transferring data from the oscilloscope, you must specify the first and last data points in the waveform record. Setting DATa:STARt to 1 and DATa:STOP to the record length will always return the entire waveform.
Waveform Data Locations and Memory Allocation
Waveform Preamble
Scaling Waveform Data
Transferring Waveform Data from the Oscilloscope
The DATa:SOUrce command specifies the waveform source when transferring a waveform from the oscilloscope. You can only transfer one waveform at a time. Waveforms sent to the oscilloscope are always stored in one of the reference memory locations. Use the DATa:DESTination command to specify a reference memory location. Each waveform you transfer has an associated waveform preamble, which contains information such as horizontal scale, vertical scale, and the other settings in effect when the waveform was created. Refer to the individual WFMInpre and WFMOutpre commands for information. Once you transfer the waveform data to the controller, you can convert the data points into voltage values for analysis using information from the waveform preamble. You can transfer waveforms from the oscilloscope to an external controller using the following sequence: 1. Select the waveform source(s) using DATa:SOUrce. 2. Specify the waveform data format using DATa:ENCdg. 3. Specify the number of bytes per data point using WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr. 4. Specify the portion of the waveform that you want to transfer using DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP. 5. Transfer waveform preamble information using the WFMOutpre? query. 6. Transfer waveform data from the oscilloscope using the CURVe? query.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-53
Command Groups
Transferring Waveform Data to the Oscilloscope
You can transfer waveforms to the oscilloscope from an external controller using the following sequence: 1. Specify the reference waveform using DATa:DESTination. 2. Specify the record length of the reference waveform using WFMPre:NR_Pt. 3. Specify the waveform data format using WFMInpre:ENCdg. 4. Specify the number of bytes per data point using WFMInpre:BYT_Nr. 5. Specify first data point in the waveform record using DATa:STARt. 6. Transfer waveform preamble information using WFMInpre. 7. Transfer waveform data to the oscilloscope using CURVe. Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands
2-54
Command
Description
CURVe
The command format transfers waveform data to the oscilloscope (reference waveform specified by DATa:DESTination) The query format transfers waveform data from oscilloscope specified by the DATa:SOUrce command
DATa
Sets the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the CURVe Command Or returns the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the CURVe? command
DATa:COMPosition
Sets or returns the type of data that the CURVe? query returns
DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable?
Lists the waveform data types that are available for return from the instrument under the current instrument settings
DATa:DESTination
Sets or returns the reference waveform for storing waveform data sent to the oscilloscope
DATa:ENCdg
Sets or returns the format of outgoing waveform data
DATa:RESOlution
Sets or returns whether the CURVE query returns full resolution records (acquired data) or reduced resolution records (filtered/displayed data).
DATa:SOUrce
Sets or returns the location of waveform data transferred from the oscilloscope
DATa:STARt
Sets or returns the starting point in waveform transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command
Description
DATa:STOP
Sets or returns the ending data point in waveform transfer
WAVFrm?
Returns a branch query containing waveform data in either binary or ASCII format, waveform formatting data, and the location of the waveform data source
WFMInpre?
Returns the waveform formatting specification to be applied to the next incoming CURVE command data
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr
Sets or returns the number of bits per binary waveform point for the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt
Sets or returns the format of binary data for the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr
Sets or returns the data width for the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:BYT_Or
Sets or returns the byte order of waveform points for the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:COMPosition
Sets and queries the type of waveform data to be transferred to the instrument with the CURVe? command.
WFMInpre:FILTERFreq
Sets or returns the byte order of waveform points for the outgoing waveform
WFMInpre:ENCdg
Sets or returns the type of encoding for incoming waveform data
WFMInpre:NR_Pt
Sets or returns the number of points in the incoming waveform record
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt
Sets or returns the point format of incoming waveform data
WFMInpre:PT_Off
This query always returns a 0
WFMInpre:XINcr
Sets or returns the horizontal sampling interval between incoming waveform points
WFMInpre:XUNit
Sets or returns the horizontal units of the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:XZEro
Sets or returns the time of the first point in the incoming waveform
WFMInpre:YMUlt
Sets or returns the vertical scale factor, per digitizing level, of the incoming waveform points
WFMInpre:YOFf
Sets or returns the vertical position of the incoming waveform in digitizing levels
WFMInpre:YUNit
Sets or returns the vertical units of the incoming waveform
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-55
Command Groups
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.)
2-56
Command
Description
WFMInpre:YZEro
Sets or returns the vertical offset of the incoming waveform
WFMOutpre?
Returns the waveform formatting data for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or
Sets or returns which byte of binary waveform data is transmitted first, during a waveform data transfer, when data points require more than one byte.
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr
Sets or returns the number of bits per waveform point that outgoing waveforms contain
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt
Sets or returns the format of binary data for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr
Sets or returns the data width for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:COMPosition
Controls or indicates the type of data used by the CURVe? query.
WFMOutpre:ENCdg
Sets or returns the type of encoding for outgoing waveforms
WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq?
Specifies or returns the FilterVu low pass filter frequency, which was applied to the waveform being sent to the instrument.
WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
Returns the number of points for the waveform transmitted in response to a CURVe? query
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt?
Returns the point format for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:PT_Off?
This query always returns a 0 if the waveform specified by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed
WFMOutpre:PT_ORder?
This query always returns LINEAR.
WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength?
Returns the record length for the source waveform as specified by the DATa:SOUrce command.
WFMOutpre:WFId?
Returns a string describing the acquisition parameters for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:XINcr?
Returns the horizontal sampling interval for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:XUNit?
Returns the horizontal units for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:XZEro?
Returns the time of the first point in the outgoing waveform
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Command Groups
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command
Description
WFMOutpre:YMUlt?
Returns the vertical scale factor per digitizing level for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:YOFf?
Returns the vertical position in digitizing levels for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:YUNit?
Returns the vertical units for the outgoing waveform
WFMOutpre:YZEro?
Returns the vertical offset for the outgoing waveform
For more information, refer to Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instructions.(See page B-1.)
Zoom Command Group Use the commands in the Zoom Command Group to expand and position the waveform display horizontally and vertically, without changing the time base. Table 2-35: Zoom Commands Command
Description
ZOOm?
Returns the current horizontal positioning and scaling of the display
ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE}
Sets or returns the zoom mode
ZOOm:ZOOM1?
Returns the current horizontal positioning and scaling of the display
ZOOm:ZOOM1:FACtor?
Returns the zoom factor of a particular zoom box
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:POSition
Sets or returns the horizontal zoom position for the specified waveform in the specified zoom
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCAle
Sets or returns the horizontal zoom scale of the specified waveform in the specified zoom
ZOOm:ZOOM1:POSition
Sets or returns the horizontal zoom position for the specified waveform in the specified zoom
ZOOm:ZOOM1:SCAle
Sets or returns the horizontal zoom scale of the specified waveform in the specified zoom
ZOOm:ZOOM1:STATE
Specifies or returns a trace as zoomed, on or off
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-57
Command Groups
2-58
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACQuire? (Query Only) Returns the following current acquisition parameters: Stop after Acquisition state Mode Number of averages Sampling mode
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire?
Related Commands
Examples
ACQuire:MODe, ACQuire:NUMACq?, ACQuire:NUMAVg, ACQuire: STOPAfter ACQuire? might return ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUNSTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT
ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? (Query Only) Returns the maximum real-time sample rate, which is the same across all MSO/DPO2000/B series models.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:MAXSamplerate?
Examples
ACQUIRE:MAXSAMPLERATE? might return 1.0000E+9 in a DPO2024 instrument indicating that the maximum real-time sample rate is 1 GS/s.
ACQuire:MODe Sets or returns the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope for all live waveforms.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-59
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Waveforms are the displayed data point values taken from acquisition intervals. Each acquisition interval represents a time duration set by the horizontal scale (time per division). The oscilloscope sampling system always samples at the maximum rate, so the acquisition interval may include than one sample. The acquisition mode (which you set using this ACQuire:MODe command) determines how the final value of the acquisition interval is generated from the many data samples.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:MODe {SAMple|AVErage} ACQuire:MODe?
Related Commands Arguments
ACQuire:NUMAVg, CURVe SAMple specifies that the displayed data point value is the first sampled value
that is taken during the acquisition interval. In sample mode, all waveform data has 8 bits of precision. You can request 16 bit data with a CURVe query but the lower-order 8 bits of data will be zero. SAMple is the default mode. AVErage specifies averaging mode, in which the resulting waveform shows an average of SAMple data points from several separate waveform acquisitions. The oscilloscope processes the number of waveforms you specify into the acquired waveform, creating a running exponential average of the input signal. The number of waveform acquisitions that go into making up the average waveform is set or queried using the ACQuire:NUMAVg command.
Examples
ACQUIRE:MODE AVErage sets an average acquisition mode indicating that
the resulting waveform is the average of the specified number of waveform acquisitions. ACQUIRE:MODE? might return:ACQUIRE:MODE AVERAGE indicating that
the displayed waveform is the average of the specified number of waveform acquisitions.
ACQuire:NUMACq? (Query Only) The acquisition number will continue to increase while acquisitions are running until there is a reset. Starting and stopping acquisitions do not cause this number to reset. For example, if acquisitions are running, the acquisition count will increase (assuming the oscilloscope is triggering). If you stop the acquisitions, the acquisition number will freeze at a given number (For example: 5000). If you
2-60
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
start acquisitions again, it will continue from 5000. The number will reset to 0 only if you change the horizontal scale while acquisitions are running.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:NUMACq?
Related Commands Returns
ACQuire:STATE ACQuire:NUMACq? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMACQ 350 indicating that 350
acquisitions have occurred.
ACQuire:NUMAVg Sets or returns the number of waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged waveform. Use the ACQuire:MODe command to enable the Average mode. Sending this command is equivalent to turning a multipurpose knob to enter the number of waveform acquisitions to average.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:NUMAVg ACQuire:NUMAVg?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
ACQuire:MODe is the number of waveform acquisitions to average. The range of values is
from 2 to 512 in powers of two. ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 16 specifies that 16 waveform averages will be performed before exponential averaging starts. ACQUIRE:NUMAVG? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 64 indicating that there
are 64 acquisitions specified for averaging.
ACQuire:STATE Starts or stops acquisitions. When state is set to ON or RUN, a new acquisition will be started. If the last acquisition was a single acquisition sequence, a new
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-61
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
single sequence acquisition will be started. If the last acquisition was continuous, a new continuous acquisition will be started. If RUN is issued in the middle of completing a single sequence acquisition (for example, averaging or enveloping), the acquisition sequence is restarted, and any accumulated data is discarded. Also, the oscilloscope resets the number of acquisitions. If the RUN argument is issued while in continuous mode, acquisition continues.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:STATE {OFF|ON|RUN|STOP|} ACQuire:STATE?
Related Commands Arguments
ACQuire:STOPAfter OFF stops acquisitions. STOP stops acquisitions. ON starts acquisitions. RUN starts acquisitions. = 0 stops acquisitions; any other value starts acquisitions.
Examples
ACQUIRE:STATE RUN starts the acquisition of waveform data. ACQUIRE:STATE? might return:ACQUIRE:STATE 0 indicating that the
acquisition is stopped.
2-62
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
ACQuire:STOPAfter Sets or returns whether the oscilloscope continually acquires acquisitions or acquires a single sequence.
Group
Acquisition
Syntax
ACQuire:STOPAfter {RUNSTop|SEQuence} ACQuire:STOPAfter?
Related Commands Arguments
ACQuire:STATE RUNSTop specifies that the oscilloscope will continually acquire data, if ACQuire:STATE is turned on. SEQuence specifies that the next acquisition will be a single-sequence acquisition.
Examples
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUNSTop sets the oscilloscope to continually acquire data. ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER? might return:ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE
indicating that the next acquisition the oscilloscope makes will be of the single-sequence type.
ALIas Sets or returns the state of alias functionality. Use Alias commands to define new commands as a sequence of standard commands. You may find this useful when repeatedly using the same commands to perform certain tasks like setting up measurements. Aliases are similar to macros but do not include the capability to substitute parameters into alias bodies. To use Alias commands, first define the alias, then turn on the alias state.
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas {OFF|ON|} ALIas?
Related Commands
ALIas:DEFine ALIas[:STATE]
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-63
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
OFF turns alias expansion off. If a defined alias is sent when ALIas is off, a command error (110) will be generated. ON turns alias expansion on. When a defined alias is received, the specified command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed. = 0 disables alias mode; any other value enables alias mode.
Examples
ALIAS ON turns the alias feature on. When a defined alias is received, the specified
command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed. ALIAS? might return :ALIAS 1 indicating that the alias feature is on.
ALIas:CATalog? (Query Only) Returns a list of the currently defined alias labels, separated by commas. If no aliases are defined, the query returns the string "".
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas:CATalog?
Examples
ALIAS:CATALOG? might return the string :ALIAS:CATALOG "SETUP1","TESTMENU1","DEFAULT" showing that there are three aliases
named SETUP1, TESTMENU1, and DEFAULT.
ALIas:DEFine Assigns a sequence of program messages to an alias label. These messages are then substituted for the alias whenever it is received as a command or query, provided that ALIas:STATE has been turned on. The query form of this command returns the definitions of a selected alias. NOTE. Attempting to give two aliases the same name causes an error. To give a new alias the name of an existing alias, the existing alias must first be deleted.
2-64
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas:DEFine {|} ALIas:DEFine?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
ALIas[:STATE] The first is the alias label. This label cannot be a command name. Labels must start with a letter and can contain only letters, numbers, and underscores; other characters are not allowed. The label must be less than or equal to 12 characters. The second or is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 256 characters.
Examples
ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",":RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON" defines an alias named "ST1" that sets
up the oscilloscope. ALIAS:DEFINE? "ST1" returns :ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",#246 :RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON
ALIas:DELEte (No Query Form) Removes a specified alias and is identical to ALIas:DELEte:NAMe. An error message is generated if the named alias does not exist.
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas:DELEte
Related Commands Arguments
*ESR?, ALIas:DELEte:ALL is the name of the alias to be removed. Using ALIas:DELEte without specifying an alias causes an execution error. must be a
previously defined value.
Examples
ALIAS:DELETE "SETUP1" deletes the alias named SETUP1.
ALIas:DELEte:ALL (No Query Form) Deletes all existing aliases.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-65
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas:DELEte:ALL
Related Commands Examples
ALIas:DELEte, ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] ALIAS:DELETE:ALL deletes all existing aliases.
ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] (No Query Form) Removes a specified alias. This command is identical to ALIas:DELEte
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe]
Arguments
is the name of the alias to remove. Using ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] without specifying an alias causes an execution error. must be an
existing alias.
Examples
ALIAS:DELETE[:NAME] “STARTUP” deletes the alias named STARTUP.
ALIas[:STATE] Turns aliases on or off. This command is identical to the ALIas command.
Group
Alias
Syntax
ALIas[:STATE] {|OFF|ON} ALIas[:STATE]?
Arguments
OFF or = 0 turns alias expansion off. If a defined alias is sent when
ALIas:STATE is OFF, a command error (102) is generated. ON or 0 turns alias expansion on. When a defined alias is received, the
specified command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed.
2-66
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
ALIAS[:STATE] OFF turns the command alias feature off. ALIAS[:STATE]? returns 0 when the alias feature is off.
ALLEv? (Query Only) Prompts the oscilloscope to return all events and their messages (delimited by commas), and removes the returned events from the Event Queue. Use the *ESR? query to enable the events to be returned. This command is similar to repeatedly sending *EVMsg? queries to the oscilloscope.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
ALLEv?
Related Commands Examples
*ESR?, EVMsg?
ALLEV? might return :ALLEV 2225,"Measurement error, No waveform to measure; "420,"Query UNTERMINATED;"
AUTOSet (No Query Form) Sets the vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to automatically acquire and display the selected waveform.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
AUTOSet {EXECute|UNDo}
Arguments
EXECute autosets the displayed waveform. UNDo restores the oscilloscope settings to those present prior to the autoset execution.
Examples
AUTOSET EXECUTE vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to
automatically acquire and display the selected waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-67
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
AUTOSet:ENAble Enables or disables the autoset.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
AUTOSet:ENAble {OFF|ON} AUTOSet:ENAble?
Related Commands Arguments
AUTOSet
ON enables the autoset feature. OFF disables the autoset feature.
Examples
AUTOSET:ENABLE ? might return AUTOSET:ENABLE 1 indicating that autoset is
enabled. AUTOSET:ENABLE OFF disables autoset.
AUXin? (Query Only) Returns all auxiliary input parameters.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin?
AUXin:PRObe Returns all information concerning the probe attached to auxiliary input.
2-68
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe AUXin:PRObe?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
AUXIN:PROBE? might return AUXIN:PROBE:ID:TYPE "No Probe Detected";SERNUMBER "";:AUXIN:PROBE:UNITS "";RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 giving information about the probe attached to the AUX In input.
AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form) Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the Aux In input to autozero. The oscilloscope will ignore this command if the Auxiliary input does not have a TekVPI probe connected to it.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero {EXECute}
Arguments
EXECute sets the probe to autozero.
Examples
AUXin:PROBE:AUTOZERO EXECUTE
AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form) Sets the state of the probe control specified with the first argument to the state specified with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the attached probe type. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the probe documentation for how to set these string arguments.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND ,
Arguments
Examples
are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in the probe attached to the auxiliary input. AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix
VPI-DPG probe on. AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG
probe to the 4-4V1MHz mode. AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-69
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form) Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the Aux In input. If you send this command to a probe that does not support this function, it is ignored
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss {EXECute}
Arguments
EXECute starts a probe degauss cycle.
Examples
AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS EXECUTE degausses the probe attached to the Aux
In input.
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only) Returns the state of the probe degauss (NEEDED, RECOMMENDED, PASSED, FAILED, RUNNING). The command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?
Examples
AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE? might return: AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE PASSED indicating that the probe has been
degaussed.
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange Changes or returns the range on a TekVPI probe attached to the Aux In input.
2-70
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
is the probe range, which is probe dependent.
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN Sets or returns the gain factor of a probe that is attached to the Aux In input.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN AUXin:PRObe:GAIN?
Arguments Examples
is the probe gain, which is probe dependent.
AUXin:PROBE:GAIN? might return :AUXin:PROBE:GAIN 100.0000E-3
indicating that the attached 10x probe delivers 0.1 V to the Aux In BNC for every 1.0 V applied to the probe input.
AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only) Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the auxiliary input.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?
AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE? (Query Only) Returns the type of probe that is attached to the auxiliary input.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE?
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only) Returns the resistance of the probe attached to the front panel Aux In connector.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-71
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance?
Examples
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? might return :AUXin:PROBE:RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to the front
panel Aux In connector is 1 MΩ. NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe does not report the input resistance.
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal This command changes the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input bypass, for example the TCP0001. If sent to a probe that does not support input bypass, it is ignored.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS} AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal?
Arguments
BYPass sets the probe to Bypass mode. PASS sets the probe to Pass mode.
AUXin:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns a string describing the units of measure of the probe attached to the Aux In input.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
AUXin:PRObe:UNIts?
Examples
2-72
AUXin:PROBE:UNITS? might return: :AUXin:PROBE:UNITS “V” indicating
that the units of measure for the attached probe are volts.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
BUS Sets or returns the parameters for each bus. These parameters affect either the Serial Trigger Setup or the Bus Display.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS
BUS:B:CAN:BITRate Sets or returns the bit rate for CAN bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:CAN:BITRate BUS:B:CAN:BITRate?
Arguments Returns
sets the bit rate to the closest bit rate supported by the instrument.
The query always returns the numerical bit rate value.
BUS:B:CAN:PRObe Sets or returns the probing method to probe CAN bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module. Bus
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-73
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
BUS:B:CAN:PRObe {CANH|CANL|RX|TX|DIFFerential} BUS:B:CAN:PRObe?
CANH specifies the single-ended CANH signal, as specified by the CAN standard. CANL specifies the single-ended CANL signal, as specified by the CAN standard. RX specifies the receive signal on the bus side of the CAN transceiver. TX specifies the transmit signal. DIFFerential specifies the differential CAN signal.
BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint Sets or returns the sampling point during each bit period for bus , where x is the bus number
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint?
Arguments
is the sample point in percent. Values are limited to 25, 30, ... 70, 75.
BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce Sets or returns the CAN bus data source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
2-74
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH1–CH4 is the analog channel to use as the data source. D0–D15 is the digital channel to use as the data source.
BUS:B:DISplay:FORMAt Sets or returns the display format for the numerical information in the bus waveform , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:DISplay:FORMAt {BINary|HEXadecimal|ASCII|MIXed} BUS:B:DISplay:FORMAt?
Related Commands Arguments
BUS:B:TYPE BINary specifies a binary data display. HEXadecimal specifies a hexadecimal data display. ASCII specifies an ASCII format for RS232 only. MIXed specifies a mixed format for LIN only.
BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is included in the address.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude {|OFF|ON} BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude?
Arguments
= 0 does not include the read/write bit in the address; any other value
includes the read/write bit in the address.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-75
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
OFF does not include the read/write bit in the address. ON includes the read/write bit in the address.
Examples
BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE ON includes the read/write bit in the
address. BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE? might return BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE 0 indicating that the read/write bit is
not included in the address.
BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce Sets or returns the I2C SCLK source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the analog channel to use as the I2C SCLK source. D0–D15 specifies the digital channel to use as the I2C SCLK source.
BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce Sets or returns the I2C SDATA source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
2-76
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the analog channel to use as the I2C SDATA source. D0–D15 specifies the digital channel to use as the I2C SDATA source.
BUS:B:LABel Sets or returns the waveform label for bus < x>, where x is the bus number 1 through 4.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LABel BUS:B:LABel?
Arguments
is an alpha-numeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains
the text label information for bus . The text string is limited to 30 characters.
BUS:B:LIN:BITRate Sets or returns the bit rate for LIN.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:BITRate BUS:B:LIN:BITRate?
Arguments Examples
is the LIN bit rate.
BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 9600 sets the bit rate 9600. BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 2400 indicating
that the bit rate is set to 2400.
BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat Sets or returns the LIN ID format.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-77
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat {NOPARity|PARity} BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat?
Arguments
NOPARity sets the LIN ID format to no parity. PARity sets the LIN ID format to parity.
Examples
BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT PARITY sets the LIN ID format to parity. BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT NOPARITY
indicating that the LIN ID format is no parity.
BUS:B:LIN:POLARity Sets or returns the LIN polarity.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:POLARity {NORMal|INVerted} BUS:B:LIN:POLARity?
Arguments
NORMal specifies normal LIN polarity. INVerted specifies inverted LIN polarity.
Examples
BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY INVERTED sets the LIN polarity to INVERTED. BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY? might return BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL
indicating that the LIN polarity is normal.
BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint Sets or returns the sample point (in %) at which to sample during each bit period.
2-78
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint?
Arguments Examples
is the sample point (in %) at which to sample during each bit period. BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 10 sets the sample point is at 10% of the bit period BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 50
indicating that the sample point is at 50% of the bit period
BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce Sets or returns the LIN data source.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH specifies the LIN source channel where x is 1 to 4. D specifies the LIN source channel where x is 0 to 15.
Examples
BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH4 sets the LIN source to channel 4. BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH1 indicating that the LIN source is channel 1.
BUS:B:LIN:STANDard Sets or returns the LIN standard.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-79
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:LIN:STANDard {V1X|V2X|MIXed} BUS:B:LIN:STANDard?
Arguments
V1X sets the LIN standard to V1X. V2X sets the LIN standard to V2X MIXed sets the LIN standard to MIXED.
Examples
BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V1X sets the LIN standard is V1X. BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD? might return BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V2X
indicating that the LIN standard is V2X.
BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce Sets or returns the parallel bit source for B, where x is the bus number and Bit is the bit number.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the bit source B. BIT specifies the bit number. D0–D15 specifies the bit source B. BIT specifies the bit number.
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE Sets or returns the parallel clock edge for bus , where x is the bus number.
2-80
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE {EITher|RISing|FALling} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
EIther specifies either rising or falling edge as the clock edge. RISing specifies the rising edge as the clock edge. FALling specifies the falling edge as the clock edge.
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed Sets or returns the parallel bus clock function for bus , where x is the bus number.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed {YES|NO} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed?
Arguments
YES specifies that the parallel bus is clocked. NO specifies that the parallel bus is not clocked.
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce Sets or returns the parallel bus source , where x is the bus number.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the channel to use as the parallel bit source. D0–D15 specifies the digital channel to use as the parallel bit source.
BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth Sets or returns the number of bits used for the width of the parallel bus , where x is the bus number.
Group
Bus
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-81
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth?
is the number of bits.
BUS:B:POSition Sets or returns the position of the bus waveform on the display, where x is the bus number 1 through 4.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:POSition BUS:B:POSition?
Arguments
specifies the position.
BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate Sets or returns the RS232 bit rate for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate?
Arguments
2-82
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
is the bit rate in bits-per-second: 50 to 10000000. You can enter any
positive integer, and the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits Sets or returns the number of RS232 data bits for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits {7|8|9} BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits?
Arguments
7 specifies seven bits in the RS232 data frame. 8 specifies eight bits in the RS232 data frame. 9 specifies nine bits in the RS232 data frame.
BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter Sets or returns the RS232 delimiting value for a packet on bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter {NULl|LF|CR|SPace|XFF} BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter?
Arguments
NULl specifies 0x00. LF specifies 0x0A. CR specifies 0x0D. XFF specifies 0xFF.
BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode Sets or returns the display mode for the bus display and event table, where x is the bus number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-83
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode {FRAme|PACKET} BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode?
Arguments
FRAme displays each frame as a single entity. PACKET displays a group of frames terminated with a single frame defined by the BUS:B:RS232C:DELImiter command or the front panel.
BUS:B:RS232C:PARity Sets or returns the RS232C parity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:PARity {NONe|EVEN|ODD} BUS:B:RS232C:PARity?
Arguments
NONe specifies no parity. EVEN specifies even parity. ODD specifies odd parity.
NOTE. 9 data bits (BUS:B:DATABITS 9) does not support parity. Changing the parity with the PI while using 9 data bits, has no effect.
BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity Sets or returns the RS232C polarity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
2-84
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module. Bus
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed} BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity?
NORMal sets the RS232C bus polarity to positive. INVERTed sets the RS232C bus polarity to negative.
BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce Sets or returns the RS232 RX source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the channel to use for the RS232 RX source. D0–D15 specifies the digital channel to use for the RS232 RX source.
BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce Sets or returns the RS232 TX Source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the channel to use as the RS232 TX source. D0–D15 specifies the digital channel to use as the RS232 TX source.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-85
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder Sets or returns the bit order for the specified SPI bus.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder {LSB|MSB} BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder?
Arguments
LSB specifies least significant bit first MSB specifies most significant bit first
Examples
BUS:B1:SPI:BITOrder LSB sets the bit order to LSB for the specified bus. BUS:B1:SPI:BITOrder? might return BUS:B1:SPI:BITOrder MSB
indicating that the returned bit order for the specified bus is MSB.
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity Sets or returns the SPI SCLK polarity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity {FALL|RISe} BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity?
Arguments
FALL specifies the falling edge. RISe specifies the rising edge.
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce Sets or returns the SPI SCLK source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
2-86
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1-CH4 is the channel to use as the SPI SCLK source. D0-D15 is the digital channel to use as the SPI SCLK source.
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity Sets or returns the SPI MISO polarity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity?
Arguments
LOW specifies an active low polarity. HIGH specifies an active high polarity.
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce Sets or returns the SPI MISO source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-87
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH1-CH4 is the channel to use as the SPI MISO source. D0-D15 is the digital channel to use as the SPI MISO source.
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity Sets or returns the SPI MOSI polarity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity?
Arguments
LOW specifies the active low polarity. HIGH specifies the active high polarity.
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce Sets or returns the SPI MOSI source for bus .
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1-CH4 is the channel to use as the SPI MISO source. D0-D15 is the digital channel to use as the SPI MISO source.
BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe Sets or returns the number of bits per word for the specified SPI bus.
2-88
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe?
Arguments Examples
specifies the number of bits per word. BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZe 16 sets the data size to 16. BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZe? might return BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZe 8
indicating that the data size is 8 bits.
BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING Sets or returns the type of SPI framing.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING {SS|IDLEtime} BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING?
Arguments
SS specifies framing by SS (non 2-wire). IDLEtime specifies framing by Idle Time (2-wire).
Examples
BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING SS sets the SPI framing type to SS. BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING IDLETIME might return BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING IDLETIME indicating that the SPI framing type is set to IDLETIME.
BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime Sets or returns the SPI bus idle time in seconds for the specified SPI bus.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-89
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime?
Arguments Examples
specifies the idle time in seconds.
BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETime? might return BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETime 5.0000E-6
indicating that the idle time is 5 μs.
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity Sets or returns the SPI SS polarity for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity?
Arguments
LOW specifies an active low polarity. HIGH specifies an active high polarity.
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce Sets or returns the SPI SS source for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
2-90
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH1–CH4 is the channel to use as the SPI SS source. D0–D15 is the digital channel to use as the SPI SS source.
BUS:B:STATE Sets or returns the on/off state of bus , where x is the bus number.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:STATE {|OFF|ON} BUS:B:STATE?
Related Commands Arguments
SELect:BUS
ON or ≠ 0 turns on the bus. OFF or = 0 turns off the bus.
BUS:B:TYPE Sets or returns the bus type for , where x is the bus number.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:B:TYPE {I2C|SPI|CAN|RS232C|PARallel|LIN} BUS:B:TYPE
Arguments
I2C specifies the Inter-IC bus. SPI specifies the Serial Peripheral Interface bus (not available on two-channel models). CAN specifies the Controller Area Network bus. RS232C specifies the RS232C bus. PARallel specifies the parallel bus. LIN specifies the LIN bus.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-91
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH Sets the lower threshold for each channel. This applies to all search and trigger types that use the channel. This command supersedes the :BUS:THReshold:CH above.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH?
Arguments
specifies the threshold in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 TTL sets the CH1 lower threshold to 800 mV. BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 -800.0000E-3 indicating that the CH1 lower threshold is -800 mV.
BUS:THReshold:CH Sets or returns the threshold for analog channel , where x is the channel number. This setting applies to all trigger types that use the channel. The threshold value of CH is set to the closest value used by hardware. The threshold settings for both BUS: THReshold:CH and BUS:THRESHOLD:D channels will be rounded to the nearest threshold value used by hardware and not necessarily the value set by the user. For example: If you set the threshold to 2.48 volts and the hardware only supports 2.5 volts, then the threshold value will be 2.5 volts and not 2.48 as set by you.
Conditions
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:THReshold:CH {ECL|TTL|} BUS:THReshold:CH?
Related Commands
2-92
This command requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module.
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a TTL preset high level of 1.4 V. specifies the threshold level in volts.
BUS:THReshold:D Sets or returns the threshold for digital channel , where x is the digital channel number. This will apply to all search and trigger types that use the channel. The threshold value of D is set to the closest value used by hardware. Digital channel thresholds are set in two groups. One for channels D0–D7 and the other for D8–D15. Setting the thresholds in one of these groups sets the threshold for all the channels in that group.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:THReshold:D {|ECL|TTL} BUS:THReshold:D?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. specifies the threshold level in volts.
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH Sets the upper threshold for each channel. This applies to all search and trigger types that use the channel.
Group
Bus
Syntax
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-93
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
specifies the threshold in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 sets the CH1 upper threshold to
800 mV. BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 -800.0000E-3 indicating that the CH1 upper threshold is set to -800 mV.
BUSY? (Query Only) Returns the status of the oscilloscope. This command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
BUSY?
Related Commands Returns
*OPC, *WAI = 0 means the oscilloscope is not busy processing a command whose execution time is extensive. = 1 means the oscilloscope is busy processing one of the commands listed
in the table below. Commands that affect BUSY? response
Examples
Operation
Command
Single sequence acquisition
ACQuire:STATE ON or ACQuire:STATE RUN or ACQuire:STATE1 (when ACQuire:STOPAfter is set to SEQuence)
Hard copy operation
HARDCopy STArt
Calibration step
Refer to the optional oscilloscope Service Manual.
BUSY? might return :BUSY 1 indicating that the oscilloscope is currently busy.
See the section titled “Using the BUSY Query” for an example of how to use this query.
2-94
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
*CAL? (Query Only) Performs an internal self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope calibration status. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. No other commands are executed until calibration is complete.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
*CAL?
Returns
= 1 indicates the calibration did not complete successfully. = 0 indicates the calibration completed without errors.
Examples
*CAL? starts the internal signal path calibration and might return 0 to indicate that
the calibration was successful.
CALibrate:FACtory (No Query Form) Provides the controls for starting and stopping the factory calibration process. The factory calibration process consists of a series of steps.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:FACtory {STARt|CONTinue|PREVious|ABOrt|DUmp}
Arguments
STARt initializes the factory calibration sequence and starts the first calibration
step. CONTinue begins the next factory calibration step. PREVious attempts to run the most recent factory calibration step again. ABOrt stops the calibration process. DUmp stops the calibration and prints the calibration constants.
Examples
CALIBRATE:FACTORY START starts the calibration process.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-95
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CALibrate:FACtory:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:FACtory:STATus?
Examples
CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS? might return CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS PASS indicating that factory calibration passed.
CALibrate:INTERNal (No Query Form) This command starts a signal path compensation.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:INTERNal
Arguments Examples
None CALIBRATE:INTERNAL starts a serial path compensation cycle.
CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt (No Query Form) Starts the internal signal path calibration (SPC) of the oscilloscope. You can use the CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? query to return the current status of the internal signal path calibration of the oscilloscope.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt
Related Commands Examples
2-96
CALibrate:RESults:SPC? CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:START initiates the internal signal path calibration of
the oscilloscope.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the current status of the oscilloscope internal signal path calibration for the last SPC operation.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus?
Related Commands Returns
*CAL? This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the oscilloscope has not had internal signal path calibration
run. PASS indicates the signal path calibration completed successfully. FAIL indicates the signal path calibration did not complete successfully. RUNNING indicates the signal path calibration is currently running.
Examples
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATUS? might return :CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATUS INIT indicating that the current status of the
internal signal path calibration is that it has not been run.
CALibrate:RESults? (Query Only) Returns the status of internal and factory calibrations, without performing any calibration operations. The results returned do not include the calibration status of attached probes. The CALibrate:RESults? query is intended to support GO/NoGO testing of the oscilloscope calibration readiness: all returned results should indicate PASS status if the oscilloscope is "fit for duty". It is quite common, however, to use uncalibrated probes (particularly when the oscilloscope inputs are connected into a test system with coaxial cables).
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:RESults?
Related Commands
*CAL?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-97
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory? (Query Only) Returns the status of internal and factory calibration, without performing any calibration operations.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory?
CALibrate:RESults:SPC? (Query Only) Returns the status of the SPC operation. This query does not initiate a SPC.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:RESults:SPC?
Related Commands Returns
*CAL? INIT indicates that SPC has never successfully completed. PASS indicates that the last SPC operation passed. FAIL indicates that the last SPC operation failed. RUNNING indicates that the SPC operation is running.
Examples
CALIBRATE:RESULTS:SPC? returns the results of the last SPC operation: either
PASS or FAIL.
CALibrate:TEMPerature? (Query Only) Returns 0 as the MSO/DPO2000/B series instruments do not support recording of oscilloscope temperature.
2-98
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
CALibrate:TEMPerature?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CH? (Query Only) Returns the vertical parameters for channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH?
CH:BANdwidth Sets or returns the selectable low-pass bandwidth limit filter for channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:BANdwidth {TWEnty|FULl|} CH:BANdwidth?
Arguments
TWEnty sets the upper bandwidth limit of channel to 20 MHz. FULl disables any optional bandwidth limiting. The specified channel operates
at its maximum attainable bandwidth. is a double-precision ASCII string. The oscilloscope rounds this value to an available bandwidth using geometric rounding, and then uses this value to set the upper bandwidth limit.
NOTE. Other values may be possible depending on the attached probes.
Examples
CH1:BANDWIDTH TWENTY sets the bandwidth of channel 1 to 20 MHz.
CH:COUPling Sets or returns the input attenuator coupling setting for channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:COUPling {AC|DC|GND} CH:COUPling?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-99
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
AC sets channel to AC coupling. DC sets channel to DC coupling. GND sets channel to ground. Only a flat, ground-level waveform will be displayed.
Examples
CH2:COUPLING GND sets channel 2 to ground. CH3:COUPling? might return :CH3:COUPling DC indicating that channel 3 is set to DC coupling.
CH:DESKew Sets or returns the deskew time for channel , where x is the channel number. You can adjust the deskew time to add an independent, channel-based delay time to the delay (set by the horizontal position control and common to all channels) from the common trigger point to first sample taken for each channel. This lets you compensate individual channels for different delays introduced by their individual input hook ups.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:DESKew CH:DESKew?
Arguments
Examples
is the deskew time for channel , ranging from -100 ns to +100 ns
with a resolution of 1 ns.
CH4:DESKew 5.0E-9 sets the deskew time for channel 4 to 5 ns. CH2:DESKew? might return :CH2:DESKEW 2.0000E-09 indicating that the
deskew time for channel 2 is set to 2 ns.
CH:IMPedance Sets or returns the input impedance of channel , where x is the channel number. This command is provided for compatibilty.
Group
2-100
Vertical
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
CH:IMPedance CH:IMPedance?
CH:INVert Sets or returns the invert function for channel , where is the channel number. When on, the invert function inverts the waveform for the specified channel. NOTE. This command inverts the waveform for display purposes only. The oscilloscope does not use an inverted waveform for triggers or trigger logic inputs.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:INVert {ON|OFF} CH:INVert?
Arguments
OFF sets the invert function for channel to off. ON sets the invert function for channel to on.
Examples
CH4:INVert ON inverts the waveform on channel 4. CH2:INVert? might return :CH2:INVERT 0 indicating that channel 2 is not
inverted.
CH:LABel Sets or returns the waveform label for channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:LABel CH:LABel?
Arguments
is an alpha-numeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains
the text label information for the channel waveform. The text string is limited to 30 characters.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-101
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CH:OFFSet Sets or returns the vertical offset for channel , where x is the channel number. This command offsets the vertical acquisition window (moves the level at the vertical center of the acquisition window) for the specified channel. Visualize offset as scrolling the acquisition window towards the top of a large signal for increased offset values, and scrolling towards the bottom for decreased offset values. The resolution of the vertical window sets the offset increment for this control. Offset adjusts only the vertical center of the acquisition window for channel waveforms to help determine what data is acquired. The oscilloscope always displays the input signal minus the offset value. The channel offset range depends on the vertical scale factor. The valid ranges for the MSO/DPO2000/B series oscilloscopes are (when the probe and external attenuation factor is X1): For V/Div settings from 2 mV/div to 200 mV/div, the offset range is +/– 1 V For V/Div settings from 202 mV/div to 5 V/div, the offset range is +/– 25 V
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:OFFSet CH:OFFSet?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
CH:POSition is the offset value for the specified channel . CH3:OFFSet 2.0E-3 sets the offset for channel 3 to 2 mV. CH4:OFFSet? might return :CH4:OFFSET 1.0000E-03 indicating that the
offset for channel 4 is set to 1 mV.
CH:POSition Sets or returns the vertical position of channel , where x is the channel number. The position value is applied to the signal before it is digitized. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up. Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The position value determines the vertical graticule coordinate at which input signal values, minus the present offset setting for that channel, are displayed. For example,
2-102
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
if the position for Channel 3 is set to 2.0 and the offset is set to 3.0, then input signals equal to 3.0 units are displayed 2.0 divisions above the center of the screen (at 1 V/div).
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:POSition CH:POSition?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
CH:OFFSet, REF:VERTical:POSition, MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition is the position value for channel , in divisions, from the center
graticule. The range is 4 to -4 divisions. CH2:POSition 1.3 positions the Channel 2 input signal 1.3 divisions above the
center graticule. CH1:POSition? might return :CH1:POSITION -1.3000 indicating that the
current position of Channel 1 is 1.3 divisions below the center graticule.
CH:PRObe? (Query Only) Returns all information concerning the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe?
CH:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form) Sets the TekVPI probe attached to channel to zero, where x is the channel number
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-103
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
Execute auto zeros the probe.
CH:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form) Sets the state of the probe control specified with the first argument to the state specified with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the attached probe type. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the probe documentation for how to set these string arguments.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:COMMAND ,
Arguments
Examples
are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in the probe attached to the specified channel. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe
to the 4-4V1MHz mode. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix
VPI-DPG probe on. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”.
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form) Starts a degauss auto-zero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the input channel specified by , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute
Arguments
EXECute initiates the degauss operation.
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only) Returns the state of the probe degauss for the channel specified by , where is x is the channel number.
2-104
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?
Returns
NEEDED indicates the probe should be degaussed before taking measurements. RECOMMENDED indicates the measurement accuracy might be improved by degaussing the probe. PASSED indicates the probe is degaussed. FAILED indicates the degauss operation failed. RUNNING indicates the probe degauss operation is currently in progress.
CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange Sets or returns the range of a TekVPI probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange?
Arguments Returns
specifies the range, which is probe specific.
This command returns 0.0 for probes that do no support forced range.
CH:PRObe:GAIN Sets or returns the gain factor for the probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. The "gain" of a probe is the output divided by the input transfer ratio. For example, a common 10x probe has a gain of 0.1.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-105
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:GAIN CH:PRObe:GAIN?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
CH:SCAle is the probe gain. Allowed values depend on the specific probe.
CH2:PROBE:GAIN? might return :CH2:PROBE:GAIN 0.1000E+00 indicating
that the attached 10x probe delivers 1 V to the channel 2 BNC for every 10 V applied to the probe input.
CH:PRObe:ID? (Query Only) Returns the type and serial number of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:ID?
Examples
CH2:PROBE:ID? might return :CH2:PROBE:ID:TYPE "10X";SERNUMBER "N/A" indicating that a passive 10x probe of unknown serial number is attached to channel 2.
CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only) Returns the serial number of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. NOTE. For Level 0 and 1 probes, the serial number will be "".
2-106
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER "B010289" indicating that the serial number of the probe attached to channel 1
is B010289.
CH:PRObe:ID:TYPE? (Query Only) Returns the type of probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. Level 2 (or higher) probes supply their exact product nomenclature; for Level 0 or 1 probes, a generic “No Probe Detected message is returned.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:ID:TYPE?
Examples
CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE "P6203" indicating that P6203-type probe is attached to channel 1.
CH:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only) Returns the resistance factor of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:RESistance?
Examples
CH2:PRObe:RESistance? might return :CH2:PROBE:RESISTANCE 10.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to Channel
2 is 1 MΩ. NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe does not report the input resistance.
CH:PRObe:SIGnal Sets or returns the input bypass setting of a TekVPI probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. The probe must support input bypass, for example TCP0001. This command is ignored if sent to an unsupported probe.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-107
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS} CH:PRObe:SIGnal?
Arguments
BYPass sets the probe to Bypass mode. PASS sets the probe to Pass mode.
CH:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns a string describing the units of measure for the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:PRObe:UNIts?
Examples
CH4:PROBE:UNITS? might return :CH4:PROBE:UNITS "V" indicating that the units of measure for the probe attached to channel 4 are volts.
CH:SCAle Sets or returns the vertical scale for the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. Each waveform has a vertical scale parameter. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the Scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. Scale affects all waveforms, but affects channel waveforms differently from other waveforms: For channel waveforms, this setting controls the vertical size of the acquisition window as well as the display scale. The range and resolution of scale values depends on the probe attached and any other external factors you have specified. For reference and math waveforms, this setting controls the display only, graphically scaling these waveforms and having no affect on the acquisition hardware.
Group
2-108
Vertical
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands
Arguments
Examples
CH:SCAle CH:SCAle?
CH:OFFSet, CH:POSition, REF:VERTical:SCAle, MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle is the vertical channel scale in units-per-division. The value entered here
is truncated to three significant digits. CH4:SCALE 100E-03 sets the channel 4 scale to 100 mV per division. CH2:SCALE? might return :CH2:SCALE 1.0000 indicating that the current scale setting of channel 2 is 1 V per division.
CH:TERmination Sets the connected-disconnected status of a 50 Ω resistor, which may be connected between the specified channel's coupled input and oscilloscope ground. The channel is specified by . There is also a corresponding query that requests the termination parameter and translates this enumeration into one of the two float values. This command is maintained for compatibility.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:TERmination CH:TERmination?
CH:VOLts Sets or returns the vertical sensitivity for channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:VOLts CH:VOLts?
Arguments
is the vertical sensitivity, in volts.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-109
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CH:YUNits Sets or returns the units for the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. String arguments are case insensitive and any unsupported units will generate an error. Supported units are: %, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V, V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB, W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW, dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s
Group
Vertical
Syntax
CH:YUNits CH:YUNits?
Arguments
QString is a string of text surrounded by quotes, specifying the supported units.
CLEARMenu (No Query Form) Clears the current menu from the display. This command is equivalent to pressing the front panel Menu off.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
CLEARMenu
*CLS (No Query Form) Clears the following: Event Queue Standard Event Status Register Status Byte Register (except the MAV bit) If the *CLS command immediately follows an , the Output Queue and MAV bit (Status Byte Register bit 4) are also cleared. The MAV bit indicates that information is in the output queue. The device clear (DCL) GPIB control message will clear the output queue and thus MAV. *CLS does not clear the output queue or MAV.
2-110
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
*CLS can suppress a Service Request that is to be generated by an *OPC. This will happen if a single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed when the *CLS command is executed.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*CLS
Related Commands Examples
DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB?
*CLS clears the oscilloscope status data structures.
CURSor? Returns all of the current cursor settings.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor?
Examples
CURSOR? might return the following as the current cursor settings: :CURSOR:FUNCTION SCREEN;HBARS:POSITION1 0.0000;POSITION2 0.0000;UNITS BASE;:CURSOR:MODE INDEPENDENT;VBARS:POSITION1 -19.0006E-6;POSITION2 -18.9994E-6;UNITS SECONDS
CURSor:FUNCtion Sets or returns the cursor type. Cursors are attached to the selected waveform in Waveform mode and are attached to the display area in Screen mode.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:FUNCtion {OFF|SCREEN|WAVEform|VBArs|HBArs} CURSor:FUNCtion?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-111
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
OFF removes the cursors from the display but does not change the cursor type. SCREEN specifies both horizontal and vertical bar cursors, which measure the
selected waveform in horizontal and vertical units. Use these cursors to measure anywhere in the waveform display area. WAVEform specifies paired cursors in YT display format for measuring waveform
amplitude and time. In XY and XYZ format, these cursors indicate the amplitude positions of an XY pair (Ch1 vs Ch2 voltage, where Ch1 is the X axis and Ch2 is the Y axis) relative to the trigger. VBArs specifies the vertical bar cursor to measure the selected waveform in
vertical units. HBArs specifies the horizontal bar cursor to measure the selected waveform in horizontal units.
Examples
CURSOR:FUNCTION WAVEFORM selects the paired cursors for measuring waveform
amplitude and time. CURSOR:FUNCTION? might return :CURSor:FUNCtion SCREEN indicating that
the screen cursors are currently selected.
CURSor:HBArs? (Query Only) Returns the current settings for the horizontal bar cursors.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:HBArs?
Examples
CURSOR:HBARS? might return the horizontal bar setting as :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1
320.0000E-03;POSITION2-320.0000E-03;UNITS BASE
CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) Returns the vertical difference between the two horizontal bar cursors.
2-112
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:HBArs:DELTa?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Returns Examples
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts
A floating point value with an exponent. CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA 5.0800E+00
indicating that the difference between the two cursors is 5.08.
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION Sets or returns the horizontal bar cursor position relative to ground, which is expressed in vertical units (usually volts). The cursor is specified by x, which can be 1 or 2.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION CURSor:HBArs:POSITION?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
CURSor:FUNCtion
specifies the cursor position relative to ground.
CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1 25.0E-3 positions Cursor 1 of the horizontal
cursors at 25 mV. CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2 -64.0000E-03 indicating that Cursor 2 of the horizontal bar cursors is at -64 mV.
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts Sets or returns the units for the horizontal bar cursors.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts {BASe|PERcent} CURSor:HBArs:UNIts?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-113
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
BASe selects the vertical units for the selected waveform. PERcent selects ratio cursors.
Examples
CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS might return :CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS BASE indicating
that the units for the horizontal bar cursors are base.
CURSor:HBArs:USE (No Query Form) Sets the horizontal bar cursor measurement scale. This command is only applicable when ratio cursors are on.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:HBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat|FIVEdivs}
Related Commands Arguments
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts CURrent sets the H Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of the
lowest H Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the highest H Bar cursor. HALFgrat resets the H bar measurement scale to half the number of divisions (five for some models and four for others) so that 25% is the current position of the lowest H Bar cursor and 75% is the current position of the highest H Bar. FIVEdivs sets H Bar measurement scale so that five screen major divisions is
100%, where 0% is –2.5 divisions and 100% is +2.5 divisions from the center horizontal graticule.
Examples
CURSOR:HBARS:USE FIVEDIVS sets the H Bar measurement scale so that 5 screen major divisions equals 100%.
CURSor:MODe Sets or returns whether the two cursors move linked together in unison or separately. This applies to the Waveform cursors display mode.
Conditions Group
2-114
This command is only applicable when waveform cursors are displayed. Cursor
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
CURSor:MODe {TRACk|INDependent} CURSor:MODe?
TRACk ties the navigational functionality of the two cursors together. For cursor 1
adjustments, this ties the movement of the two cursors together; however, cursor 2 continues to move independently of cursor 1. INDependent allows independent adjustment of the two cursors.
Examples
CURSOR:MODE TRACK specifies that the cursor positions move in unison. CURSOR:MODE? might return :CURSOR:MODE TRACK indicating that the two
cursors move in unison.
CURSor:VBArs? (Query Only) Returns the current settings for the vertical bar cursors.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs?
Examples
CURSOR:VBARS? might return the following vertical bar settings :CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS;POSITION1 1.0000E-06;POSITION2
9.0000E-06
CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE? (Query Only) Returns the alternate readout for the waveform (Vbar) cursors specified by . This alternate readout is in effect for a bus waveform.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE?
Arguments
X = 1 specifies vertical bar cursor 1. X = 2 specifies vertical bar cursor 2.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-115
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) Returns the horizontal difference between the two vertical bar cursors. The units are specified by the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command. This is equivalent to watching the cursor readout in the display while using the appropriate cursor mode.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:DELTa?
Related Commands Returns Examples
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts
CURSOR:VBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:DELTa 1.0640E+00
indicating that the time between the vertical bar cursors is 1.064 s.
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS? (Query Only) Returns the horizontal value of the specified vertical bar ticks for cursor .
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS?
Related Commands Arguments
2-116
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts specifies the cursor. Valid values are 1 and 2.
Returns
indicates the value of one of the tics. The units are specified by the
Examples
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS2? might return CURSOR:VBARS:HPOS2 100E-3, indicating that the value of one vertical bar tick.
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION Sets or returns the horizontal position for the specified vertical bar cursor. The cursor is specified by , which can be 1 or 2. Values are with respect to trigger position or the zero reference point for the designated waveform (if horizontal units are not set to time). Use the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command to specify units.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION CURSor:VBArs:POSITION?
Related Commands Arguments Returns Examples
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts specifies the cursor position.
A floating point value with an exponent. CURSor:VBArs:POSITION2 9.00E-6 positions the cursor2 vertical bar cursor
at 9 ms. CURSor:VBArs:POSITION1? this command might return :CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION1 1.0000E-06 indicating that the
cursor1 vertical bar is positioned at 1 μs.
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts Sets or returns the units for the vertical bar cursors.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts {SEConds|HERtz|DEGrees|PERcent} CURSor:VBArs:UNIts?
Arguments
SEConds sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the time domain (seconds). HERtz sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the frequency domain (Hertz). DEGrees sets the units to degrees for use with an XY display. PERcent sets the units to percent for use with ratio cursors.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-117
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Returns
Examples
SECONDS, HERTZ, DEGREES, or PERCENT, depending on the current vertical bar
cursor units. CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS HERtz sets the units of the VBArs cursors to 1/seconds. CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS
indicating that the units for the vertical bar cursor are currently set to seconds.
CURSor:VBArs:USE (No Query Form) Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement scale.
Conditions
This command is only applicable when ratio cursors are on.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:VBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat|FIVEdivs}
Related Commands Arguments
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts CURrent sets the V Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of
the left-most V Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the right-most V Bar cursor. HALFgrat resets the V Bar measurement scale to half the number of divisions (five for some models and four for others) so that 25% is the current position of the lowest V Bar cursor and 75% is the current position of the highest V Bar. FIVEdivs sets V Bar measurement scale so that five screen major divisions is
100%, where 0% is –2.5 divisions and 100% is +2.5 divisions from the center vertical graticule.
Examples
CURSOR:VBARS:USE CURRENT sets the V Bar measurement scale to use the current cursor positions as 0% and 100% of scale if units are set to %.
CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa? (Query Only) Returns the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursor ticks.
Group
2-118
Cursor
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Related Commands Returns Examples
CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa?
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts
indicates the horizontal difference between the two vertical bar cursors.
CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA? might return CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA 1.064E+0, indicating that the vertical difference between the vertical bar cursors ticks is 1.064 units.
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the difference between the cursors X radius and the cursor Y radius (ΔY¸ ΔX). The ratio is calculated as (cursor 2 Y - cursor 1 Y) ÷ (cursor 2 X - cursor 1 X).
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta?
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the polar radius for the specified cursor, where x can be either 1 or 2.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION?
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the polar radius units.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-119
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the XY cursor polar angle delta.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta?
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar coordinate, where x is either 1 or 2.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION?
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor coordinate units.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts?
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position. The ΔX × ΔY value is calculated as (X2 – X1) × (Y2 – Y1).
2-120
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used to calculate the X × Y cursor measurement, Position 1 = (X1 × Y1); Position 2 = (X2 × Y2). The cursor is specified by x, which can be 1 or 2.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION?
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the XY cursor product units.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts?
CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the ratio of the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position (ΔY¸ ΔX). The ratio is calculated as (Y2 – Y1) / (X2 – X1).
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta?
CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the X (horizontal) or Y (vertical) position for the specified cursor, which can be 1 (X) or 2 (Y). The ratio is calculated as Position 1 = (Y1/X1); Position 2 = (Y2/X2).
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-121
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X and cursor Y units for the ratio measurement.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts?
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X delta value in rectangular coordinates.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta?
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION Sets or returns the X rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. Cursors are specified by x and can be either 1 or 2.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION?
Arguments
is the coordinate in volts.
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X rectangular units.
2-122
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta? (Query Only) Returns The cursor Y delta value in rectangular coordinates.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta?
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION Sets or returns the Y rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. The cursor is specified by x.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION?
Arguments
is the coordinate in volts.
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor Y rectangular units.
Group
Cursor
Syntax
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts?
CURVe Transfers waveform data to and from the oscilloscope in binary or ASCII format. Each waveform transferred includes a waveform preamble which contains the data format, scale, and associated information. For analog waveforms, the CURVe? query transfers data from the oscilloscope. The data source is specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The first and last data points are specified by the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands. The oscilloscope returns data from the last acquisition if the source is a channel waveform that is being previewed. The data does not reflect the acquisition
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-123
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
preview parameters. The user should always follow acquisition parameter changes with a single sequence OPC command prior to CURVe? to ensure the return data reflects the new acquisition parameters. The CURVe command transfers waveform data to the oscilloscope. The data is stored in the reference memory location specified by DATa:DESTination, starting with the data point specified by DATa:STARt. Only one waveform can be transferred at a time. The waveform will only be displayed if the reference is displayed. For CURVe queries, first set DATa:RESOlution and DATa:COMPosition appropriately. For MSO/DPO2000/B math FFT CURVe queries, set them to: DATA:RESOLUTION FULL and DATA:COMPOSITION SINGULAR_YT. For more information, see: Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments. (See page B-1.) NOTE. Transferring large volumes of data to or from the oscilloscope takes time. ASCII waveform transfer is very inefficient. NOTE. For MSO models, reduced resolution waveform data is not available for the digital channels. S
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
CURVe {|} CURVe?
Related Commands
Arguments
DATa:COMPositionDATa:DESTination, DATa:RESOlutionDATa:SOUrce, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, WFMInpre?, WFMInpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre?, HEADer is the waveform data in binary format. The waveform is formatted as:
#, where: is the number of y bytes. For example, if =500, then =3) is the number of bytes to transfer if samples are one or two bytes wide. Use the WFMInpre:BYT_Nr command to set the width for waveforms transferred into the oscilloscope. Use WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr to set the width for waveforms transferred out from the oscilloscope.
2-124
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
is the curve data. is a single byte new line character at the end of the data. is the waveform data in ASCII format. The format for ASCII data is [,...], where each represents a data point.
Examples
CURVE? with ASCII encoding, start and stop of 1 and 10 respectively, and a width set to 1 might return :CURVE 61,62,61,60,60,-59,-59,-58,-58,-59
NOTE. Curve data is transferred from the oscilloscope asynchronously, depending on the length of the curve record. Such transfers may require several seconds to complete. During this period, the oscilloscope will not respond to the user controls. You can interrupt these asynchronous data transfers by sending a device clear message to the oscilloscope or by interrupting the query with another command or query. In order to verify that curve data has been completely transferred, it is recommended that you follow such queries with an *ESR? query to verify there are no error bits set. You can also check the event queue to determine the cause of the error. If the error was caused by an interrupted query, then the asynchronous data transfer was not complete when the *ESR? query was sent. In such cases, it may be necessary to increase the program's time-out value to ensure that all data is transferred and read.
DATa Sets or returns the format and location of waveform data transferred with the CURVe? query or CURVe command.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa {INIT|SNAp} DATa?
Related Commands
Arguments
CURVe, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, DATa:ENCdg, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults except for
DATa:STOP, which is set to the current acquisition record length. SNAp sets DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP to match the current waveform cursor positions.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-125
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
DATA? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF1:ENCDG RIBINARY;SOURCE CH1;START 1;STOP 500;WIDTH 1 DATA INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults.
DATa:COMPosition Sets or returns the type of data that the CURVe? query returns. NOTE. For more information on querying waveform data, see Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments.)
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:COMPosition {COMPOSITE_YT|COMPOSITE_ENV|SINGULAR_YT} DATa:COMPosition?
Arguments
COMPOSITE_YT is of native width 8-bits and is written as 8-bit data in ISF files
and REF waveforms. The data can be queried as 1- or 2-byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2. COMPOSITE_ENV is min/max pair data. Its native width is 8-bits and is written as 8-bit data in ISF files and REF waveforms. The data can be queried as 1- or 2byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2. SINGULAR_YT is 16-bit data which originates as averaged acquired data or math
data. It is written to ISF files and REF waveforms as 16-bit data. The data can be queried as 1- or 2- byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2.
Examples
DATA:COMPOSITION? might return :DATA:COMPOSITION SINGULAR_YT
indicating that the data type returned by the CURVe? query is singular waveform. DATA:COMPOSITIONCOMPOSITE_YT sets the return data type of CURVe? query
as composite waveform.
DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? (Query Only) Lists the waveform data types that are available for return from the instrument under the current instrument settings.
Group
2-126
Waveform Transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Returns
DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable?
COMPOSITE_YT for sample data. COMPOSITE_ENV for envelope or peak-detect data. SINGULAR_YT for sample data.
Examples
DATA:COMPOSITION:AVAILABLE? might return DATA:COMPOSITION:AVAILABLE COMPOSITE_YT indicating that the waveform
data type.
DATa:DESTination Sets or returns the reference memory location for storing waveform data transferred into the oscilloscope by the CURVe command.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:DESTination REF DATa:DESTination?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
CURVe REF is the reference location where the waveform will be stored.
DATA:DESTINATION? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF2 indicating that reference 2is the currently selected reference memory location for incoming waveform data. DATA:DESTINATION REF1 indicates that incoming waveform data be stored in reference 1.
DATa:ENCdg Sets or returns the format of outgoing waveform data. This command is equivalent to setting WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, andWFMInpre:FILTERFreq. Setting the DATa:ENGdg value causes the corresponding WFMOutpre values to be updated and conversely. NOTE. This command and query does not apply to incoming waveform data.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-127
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:ENCdg {ASCIi|FAStest|RIBinary|RPBinary|SRIbinary|SRPbinary} DATa:ENCdg?
Related Commands Arguments
WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, WFMInpre:FILTERFreq ASCIi specifies the ASCII representation for waveform data points. If ASCII is
the value, then :BN_Fmt and :BYT_Or are ignored. FAStest specifies that the data be sent in the fastest possible manner consistent with maintaining accuracy and is interpreted with respect to the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce. RIBinary specifies signed integer data point representation with the most significant byte transferred first.
When :BYT_Nr is 1, the range is from –128 through 127. When :BYT_Nr is 2, the range is from –32,768 through 32,767. Center screen is 0 (zero). The upper limit is the top of the screen and the lower limit is the bottom of the screen. This is the default argument. RPBinary specifies the positive integer data-point representation, with the most
significant byte transferred first. When :BYT_Nr is 1, the range from 0 through 255. When :BYT_Nr is 2, the range is from 0 to 65,535. The center of the screen is 127. The upper limit is the top of the screen and the lower limit is the bottom of the screen. SRIbinary is the same as RIBinary except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. This format is useful when transferring data to IBM compatible PCs. SRPbinary is the same as RPBinary except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. This format is useful when transferring data to PCs.
Table 2-36: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings
2-128
WFMOutpre Settings
DATa:ENCdg Setting
:ENCdg
:BN_Fmt
:BYT_Or
:BYT_NR
ASCii
ASC
N/A
N/A
1,2
FAStest
BIN
RI
MSB
1,2
RIBinary
BIN
RI
MSB
1,2
RPBinary
BIN
RP
MSB
1,2
SRIbinary
BIN
RI
LSB
1,2
SRPbinary
BIN
RP
LSB
1,2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
DATA:ENCDG? might return :DATa:ENCDG SRPBINARY for the format of the outgoing waveform data. DATA:ENCDG RPBinary sets the data encoding format to be a positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first.
DATa:RESOlution Sets or returns whether the CURVe? query returns full resolution records (acquired data) or reduced resolution records (filtered/displayed data). NOTE. For more information on querying waveform data, see Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments.)
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:RESOlution {FULL|REDUced} DATa:RESOlution?
Arguments
FULL sets the instrument to return the full undecimated record acquired by the
instrument. The full resolution records are not subject to the effects of FilterVu. Full resolution record lengths are 100,000, 125,000, 1,000,000 or 1,250,000 points. REDUced sets the instrument to return short waveforms that are decimated from
the full acquisition record. Reduced records are subject to the low pass filtering effects of FilterVu settings. Reduced record lengths range from 800 to 6250 points, depending on the acquisition settings.
Examples
DATA:RESOLUTION? might return :DATA:RESOLUTION: FULL indicating that the CURVe? query returns full resolution records (acquired data). DATA:RESOLUTIONREDUCED sets the CURVe? returns to reduced resolution
records.
DATa:SOUrce Sets or returns the location of the waveform data transferred from the oscilloscope by the CURVe? query. NOTE. For more information on querying waveform data, see Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments.)
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-129
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF1|REF2| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} DATa:SOUrce?
Related Commands Arguments
CURVe CH1–CH4 specifies which analog channel data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller, channels 1 through 4. MATH specifies that the Math waveform data will be transferred from the
oscilloscope to the controller. REF1–REF2 specifies which Reference waveform data will be transferred from
the oscilloscope to the controller, waveforms, 1 through 4. D0–D15 specifies that the returned waveform data is packaged as 4 bytes per
sample, representing the states of all digital channels (D0–D15) and the logic states of the analog channels (Ch1–Ch4). When the :DATA:SOURCE is set to DIGITAL, the :DATA:WIDTH is automatically set to 4. The format of the returned 4- byte (32 bit) data is as follows:
2-130
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
DATA:SOURCE? might return :DATA:SOURCE REF2 indicating that the source for
the waveform data which is transferred using a CURVe? query is reference 2. DATA:SOURCE CH1 specifies that the CH1 waveform will be transferred in the next CURVe? query.
DATa:STARt Sets or returns the starting data point for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer. This command allows for the transfer of partial waveforms to and from the oscilloscope.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-131
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:STARt DATa:STARt?
Related Commands Arguments
CURVe, DATa, DATa:STOP, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
is the first data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to the record length. Data will be transferred from to DATa:STOP or the record length, whichever is less. If is greater than the record length, the last
data point in the record is transferred. DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is greater than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVE? query.
Examples
DATA:START? might return :DATA:START 214 indicating that data point 214 is the first waveform data point that will be transferred. DATA:START 10 specifies that the waveform transfer will begin with data point 10.
DATa:STOP Sets or returns the last data point that will be transferred when using the CURVe? query. This command allows for the transfer of partial waveforms from the oscilloscope. Changes to the record length value are not automatically reflected in the DATa:STOP value. As record length is varied, the DATa:STOP value must be explicitly changed to ensure the entire record is transmitted. In other words, curve results will not automatically and correctly reflect increases in record length if the distance from DATa:STARt to DATa:STOP stays smaller than the increased record length.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:STOP DATa:STOP?
Related Commands
2-132
CURVe, DATa, DATa:STARt, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
is the last data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to the record length. If is greater than the record length, then data will be transferred up to the record length. If both DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are greater than the record length, the last data point in the record is returned.
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is less than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVE? query. If you always want to transfer complete waveforms, set DATa:STARt to 1 and DATa:STOP to the maximum record length, or larger.
Examples
DATA:STOP? might return :DATA:STOP 14900 indicating that 14900 is the last
waveform data point that will be transferred. DATA:STOP 15000 specifies that the waveform transfer will stop at data point
15000.
DATa:WIDth Sets or returns the number of bytes per data point in the waveform transferred using the CURVe command.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
DATa:WIDth DATa:WIDth?
Related Commands Arguments
CURVe = 1 specifies that there is 1 byte (8 bits) per point. = 2 specifies that there are 2 bytes (16 bits) per point. This format is useful
for AVErage waveforms.
Examples
DATA:WIDTH 1 sets the data width to 1 byte per data point for CURVe data.
DATE Sets or returns the date the oscilloscope displays.
Group
Miscellaneous
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-133
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
DATE DATE?
TIME
is a date in the form "yyyy-mm-dd" where yyyy refers to a four-digit
year number, mm refers to a two-digit month number from 01 to 12, and dd refers to a two-digit day number in the month. DATE "2006-01-24" specifies that the date is set to January 24, 2006. DATE? might return :DATE 2006-01-24 indicating that the current date is set to January 24, 2006.
*DDT Allows you to specify a command or a list of commands that execute when the oscilloscope receives a *TRG command or the GET IEEE488.2 interface message. Define Device Trigger (*DDT) is a special alias that the *TRG command uses.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
*DDT {|} *DDT?
Related Commands Arguments
ALIas, *TRG is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain
only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 80 characters. The format of this argument is always returned as a query. is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can
contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 80 characters.
Examples
2-134
*DDT #OACQUIRE:STATE RUN specifies that the acquisition system will be
started each time a *TRG command is sent.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
DESE Sets or returns the bits in the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). The DESER is the mask that determines whether events are reported to the Standard Event Status Register (SESR), and entered into the Event Queue. For a detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see Registers.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
DESE DESE?
Related Commands Arguments
*CLS, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB?
sets the binary bits of the DESER according to this value, which ranges
from 1 through 255. For example, DESE 209 sets the DESER to the binary value 11010001 (that is, the most significant bit in the register is set to 1, the next most significant bit to 1, the next bit to 0, etc.). The power-on default for DESER is all bits set if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the DESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. NOTE. Setting the DESER and ESER to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of the Status Byte Register. Use the *ESE command to set the ESER.
Examples
DESE 209 sets the DESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ, EXE and OPC bits. DESE? might return :DESE 186, showing that the DESER contains the binary value 10111010.
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion Sets the self-test loop option.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion {ALWAYS|FAIL|ONFAIL|ONCE|NTIMES}
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-135
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
ALWAYS continues looping until the self tests (diagnostics) are stopped via the
front panel or by an oscilloscope command. FAIL causes looping until the first self test (diagnostic) failure or until self tests (diagnostics) are stopped. ONFAIL causes looping on a specific test group as long as a FAIL status is
returned from the test. ONCE executes self test (diagnostics test) sequence once. NTIMES runs “n” number of loops.
Examples
DIAG:LOOP:OPTION ONCE runs one loop of self tests.
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes Sets the self-test loop option to run N times.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes?
Arguments
is the number of self-test loops.
Examples
DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 3 sets the self-test loop to run three times. DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES? might return :DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 5,
indicating that the self-test loop is set to run five times.
DIAg:LOOP:STOP (No Query Form) Stops the self-test at the end of the current loop.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:LOOP:STOP
Examples
2-136
DIAG:LOOP:STOP stops the self test at the end of the current loop.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? (Query Only) Returns the pass/fail status from the last self-test sequence execution. Use this query to determine which test(s) has failed.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg?
Related Commands Returns
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? PASS indicates that all of the selected self (diagnostic) tests have passed. FAIL indicates that at least one of the selected self (diagnostic) tests has failed.
Examples
DIAG:RESULT:FLAG? returns either DIAG:RESULT:FLAG PASS or FAIL.
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? (Query Only) Returns the internal results log from the last self-test sequence execution. The list contains all modules and module interfaces that were tested along with the pass/fail status of each.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG?
Related Commands
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg?
Returns
in the following format: --[,--...]
Examples
DIAG:RESULT:LOG? might return :DIAG:RESULT:LOG "NOT RUN--CPU,NOT RUN--DISPLAY,NOT RUN--FPANEL,NOT RUN--IO,NOT RUN--ACQ,NOT RUN--RO M,NOT RUN--APPKEY"
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-137
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
DIAg:SELect (No Query Form) Sets the type of diagnostics grouping.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:SELect {ALL|APPKey|CPU|DISplay|FPAnel|IO|ROM|ACQ}
Arguments
ALL runs all diagnostic groups. APPKey runs just the application key diagnostic group. CPU runs just the CPU diagnostic group. DISplay runs just the display circuit diagnostic group. FPAnel runs just the front panel diagnostic group. IO runs just the IO board diagnostic group. ROM runs just the IO board diagnostic group. ACQ runs just the acquisition system diagnostic group.
DIAg:SELect: (No Query Form) Runs self-tests on the specified system subsystem.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:SELect:
Arguments
specifies a single oscilloscope subsystem on which to run self tests
(diagnostics). Valid values are: ACQ tests the acquisition system. APPKey tests the application keys. CPU tests the CPU. DISplay tests the display. FPAnel tests the front panel controls. IO tests the IO ports. ROM tests the system read only memory.
2-138
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
DIAG:SELECT:CPU sets the oscilloscope to run just CPU tests.
DIAg:STATE (No Query Form) This command starts or stops the oscilloscope self-test. Depending on the argument, self-test capabilities are either turned on or off.
Group
Calibration and Diagnostic
Syntax
DIAg:STATE {EXECute|ABORt}
Arguments
EXECute starts diagnostics. ABORt stops diagnostics at the end of the current loop.
Examples
DIAG:STATE EXECute starts diagnostics.
DISplay? (Query Only) Returns the current display settings.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay?
DISplay:CLOCk Sets or returns whether the oscilloscope displays the date and time. The query form of this command returns an ON (1) or an OFF (0). NOTE. For the MSO/DPO2000/B series, the enumerations enable control of the date/time display. The query form will return 0 when the control is set to NONe or OFF and will return 1 when the control is set to DATETIME or ON.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:CLOCk {DATEOnly|TIMEOnly|DATETIME|NONe|ON|OFF|} DISplay:CLOCk?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-139
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
DATE, TIME DATEOnly enables the display of date. TIMEOnly enables the display of time. DATETIME or ON enables the display of both date and time. NONe or OFF disables the display of date and time. = 0 disables the display of date and time; any other value enables the
display of date and time.
Examples
DISPLAY:CLOCK ON enables display of date and time. DISPLAY:CLOCK? might return :DISPLAY:CLOCK 1 indicating that the display
of date and time is currently enabled.
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght Sets or returns the number of available digital waveform position slots. NOTE. If the number of live digital channels exceeds the number of slots, their height is reduced to a smaller size, allowing all digital channels to be displayed.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght {SMAll|MEDium|LARge} DISplay:DIGital:HEIght?
Arguments
SMAll sets the height to 40. MEDium sets the height to 20. LARge sets the height to 10.
DISplay:FORMat Sets or returns the display format.
Group
2-140
Display
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
DISplay:FORMat {YT|XY} DISplay:FORMat?
YT sets the display to a voltage versus time format and is the default mode. XY argument displays one waveform against another. Selecting one source causes its corresponding source to be implicitly selected, producing a single trace from the two input waveforms.
Examples
DISPLAY:FORMAT XY sets the display format to XY. DISPLAY:FORMAT? might return DISPLAY:FORMAT YT indicating that the display format is YT.
DISplay:GLITch Controls the display of the glitch capture background of the waveform. Set the intensity with DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch.
Group
FilterVu
Syntax
DISplay:GLITch {ON|OFF|} DISplay:GLITch?
Related Commands Arguments
DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch ON or ≠ 0 turns on the glitch capture waveform display. OFF or = 0 turns off the glitch capture waveform display.
Examples
DISPLAY:GLITCH? might return DISPLAY:GLITCH 1 indicating that there is glitch capture waveform display. DISPLAY:GLITCH OFF turns off the glitch capture waveform display.
DISplay:GRAticule Selects or queries the type of graticule the oscilloscope displays.
Group
Display
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-141
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
DISplay:GRAticule {CROSSHair|FRAme|FULl|GRId} DISplay:GRAticule?
CROSSHair specifies a frame and cross hairs. FRAme specifies a frame only. FULl specifies a frame, a grid and cross hairs. GRId specifies a frame and grid only.
Examples
DISPLAY:GRATICULE FRAme sets the graticule type to display the frame only. DISPLAY:GRATICULE? might return :DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL indicating
that all graticule elements are selected.
DISplay:INTENSITy? (Query Only) Returns the display intensity settings.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:INTENSITy?
Examples
DISPLAY:INTENSITY? might return :DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 35;GRATICULE 35;BACKLIGHT HIGH;GLITCH CAPTURE BACKGROUND INTENSITY 55
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight Sets and returns the waveform backlight intensity settings.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight {LOW|MEDium|HIGH} DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight?
Examples
2-142
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT? might return :DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:BACKLIGHT HIGH
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch Sets the intensity of the glitch capture background of the waveform display. The intensity can be set from 5 to 100% in increments of 5%. The intensity of the glitch capture background can only be adjusted when the glitch capture background is displayed and FilterVu filtering is in use. Otherwise, the intensity is fixed. Use DISplay:GLITch to turn the glitch capture background ON and OFF. Use FILTERVu:FREQuency to enable filtering. Filtering is enabled if the frequency chosen is different than the oscilloscope's full bandwidth.
Group
FilterVu
Syntax
DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch {}
Related Commands Arguments Examples
is the glitch intensity and ranges from 5 to 100 percent. DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GLITCH ? might return DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GLITCH 5 indicating that the glitch intensity is 5%.
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule Sets and returns the display graticule intensity settings.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule?
Arguments Examples
is the graticule intensity and ranges from 0 to 100 percent. DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GRATICULE? might return DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:GRATICULE 30
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform Sets and returns the display waveform intensity settings.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-143
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform?
Arguments Examples
is the waveform intensity and ranges from 1 to 100 percent. DISPLAY:INTENSITY:WAVEFORM? might return DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 60
as the intensity of the waveforms.
DISplay:PERSistence Sets or returns the display persistence. This affects the display only. NOTE. When Persistence is set to Infinite, it does not mean that the brightness of any pixel should never decrease. The brightness of a pixel is proportionally dependent on the ratio between its intensity (which does NOT decrease at Infinite Persistence) and the maximum value of intensity of any pixel on the screen. If a particular pixel get hit less often than others, its brightness will decrease over time. It will become less bright relative to the pixels that get hit often.
Group
Display
Syntax
DISplay:PERSistence {|CLEAR|AUTO|MINImum|INFInite} DISplay:PERSistence?
Arguments
specifies the time of the persistence. CLEAR resets the persist time count down and clears the display of acquired points. INFInite displays waveform points until a control change resets the acquisition system. When persistence is set to infinite, it does not mean that the brightness of any pixel should never decrease. The brightness of a pixel is proportionally dependent on the ratio between its intensity, which does NOT decrease at infinite persistence, and the maximum value of intensity of any pixel on the screen. Thus, if a particular pixel gets hit less often than others, its brightness will decrease over time. It will become less bright relative to the pixels that get hit often. AUTO specifies that the oscilloscope automatically determines the
best waveform persistence based on the value of waveform intensity (DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM)
2-144
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MINImum specifies that the waveform persistence is set to the minimum value
of 0.0E0.
Examples
DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 3 specifies that the waveform points are displayed fading for 3 seconds before they completely disappear.
D Sets or returns parameters for digital channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
MSO
Syntax
D
D:LABel Sets or returns the waveform label for digital channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
MSO
Syntax
D:LABel D:LABel?
Arguments
Examples
is an alpha-numeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains
the text label information for the digital channel waveform. The text string is limited to 30 characters. D4:LABEL? might return :D4:LABEL “Clk Wfm 4”.
D:POSition Sets or returns the vertical position for digital channel , where x is the channel number. NOTE. Unlike analog channels, which use the center baseline as the zero point, digital channels use the bottom logic level as the zero point. Because of the slot model used to describe digital channel position, the oscilloscope rounds off divisions to the nearest slot.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-145
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
MSO
Syntax
D:POSition D:POSition?
Arguments
is the position of the digital channel in slot units. Use the oscilloscope front-panel controls to place the channel; then query the channel to obtain an exact value for the position.
D:THREshold Sets or returns the logical threshold for digital channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
MSO
Syntax
D:THREshold {ECL|TTL|} D:THREshold?
Arguments
ECL sets the digital threshold for channel to a preset ECL high level of –1.3V. TTL sets the digital threshold for channel to a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. specifies the digital threshold for channel in volts.
Examples
D5:THRESHOLD ECL sets the threshold for D5 digital channel to ECL levels. D14:threshold? might return :D14:THRESHOLD 1.2500 indicating that the
threshold level for the D14 digital channel is 1.25 volts.
*ESE Sets and queries the bits in the Event Status Enable Register (ESER). The ESER prevents events from being reported to the Status Byte Register (STB). For a detailed discussion on how to use registers, see Registers.
2-146
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*ESE *ESE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
*CLS, DESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? specifies the binary bits of the ESER according to this value, which ranges
from 0 through 255. The power-on default for the ESER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the ESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. NOTE. Setting the DESER and the ESER to the same values allows only those codes to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of the Status Byte Register. Use the DESE command to set the DESER.
Examples
*ESE 209 sets the ESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ, EXE, and OPC bits. *ESE? might return 186, showing that the ESER contains the binary value
10111010.
*ESR? (Query Only) Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register (SESR). *ESR? also clears the SESR (reading the SESR clears it). For a detailed discussion on how to use registers, see Registers.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*ESR?
Related Commands Examples
ALLEv?, *CLS, DESE, *ESE, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? *ESR? might return 213, showing that the SESR contains the binary value 11010101.
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp Sets or returns the network initialization search for a DHCP/BOOTP server.
Group
Ethernet
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-147
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp {ON|OFF} ETHERnet:DHCPbootp?
ON enables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server
in order to automatically assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope. NOTE. Do not use DHCP/BOOTP searching if your oscilloscope has been assigned a static address on a network. If you set this command to ON, the DHCP/BOOTP search will delete or change your static IP address information. OFF disables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server.
Examples
ETHERNET:DHCPBOOTP ON sets the oscilloscope to search for a DHCP or BOOTP
server and assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope.
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress Sets or returns the network Domain Name Server (Dns) IP address.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress?
Arguments Examples
is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes.
ETHERNET:DNS:IPADDRESS “128.196.13.352” sets the Dns IP address that
the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network.
ETHERnet:DOMAINname Sets or returns the network domain name.
2-148
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:DOMAINname ETHERnet:DOMAINname?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments Examples
is the network domain name, enclosed in quotes.
ETHERNET:DOMAINNAME “Alpha1.Mycorp.com” sets the domain name that
the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network.
ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress? (Query Only) Returns the Ethernet address value assigned to the oscilloscope. This is assigned at the factory and can not be changed.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress?
Examples
ETHERNET:ENET:ADDRESS? returns an Ethernet address such as 08:00:11:01:02:03
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress Sets or returns the remote interface gateway IP address.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress?
Arguments Examples
is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes.
ETHERNET:GATEWAY:IPADDRESS “128.143.16.1” sets the gateway IP
address.
ETHERnet:HTTPPort Sets or returns the remote interface HTTP port value.
Group
Ethernet
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-149
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
ETHERnet:HTTPPort ETHERnet:HTTPPort? is an integer port number, enclosed in quotes.
NOTE. Consider the following if you are using the e*Scope™ control software. If you don't enter a port address in the URL, then the ETHERnet:HTTPPort value must be set to "80", which is the default port for HTTP protocol. If you use a URL with a port address (for example: http://DPO2004-04WKL4:1234), the port number is specified by the number after the colon. Set the ETHERnet:HTTPPort value to this same number.
Examples
ETHERNET:HTTPPORT “80” sets the HTTP port value to 80.
ETHERnet:IPADDress Sets or returns the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:IPADDress ETHERnet:IPADDress?
Arguments Examples
is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:IPADDRESS “123.121.13.214” sets the oscilloscope's IP address.
ETHERnet:NAME Sets or returns the network name assigned to the oscilloscope.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:NAME ETHERnet:NAME?
Arguments
2-150
is the network name assigned to the oscilloscope, enclosed in quotes.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
ETHERNET:NAME “labscope1” sets the oscilloscope's network name.
ETHERnet:PASSWord Sets or returns the HTTP Ethernet access password. If a password is set, the user must enter the password before the user's Web browser can access the oscilloscope.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:PASSWord ETHERnet:PASSWord?
Arguments Examples
is a new password, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:PASSWORD ”ZEN53” replaces the current Ethernet password with the
new password ZEN53. ETHERNET:PASSWORD? might return :ETHERNET:PASSWORD “ZEN53”.
ETHERnet:PING (No Query Form) Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:PING EXECute
Examples
ETHERNET:PING EXECUTE causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP
address.
ETHERnet:PING:STATUS? (Query Only) Returns the results from sending the ETHERnet:PING command to ping the gateway IP address.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:PING:STATUS?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-151
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Returns
OK is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address answers. NORESPOnsE is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address does not
answer. INPROGRESS is returned if the ping operation is still executing.
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask Sets or returns the remote interface subnet mask value.
Group
Ethernet
Syntax
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask ETHERnet:SUBNETMask?
Arguments
Examples
is the subnet mask value, enclosed in quotes.
ETHERNET:SUBNETMASK “255.255.255.0” sets the subnet mask value using
standard IP address notation format.
EVENT? (Query Only) Returns an event code from the Event Queue that provides information about the results of the last *ESR? read. EVENT? also removes the returned value from the Event Queue.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
EVENT?
Related Commands Examples
2-152
ALLEv?, *CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB?
EVENT? might return :EVENT 110, showing that there was an error in a command header. (See page 3-12, Messages.)
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
EVMsg? (Query Only) Removes a single event code from the Event Queue that is associated with the results of the last *ESR? read and returns the event code along with an explanatory message. For information, see Event Handling.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
EVMsg?
Related Commands
ALLEv? *CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, *SRE, *STB?
Returns
The event code and message in the following format: [...]::= ;[] where is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. As much of the command will be returned as possible without exceeding the 60 character limit of the and string combined. The command string is right-justified.
Examples
EVMSG? might return :EVMSG 110,"Command header error".
EVQty? (Query Only) Returns the number of event codes in the Event Queue. This is useful when using the ALLEv? query, which returns the exact number of events.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
EVQty?
Related Commands Examples
ALLEv?, EVENT?, EVMsg? EVQTY? might return :EVQTY 3, indicating that the number of event codes in
the Event Queue.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-153
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
FACtory (No Query Form) Resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings. This command does the following: Clears the Event Status Enable Register Clears the Service Request Enable Register Sets the Device Event Status Enable Register to 255 Purges all defined aliases Enables all Command Headers Sets the macro defined by *DDT to a "zero-length field" Clears the pending operation flag and associated operations This command does not reset the following: Communication settings Sate of the VXI-11 (Ethernet IEEE Std 488.2) interface. Calibration data that affects device specifications Protected user data Stored settings Power On Status Clear Flag Oscilloscope password
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
FACtory
Related Commands Arguments Examples
2-154
*PSC, *RCL, RECAll:SETUp, *RST, *SAV, SAVe:SETUp None FACTORY resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
FILESystem Returns the directory listing of the current working directory and the number of bytes of free space available. This query is the same as the FILESystem:DIR? query and the FILESystem:FREESpace? query.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem FILESystem?
Related Commands
Arguments Examples
FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:DELEte, FILESystem:DIR?, FILESystem:REName None FILESYSTEM? might return :FILESYSTEM:DIR "TEK00000.BMP","GLITCH1.PNG","TEMP.TMP", "FILE1.WFM","FILE2.WFM", "MATH1.WFM"," REF1.WFM","REF2.WFM"
FILESystem:CWD Sets or returns the current working directory (CWD) for FILESystem commands. The default working directory is "E:/". Anytime you use this command to change the directory, the directory that you specify is retained as the current working directory until you either change the directory or you delete the directory. If you delete the current working directory, the oscilloscope resets current working directory to the default directory (E:) the next time the oscilloscope is powered on or the next time you execute a file system command. This command supports the permutations of file and directory names supported by Microsoft Windows: Relative path names; for example, "./temp" Absolute path names; for example, "E:/Wfms" Implied relative path names; for example "NEWFILE.TXT" becomes "E:/TEKSCOPE/NEWFILE.TXT" if the current working directory is "E:/TEKSCOPE"
Group
File System
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-155
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
FILESystem:CWD {}
Arguments
is a quoted string that defines the current working; a directory name can have up to 8 characters with an extension of up to 3 characters.
Examples
FILESYSTEM:CWD "E:/TEKSCOPE/IMAGES" sets the current working directory
to images. FILESYSTEM:CWD? might return :FILESYSTEM:CWD "E:/TEKSCOPE/WAVEFORMS" indicating that the current
working directory is set to waveforms.
FILESystem:DELEte (No Query Form) This command deletes a named file. If you specify a directory name, it will delete the directory and all of its contents, the same as the RMDir command. You can also specify the filename as *.* to delete all of the files in the current or specified directory.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:DELEte
Related Commands
FILESystem:CWD FILESystem:RMDir
Arguments
is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. The argument *.* will delete all files and subdirectories within the current working directory.
Examples
FILESYSTEM:DELETE "NOT_MINE.SET" deletes the file named
NOT_MINE.SET from the current working directory.
FILESystem:DIR? (Query Only) Returns a list of quoted strings. Each string contains the name of a file or directory in the current working directory.
2-156
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:DIR?
Related Commands Arguments Returns
Examples
FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:MKDir None FILESystem:DIR? returns a list of files and directories in the current working
directory. FILESYSTEM:DIR? might return :FILESYSTEM:DIR "TEK00000.PNG","CANSETUP.SET","WFM1.ISF","MYIMAGES"
FILESystem:FORMat (No Query Form) Formats a mass storage device. This command should be used with extreme caution as it causes all data on the specified mass storage device to be lost. Drive letters (e.g., E:) are case sensitive and must be upper case. For all other FILESYSTEM commands, drives letters are not case sensitive. Example: FILES:FORMAT "E:/" Formats the USB flash drive installed in the oscilloscope's front panel USB port.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:FORMat
Arguments Examples
is a quoted string that defines the drive to format. FILESYSTEM:FORMAT "E:/"
Formats the USB flash drive installed in the oscilloscope's front panel USB port.
FILESystem:FREESpace? (Query Only) Returns the number of bytes of free space on the current drive.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-157
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:FREESpace?
Related Commands
FILESystem:FREESpace?, FILESystem:CWD
FILESystem:MKDir (No Query Form) Creates a new folder.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:MKDir
Related Commands Arguments Examples
FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:DIR? is a quoted string that specifies the directory to create
FILESYSTEM:MKDIR "E:/NewDirectory" creates the directory named
NEWDIRECTORY at the root of the E drive. These two commands create the directory MYNEWSUBDIRECTORY within the existing directory mydirectory at the root of the E drive: FILESYSTEM:CWD "E:/MyDirectory";:FILESYSTEM:MKDIR "MyNewSubDirectory"
This, of course, assumes that E:/MYDIRECTORY already existed and was not a read-only directory.
FILESystem:READFile (No Query Form) Writes the contents of the specified file to the specified interface. If the file does not exist or is not readable, an appropriate error event is posted.
2-158
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:READFile
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands
FILESystem:CWD
Arguments
is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file path is
Examples
FILESYSTEM:READFILE “E:/TEST_DATA/TEK00016CH1.CSV” reads the content of the specified file, if the file exists and is readable, and sends the content of the file to the current interface.
within the current working directory, specify only the file name.
FILESystem:REName (No Query Form) Assigns a new name to an existing file.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:REName ,
Related Commands Arguments
FILESystem:CWD is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name.
Examples
FILESYSTEM:RENAME "E:/TEK00000.SET","D:/MYSETTING.SET" gives the file named TEK00000.SET the new name of MYSETTING.SET. The file remains in the root directory on the D drive.
FILESystem:RMDir (No Query Form) Deletes a named directory. This command deletes the specified directory and all of its contents. The directory must not be a read-only directory.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:RMDir
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-159
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
FILESystem:CWD is a quoted string that defines the directory name and path. If the file path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. FILESYSTEM:RMDIR "E:/OldDirectory" removes the directory named
olddirectory from the root of the E drive.
FILESystem:WRITEFile (No Query Form) Writes the specified block data to a file in the oscilloscope current working directory. If the specified file does not exist or is not readable, an appropriate error event is posted. The maximum length of the block data is 262144 bytes.
Group
File System
Syntax
FILESystem:WRITEFile ,
Related Commands Arguments
FILESystem:CWD is the quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the path
is within the current working directory, specify the file name only. can be either DEFINITE LENGTH encoding or INDEFINITE LENGTH
ARBITRARY BLOCK PROGRAM DATA encoding as described in IEEE488.2.
FILTERVu:FREQuency Sets or queries the FilterVu frequency to the closest value supported with the current acquisition settings.
Group
FilterVu
Syntax
FILTERVu:FREQuency? FILTERVu:FREQuency
Related Commands
2-160
FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments Examples
is the integer format for the current FilterVu frequency setting. FILTERVU:FREQUENCY? might return FILTERVU:FREQUENCY 100000000
indicating that the FilterVu frequency is 100 MHz.
FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable? (Query Only) Returns a comma separated list of filter frequencies available based on the current instrument settings. The source waveform (as specified by the DATa:SOUrce) must be turned on for this query to generate a response.
Group
FilterVu
Syntax
FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable?
Related Commands Examples
FILTERVu:FREQuency FILTERVU:FREQUENCY:AVAILABLE? might return FILTERVU:FREQUENCY:AVAILABLE 200000000,150000000,75000000,42000000,21000000 indicating
that the available FilterVu frequencies are 200 MHz, 150 MHz, 75 MHz, 42 MHz and 21 MHz.
FPAnel:PRESS (No Query Form) Simulates the action of pressing a specified front-panel button. When the front panel is locked, the front-panel button and multipurpose knob operations are suspended. The FPAnel:PRESS and the FPAnel:TURN commands will also not work. You can work around this by using the appropriate programmatic interface commands, instead of the front-panel commands.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
FPAnel:PRESS
Arguments
is the name of a front-panel button. Most of the argument names
associate directly with their front panel buttons. For example, AUTOSet is for the Autoset button. The enumeration arguments and their associations with the front panel buttons are listed below.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-161
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Table 2-37: FPAnel:PRESS arguments Argument
2-162
Description
ACQuire
Acquire button
SAVERecall
Save/Recall Menu button
MEASurement
Measure button
UTILity
Utility button
SEArch
Search button
TESt
Test button
MATh
M button
REF
R button
TRIGger
Trigger Menu button
CH1
Channel1 select button
CH2
Channel2 select button
CH3
Channel2 select button
CH4
Channel4 select button
B1
Bus1 select button
B2
Bus2 select button
D15D0
Digital channels select buttons
DEFaultsetup
Default Setup button
MENUOff
Menu Off button
SELect
Select button
FINe
Fine button
CURsor
Cursors button
INTensity
Intensity button
MARk
Mark Set/Clear button
PREv
Previous arrow button
PAUse
Play/pause button
NEXt
Next arrow button
RUnstop
Run/Stop button
SINGleseq
Single button
AUTOset
Autoset button
SETTO50
Set Trigger to 50%
FORCetrig
Force Trig button
HARDcopy
Hardcopy button
SAVEBUtton
Save button
BMENU1
Screen left-most bottom menu button
BMENU2
Screen bottom menu button
BMENU3
Screen bottom menu button
BMENU4
Screen bottom menu button
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Table 2-37: FPAnel:PRESS arguments (cont.)
Examples
Argument
Description
BMENU5
Screen bottom menu button
BMENU6
Screen bottom menu button
BMENU7
Screen right-most bottom menu button
RMENU1
Screen top-most side menu button
RMENU2
Screen side menu button
RMENU3
Screen side menu button
RMENU4
Screen side menu button
RMENU5
Screen bottom-most side menu button
MAGnify
Magnify (zoom) button (not the zoom/pan knob)
FITERVu (2000/B series only)
FilterVu frequency button
WFMOnly (2000/B series only)
Waveform data button
FPANEL:PRESS AUTOSET executes the oscilloscope Autoset function.
FPAnel:TURN (No Query Form) Simulates the action of turning a specified front-panel control knob. When the front panel is locked, the front-panel button and multipurpose knob operations are suspended. The FPAnel:PRESS and FPAnel:TURN commands will also not work, and, they will not generate an error. You can work around this by using the appropriate programmatic interface commands, instead of the front-panel commands. For example, to set the trigger level to 50%, you could use TRIGger:A SETLevel. To force a trigger, you could use TRIGger FORCe.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
FPAnel:TURN ,[]
Arguments
is the name of a rotating control.
A comma (,) separates the control knob argument from the numeric optional rotation value argument. In the absence of the numeric rotation value argument, the default is 1 (clockwise). You do not need a white space between the arguments and the comma. represents the rotation direction and magnitude of rotation. Negative values
represent a counterclockwise knob rotation, and positive values represent a
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-163
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
clockwise rotation. The magnitude of specifies the amount of the turn, where = 1 represents turning the knob one unit, = 2 represents turning the knob two units, = 4 represents turning the knob four units, and so on. The range of units depends on which front panel knob is specified. Table 2-38: FPAnel:TURN arguments
Examples
Argument
Description
GPKNOB1
Multipurpose a knob
GPKNOB2
Multipurpose b knob
HORZPos
Horizontal Position knob
HORZScale
Horizontal Scale knob
PANKNOB1
Outer pan knob
TRIGLevel
Trigger Level knob
VERTPOS
Vertical Position knob
VERTSCALE
Vertical Scale knob
ZOOM
Inner zoom knob
FPANEL:TURN TRIGLEVEL,10 duplicates turning the front-panel Trigger Level
knob clockwise by 10 units.
GPIBUsb:ID? (Query Only) Returns the identification string of the connected TEK-USB-488 adaptor module and firmware version. If a TEK-USB-488.2 module is not connected, the system returns “Not detected”.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
GPIBUsb:ID?
HARDCopy (No Query Form) Sends a hard copy of the screen display to the currently active printer using the current palette and layout settings.
2-164
Group
Hard Copy
Syntax
HARDCopy {START} HARDCopy?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
*WAI, *CLS
START sends a block of data representing the current screen image to the requested port. The data sent is in the image format specified by SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat, and the compression level is controlled by whatever format has been selected (BMP and TIFF are uncompressed, while PNG is compressed).
HARDCOPY initiates a screen copy to the active printer.
HARDCopy:INKSaver Changes hard copy output to print traces and graticule on a white background while retaining waveform color information (except for channel 1, which prints as dark blue because yellow does not show up well and is difficult to see on a white background). This option can significantly reduce print time and quantities of ink required compared with WYSIWYG dark background images.
Group
Hard Copy
Syntax
HARDCopy:INKSaver?
Arguments
ON or ≠ 0 sets the ink saver mode on. OFF or = 0 sets the ink saver mode off.
Examples
HARDCOPY:INKSAVER ON will cause subsequent hard copy output to display the
screen on a white background.
HARDCopy:PREVIEW (No Query Form) Displays a preview of the current screen contents with the InkSaver palette applied.
Group
Hard Copy
Syntax
HARDCopy:PREVIEW {ON|OFF|}
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-165
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
ON or ≠ 0 turns preview mode on. OFF or = 0 turns preview mode off.
HEADer Sets or returns the Response Header Enable State that causes the oscilloscope to either include or omit headers on query responses. NOTE. This command does not affect IEEE Std 488.2-1987 Common Commands (those starting with an asterisk); these commands never return headers. This command does affect the Response Header Enable State of both the USBTMC and VXI-11 interfaces. Refer to the Introduction for additional information.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
HEADer {OFF|ON|} HEADer?
Related Commands Arguments
VERBose OFF sets the Response Header Enable State to false. This causes the oscilloscope
to omit headers on query responses, so that only the argument is returned. ON sets the Response Header Enable State to true. This causes the oscilloscope to include headers on applicable query responses. You can then use the query response as a command. = 0 sets the Response Header Enable State to false; any other value sets
this state to true.
Examples
HEADER OFF specifies that the oscilloscope omits headers on query responses, so that only the argument is returned. HEADER? might return :HEADER 1 indicating that the oscilloscope is including
headers on applicable query responses.
HORizontal? (Query Only) Returns all settings for the horizontal commands.
Group
2-166
Horizontal
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Examples
HORizontal? HORIZONTAL? might return the following horizontal settings :HORIZONTAL:DIGITAL:RECORDLENGTH:MAIN 100.0000E+3;:HORIZONTAL:DIGITAL:SAMPLERATE:MAIN 1.0000E+9;:HORIZONTAL:MAIN:UNITS "s";:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50.0000;SAMPLERATE 1.0000E+9;SCALE 4.0000E-6;RECORDLENGTH 100000;DELAY:MODE 1;TIME 0.0E+0
HORizontal:ACQLENGTH? (Query Only) Returns the record length.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:ACQLENGTH?
Related Commands
HORizontal:RECOrdlength
Examples
HORIZONTAL:ACQLENGTH? might return HORizontal:ACQLENGTH? :HORIZONTAL:ACQLENGTH 1.0000E+6 indicating that the record length is
1 million points.
HORizontal:DELay:MODe Sets or returns the horizontal delay mode.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:DELay:MODe {OFF|ON|} HORizontal:DELay:MODe?
Related Commands Arguments
HORizontal:POSition OFF sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off. This causes the HORizontal:POSition
command to horizontally position the waveform. ON sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to on. This causes the HORizontal:DELay: TIMe command to horizontally position the waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-167
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
= 0 sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off; any other value sets this mode
to on.
Examples
HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE OFF sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off, allowing
the HORizontal:POSition command to horizontally position the waveform. HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE? might return HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE OFF
indicating that the HORizontal:POSition command horizontally positions the waveform.
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe Sets or returns the horizontal delay time. The amount of time the acquisition is delayed depends on sample rate and record length.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe HORizontal:DELay:TIMe?
Arguments Examples
NR3 is the delay in seconds. HORizontal:DELay:TIME 0.3 sets the delay of acquisition data so that the resulting waveform is centered 300 ms after the trigger occurs.
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN? (Query Only) Returns the record length of the main digital acquisition.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN?
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN? (Query Only) Returns the sample rate of the main digital acquisition.
Group
2-168
Horizontal
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN?
HORizontal:POSition Sets or returns the horizontal position. If Horizontal Delay Mode is turned off, this command is equivalent to adjusting the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel. When Horizontal Delay Mode is on, this command stores a new horizontal position that is used when Horizontal Delay Mode is turned off.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:POSition HORizontal:POSition?
Arguments
Examples
is the horizontal position expressed as the percentage of the waveform displayed left of the center of the graticule. HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50 sets the horizontal position to 50%. HORIZONTAL:POSITION? might return :HORIZONTAL:POSITION 100
indicating that the horizontal position is set to 100%.
HORizontal:PREViewstate? (Query Only) Returns a boolean value to indicate whether the acquisition system is in the preview state.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:PREViewstate?
Returns
= 1 if the acquisition system is in the preview state. = 0 if the acquisition system is not in the preview state.
HORizontal:RECOrdlength Sets the horizontal record length of acquired waveforms. The query form of this command returns the current horizontal record length.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-169
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:RECOrdlength HORizontal:RECOrdlength?
Arguments
Examples
represents the supported values for horizontal record lengths, which are:
100000 or 1000000. HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 100000 specifies that 100000 data points will
be acquired for each record. HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH? might return :HORIZONTAL:RECOrdlength 100000 indicating that the horizontal record length is equal to 100000 data points.
HORizontal:RESOlution Sets or returns the horizontal record length of acquired waveforms. The sample rate is automatically adjusted at the same time to maintain a constant time per division. The query form of this command returns the current horizontal record length.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:RESOlution HORizontal:RESOlution?
Arguments
represents the supported values for horizontal record lengths.
HORizontal:SAMPLERate Returns the current horizontal sample rate.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:SAMPLERate?
HORizontal:SCAle Sets or returns the time base horizontal scale.
2-170
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:SCAle HORizontal:SCAle?
Arguments Examples
specifies the range from 2 ns to 100 s, depending on the oscilloscope model. HORIZONTAL:SCALE 2E-6 sets the main scale to 2µs per division. HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return :HORIZONTAL:MAIN:SCALE 2.0000E-06
indicating that the main scale is currently set to 2 µs per division.
HORizontal:TRIGger:POSition Sets the horizontal position when delay mode is OFF. It is similar to HORizontal:POSition.
Group
Horizontal
Syntax
HORizontal:TRIGger:POSition HORizontal:TRIGger:POSition?
Examples
HORIZONTAL:TRIGGER:POSITION? might return HORIZONTAL:TRIGGER:POSITION 50 indicating that the horizontal trigger
position is set to 50%.
ID? (Query Only) Returns identifying information about the oscilloscope and related firmware.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
ID?
Related Commands Examples
*IDN? ID? might return TEK/DPO2024,CF:91.1CT,FV:v1.0000. This indicates the oscilloscope model number, configured format, and firmware version number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-171
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
*IDN? (Query Only) Returns the oscilloscope identification code.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
*IDN?
Related Commands Examples
ID? *IDN? might return :TEKTRONIX,DPO2024,SN123456789,CF:91.1CT FV:v1.00000 indicating that the oscilloscope model number, serial number,
configured number, and firmware version number.
LANGuage Sets or returns the user interface display language. This command only affects the oscilloscope displayed language. Remote commands and their responses are always in English.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
LANGuage {ENGLish|FRENch|GERMan|ITALian|SPANish|PORTUguese|JAPAnese| KOREan|RUSSian|SIMPlifiedchinese|TRADitionalchinese} LANGuage?
Examples
LANGUAGE? might return :LANGUAGE ENGLISH.
LOCk Enables or disables all front-panel buttons and knobs. There is no front panel equivalent. When the front panel is locked, neither theFPAnel:PRESS nor the FPAnel:TURN commands will work. They will not generate an error event either. You can work around this by using the appropriate programmatic interface commands, instead of the front-panel commands. For example, to set the trigger level to 50%, you could use TRIGger:A SETLevel. To force a trigger, you could use TRIGger FORCe.
2-172
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
LOCk {ALL|NONe} LOCk?
Related Commands Arguments
UNLock ALL disables all front-panel controls. NONe enables all front-panel controls. This is equivalent to the UNLock ALL
command.
Examples
LOCK ALL locks the front-panel controls. LOCK? might return :LOCK NONE indicating that the front-panel controls are enabled by this command.
*LRN? (Query Only) Returns the commands that list the oscilloscope settings except for configuration information for the calibration values, the WFMInpre? query, and the WFMOutpre? query. This query allows you to record or "learn" the current oscilloscope settings. You can use these commands to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you made the *LRN? query. This command is identical to the SET? Command.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
*LRN?
Related Commands Examples
SET? *LRN? might return a long response, part of which could be as follows: :ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV INFINITE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT;:HEADER 1;:LOCK NONE;:LANGUAGE ENGLISH;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE 0;:DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE NORMAL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY 0;:DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 0.0000;CLOCK 1;GRATICULE FULL;INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT HIGH;:HARDCOPY :INKSAVER OFF;LAYOUT LANDSCAPE;PREVIEW 0;:SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT BMP;:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-173
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
INTERNAL;:SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE SETUP;:TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LE VEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A: UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;:TRIGG ER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:H OLDOFF:TIME 20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0 000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE; EDGE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 20.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 4.0000E-9;SETTIME 4.0000E-9; :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS TRAnsITION;:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE; WHEN OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:SOURCE CH1
...
MARK Moves to the next or previous reference mark on the waveform. Returns the current mark position.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK {NEXT|PREVious} MARK?
Arguments
NEXT moves to the next reference mark on the right. PREVious moves to the next reference mark on the left.
MARK:CREATE (No Query Form) Creates a mark on a specified waveform or all waveforms in a column.
Group
2-174
Mark
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Arguments
MARK:CREATE {CH|MATH|B|REF|COLUMN|DIGItal} CH creates the mark on a channel waveform, where is the channel number. MATH creates the mark on the math waveform. B creates the mark on a bus waveform, where is the bus number. REF creates the mark on a reference waveform, where is the reference
waveform number. COLUMN creates marks on all waveforms in the current zoom pixel column. DIGItal creates marks on a digital waveform. (An error will result if no digital
channel is turned on.)
MARK:DELEte (No Query Form) Deletes a mark on a particular waveform, all waveforms in a column, the selected mark, or all marks.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:DELEte {CH|MATH|B|REF|COLUMN|DIGItal}
Arguments
CH deletes the mark on a channel waveform, where is the channel number. MATH deletes the mark on the math waveform. B deletes the mark on a bus waveform, where is the bus number. REF deletes the mark on a reference waveform, where is the reference
waveform number. COLUMN deletes marks on all waveforms in the current zoom pixel column. DIGItal deletes all marks on all digital channels.
MARK:FREE? (Query Only) Returns how many marks are available for use.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:FREE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-175
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MARK:SELected:END? (Query Only) Returns the end of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:END?
MARK:SELected:FOCUS? (Query Only) Returns the focus of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:FOCUS?
MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn? (Query Only) Returns the number of marks in the current zoom pixel column.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn?
MARK:SELected:OWNer? (Query Only) Returns the owner of the selected mark.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:OWNer?
Returns Examples
2-176
is the owner of the mark. MARK:SELECTED:OWNER? might return: USER, SEARCH1
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MARK:SELected:SOURCE? (Query Only) Returns the source waveform for the selected mark.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:SOURCE?
MARK:SELected:STARt? (Query Only) Returns the starting point of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:STARt?
MARK:SELected:STATe? (Query Only) Returns the on or off state of the selected mark. The selected mark is at or near the center of the screen. If you press the front-panel Set/Clear button, this mark will disappear.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:STATe?
MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition? (Query Only) Returns the position of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the zoom overview window.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-177
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MARK:TOTal? (Query Only) Returns how many marks are currently in use.
Group
Mark
Syntax
MARK:TOTal?
MATH[1]:LABel Sets or queries the waveform label for the math waveform.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:LABel MATH[1]:LABel?
Arguments
is the quoted string used as the label for the math waveform.
Examples
MATH:LABEL “Output” sets the label for the math waveform to Output. MATH:LABEL? might return MATH:LABEL "Sum of channel 1 and channel 2" indicating that the current label for the math waveform.
MATH[1]? (Query Only) Returns the definition of the math waveform. The returned data depends on the setting of the MATH[1]:TYPe command.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]?
Related Commands Examples
2-178
MATH[1]:TYPe MATH? or MATH1? might return :MATH:TYPE DUAL;DEFINE "CH1+CH2";VERTICAL:SCALE 100.0000E-3;POSITION 0.0000;UNITS
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
"V";:MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 4.0000E-6;POSITION 50.0000;UNITS "s";:MATH:SPECTRAL:MAG DB;WINDOW HANNING;:MATH:LABEL“”
MATH[1]:DEFine Sets or returns the current math function as a text string. Dual math is defined if the string is of the form , where the s are any combination of live channels or reference waveforms, is any of +, -, or *, and the MATH[1]:TYPe is DUAL. FFT math is defined if the string is in the form FFT(), where is any live channel or reference waveform, and theMATH[1]:TYPe is FFT. On the front panel, the Dual Wfm Math, and FFT menus contain controls that allow building equivalent math expressions to those described above.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:DEFine MATH[1]:DEFine?
Related Commands Arguments
MATH[1]:TYPe quoted string argument is the mathematical expression that defines
the waveform. Table 2-39: Advanced Math expression elements Expression
Description
CH1–CH4, REF1, REF2
Specifies a waveform data source.
FFT(
Executes a Fast Fourier Transform. The FFT operator must be the first (left-most) operator in an expression. All these operations must end with a right parenthesis.
AMPlitude( , AREa( , BURst( , CARea(
Executes the selected measurement operation on the waveform (active or reference) that follows. All these operations must end with a right parenthesis.
+,-,*
Executes an addition, subtraction, or multiplication operation on the following expression.
, =, ==, ≠, ||, &&
Executes relational and logical operations.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-179
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
MATH1:DEFINE "CH1+CH2" adds the Ch 1 waveform and Ch 2 waveform,
storing the results in Math 1. MATH:DEFINE? might return :MATH1:DEFINE "CH2*REF2" as the expression
that defines Math 1.
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition Sets or returns the math horizontal display position for FFT or (non-live), live math reference waveforms.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition?
Arguments
Examples
is the % of the math waveform that precedes center screen. It can vary from 0.0 to 100.0.
MATH:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 10 sets the horizontal position to 10% pretrigger
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle Sets or returns the math horizontal display scale for FFT or (non-live), live math waveforms. The horizontal scale of a dual math waveform with a channel source waveform is set through the HORizontal:SCAle command.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle?
Arguments Examples
2-180
is the math horizontal scale in seconds.
MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 2.0E-4
indicating that the math horizontal scale is 200 μ
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts Returns the math waveform horizontal measurement unit value.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts?
Examples
MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS? might return MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS "?"
indicating that the math horizontal unit label for unknown values is the default question mark unit.
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators Enables or disables the display of indicators that show the portion of the source waveform record used to compute the math FFT waveform.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators {|OFF|ON} MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators?
Arguments
OFF turns off the display of indicators. ON turns on the display of indicators. = 0 turns off the display of indicators. Any other value turns on the display
of indicators.
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators:END? (Query Only) Returns the ending point in the source waveform record used for computing the FFT
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators:END?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-181
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Returns
A value between 0 and 1, which represents the fractional portion of the source record.
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators:STARt? (Query Only) Returns the starting point in the source waveform record used for computing the FFT math waveform.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators:STARt?
Returns
A value between 0 and 1, which represents the fractional portion of the source record.
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG Sets or returns the units of the Spectral Magnification function in the math string.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG {LINEAr|DB} MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG?
Arguments
LINEAR sets the SpectralMag units to linear. DB sets the SpectralMag units to decibels.
Examples
MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG DB sets the SpectralMag units for Math1 to decibels. MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG? might return :MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG DB indicating
that the SpectralMag units for Math1 are set to decibels.
MATH[1]:SPECTral:NYQUISTFreq? (Query Only) Returns the Nyquist frequency of the FFT math waveforms.
Group
2-182
Math
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:NYQUISTFreq?
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow Sets or returns the window function for the spectral analyzer input data for the specified math waveform. A spectral window determines what the filter shape of the spectral analyzer will be in the frequency domain. It can be described by a mathematical function that is multiplied point-by-point times the input data to the spectral analyzer.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow {RECTangular|HAMming|HANning|BLAckmanharris} MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow?
Arguments
RECTangular window function is equivalent to multiplying all gate data by one. HAMming window function is based on a cosine series. HANning window function is based on a cosine series. BLAckmanharris window function is based on a cosine series.
Examples
MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW HANNING applies a Hanning window to the spectral
analyzer input data. MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW? might return :MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW HAMMING indicating that the window function used to multiply the spectral
analyzer input data is the Hamming window.
MATH[1]:TYPe This command specifies the math waveform type - either dual or FFT. This command is typically used along with MATH[1]:DEFine, which specifies the current mathematical expression as a text string which defines the waveform.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:TYPe {DUAL|FFT} MATH[1]:TYPe?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-183
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
MATH[1]:DEFine DUAL sets the math waveform mode to dual waveform math. FFT sets the math waveform mode to FFT math.
Examples
MATH:TYPE FFT sets the math waveform mode to FFT. MATH:TYPE FFT;:MATH:DEFINE “FFT( CH1 )” sets the math type to FFT
and displays an FFT waveform of the channel 1 waveform, using the current FFT scale and window settings.
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition Sets or returns the vertical position of the currently selected math type.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
CH:POSition, REF:VERTical:POSition is the desired position in divisions from the center graticule. MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION 1.3E+00 positions the Math 1 input signal
1.3 divisions higher than a position of 0. MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION? might return :MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION -1.3000E+00 indicating that the current position of Math 1 is 1.3 divisions
below the center graticule.
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle Sets or returns the vertical scale of the currently selected math type.
2-184
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
CH:SCAle, REF:VERTical:SCAle is the scale-per-division in the current math vertical units. The range is
from 1.0E-09 through 5.0. MATH1:VERTICAL:SCALE 100E-03 sets the Math scale to 100 mV per division. MATH:VERTICAL:SCALE? might return :MATH:VERTICAL:SCALE 1.0000E+00 indicating that the current scale setting of Math is 1 V per division.
MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the math waveform vertical measurement unit value.
Group
Math
Syntax
MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts?
Examples
MATH:VERTICAL:UNITS? might return MATH:VERTICAL:UNITS "V"
indicating that the math vertical unit label is volts.
MEASUrement? (Query Only) Returns all measurement parameters.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement?
Examples
MEASUREMENT? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 1;TYPE FREQUENCY;UNITS "Hz";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0 000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE 1;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-185
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:STATE 1;TYPE PK2PK;UNITS "V";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:STATE 0;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:METHOD AUTO;REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT;ABSOLUTE:HIGH 0.0000;LOW 0.0000;MID1 0.0000;MID2 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90.0000;LOW 10.0000;MID1 50.0000;MID2 50.0000;:MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE OFF;NUMHORZ 0;NUMVERT 0;HORZ1 99.0000E +36;HORZ2 99.0000E+36;HORZ3 99.0000E+36;HORZ4 99.0000E+36;VERT1 99.0000E+36;VERT2 99.0000E+36;VERT3 99.0000E+36;VERT4 99.0000E+36;:MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE OFF;WEIGHTING 32;:MEASUREMENT:GATING SCREEN.
MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot (No Query Form) Removes the measurement snapshot display.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot
Related Commands
CLEARMenu
MEASUrement:GATing Specifies or returns the measurement gating setting.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:GATing {OFF|SCREen|CURSor} MEASUrement:GATing?
Arguments
OFF turns off measurement gating (full record). SCREen turns on gating, using the left and right edges of the screen.
2-186
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CURSor limits measurements to the portion of the waveform between the vertical bar cursors, even if they are off screen.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:GATING CURSOR turns on measurement gating using the cursors
as limits. MEASUREMENT:GATING? might return :MEASUREMENT:GATING CURSOR
indicating that measurements are limited to the portion of the waveform between the vertical bar cursors.
MEASUrement:IMMed? (Query Only) Returns all immediate measurement setup parameters.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay? (Query Only) Returns information about the immediate delay measurement. This command is equivalent to viewing the delay measurement settings on the measurement readout.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS; EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-187
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection Sets or returns the starting point and direction that determines the delay "to" edge when taking an immediate delay measurement. NOTE. Use the MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 command to specify the delay "to" waveform.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection {BACKWards|FORWards} MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection?
Related Commands Arguments
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2
BACKWards starts the search at the end of the waveform and looks for the last rising or falling edge in the waveform. FORWards starts the search at the beginning of the waveform and looks for the
first rising or falling edge in the waveform.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS starts searching from the
beginning of the waveform record and looks for the first rising or falling edge. MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS indicating
that searching begins at the end of the waveform record and looks for the last rising or falling edge.
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE Sets or returns the slope of the edge the oscilloscope uses for the delay "from" or "to" waveform when taking an immediate delay measurement.
2-188
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE {FALL|RISe} MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1 MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2
Arguments
specifies which waveform to use, where = 1 is the "from" waveform, and = 2 is the "to" waveform. FALL specifies the falling edge. RISe specifies the rising edge.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE specifies that the "from" waveform
rising edge be used for the immediate delay measurement. MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE1? returns either RISE or FALL.
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1 Sets or returns the source for all single source immediate measurements and specifies the source to measure "from" when taking an immediate delay measurement or phase measurement. Digital channels (D) are available as a measurement source for time, edge and pulse measurements such as Period, Frequency, Pos Width, Neg Width, Pos Duty Cycle, Neg Duty Cycle, Pos/Neg Edges and Pos/Neg Pulses, Delay and Phase. NOTE. If you do not specify a numerical suffix, the source is assumed to be SOURCE 1.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1 {CH|MATH|REF} MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1?
Related Commands Arguments
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 CH is an input channel waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an
integer, where x is the channel number. MATH is a math waveform. The y variable can be expressed as an integer of 1. REF is a reference waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an integer,
where x is the reference channel number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-189
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE1 MATH1
specifies Math1 as the immediate measurement source. MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE1? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE1 CH3 indicating that channel 3 is the
immediate measurement source.
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 Sets or returns the source to measure "to" for phase or delay immediate measurements. NOTE. Source2 measurements only apply to phase and delay measurement types, which require both a target (Source1) and reference (Source2) source.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 {CH|MATH|REF} MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2?
Related Commands
Arguments
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1
CH is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number. MATH is a math waveform. The y variable can be expressed as an integer of 1. REF is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2 REF2 sets the waveform in reference memory location 2 as the delay "to" source when making delay measurements. MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2 MATH1 indicating that Math1 is the
immediate measurement source.
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce For SOURce1: Sets or returns the source for all single channel measurements. For delay or phase measurements, sets or returns the waveform to measure "from".
2-190
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
For SOUrce2: Sets or returns the waveform to measure "to" when taking a delay measurement or phase measurement.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH} MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 or MATH is the source waveform.
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe Sets or returns the immediate measurement type.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe {AMPlitude|AREa|BURst|CARea|CMEan|CRMs|DELay|FALL|FREQuency |HIGH|LOW|MAXimum|MEAN|MINImum|NDUty|NEDGECount|NOVershoot |NPULSECount|NWIdth|PEDGECount|PDUty |PERIod|PHAse|PK2Pk|POVershoot|PPULSECount|PWIdth|RISe|RMS} MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe?
Arguments
AMPlitude measures the amplitude of the selected waveform. In other words, it measures the high value less the low value measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models.
Amplitude = High – Low AREa measures the voltage over time. The area is over the entire waveform or
gated region and is measured in volt-seconds. The area measured above the ground is positive, while the area below ground is negative. This measurement is available only on DPO models. BURst measures the duration of a burst. The measurement is made over the entire
waveform or gated region. CARea (cycle area) measures the voltage over time. In other words, it measures, in
volt-seconds, the area over the first cycle in the waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. The area measured above the common reference point is positive, while the area below the common reference point is negative. This measurement is available on DPO and MSO models.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-191
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CMEan (cycle mean) measures the arithmetic mean over the first cycle in the
waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO and MSO models. CRMs (cycle rms) measures the true Root Mean Square voltage over the first
cycle in the waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO and MSO models. DELay measures the time between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude
point of the source waveform and the destination waveform. FALL measures the time taken for the falling edge of the first pulse in the
waveform or gated region to fall from a high reference value (default is 90%) to a low reference value (default is 10%). This measurement is available only on DPO models. FREQuency measures the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Frequency
is the reciprocal of the period and is measured in hertz (Hz), where 1 Hz = 1 cycle per second. HIGH measures the High reference (100% level, sometimes called Topline) of a
waveform. This measurement is available only on DPO models. LOW measures the Low reference (0% level, sometimes called Baseline) of a waveform. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MAXimum finds the maximum amplitude. This value is the most positive peak
voltage found. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MEAN amplitude measurement finds the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform
or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MINImum finds the minimum amplitude. This value is typically the most negative
peak voltage. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. NDUty (negative duty cycle) is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal
period, expressed as a percentage. The duty cycle is measured on the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Negative Duty Cycle = ((Negative Width) / Period) × 100% NEDGECount is the count of falling edges. NOVershoot (negative overshoot) finds the negative overshoot value over the
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. Negative Overshoot = ((Low – Minimum) / Amplitude) × 100%) NPULSECount is the count of negative pulses.
2-192
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
NWIdth (negative width) measurement is the distance (time) between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a negative pulse. The measurement is made on the first pulse in the waveform or gated region. PDUty (positive duty cycle) is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal
period, expressed as a percentage. It is measured on the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Positive Duty Cycle = ((Positive Width / Period) × 100% PEDGECount is the count of rising edges. PERIod is the time required to complete the first cycle in a waveform or gated
region. Period is the reciprocal of frequency and is measured in seconds. PHAse measures the phase difference (amount of time a waveform leads or lags
the reference waveform) between two waveforms. The measurement is made between the middle reference points of the two waveforms and is expressed in degrees, where 360° represents one waveform cycle. PK2Pk (peak-to-peak) finds the absolute difference between the maximum and
minimum amplitude in the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. POVershoot is the positive overshoot value over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models.
Positive Overshoot = ((Maximum – High) / Amplitude) ×100% PPULSECount is the count of positive pulses. PWIdth (positive width) is the distance (time) between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a positive pulse. The measurement is made on the first pulse in the waveform or gated region. RISe timing measurement finds the rise time of the waveform. The rise time is
the time it takes for the leading edge of the first pulse encountered to rise from a low reference value (default is 10%) to a high reference value (default is 90%). This measurement is available only on DPO models. RMS amplitude measurement finds the true Root Mean Square voltage in the entire
waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE FREQUENCY defines the immediate measurement to
be a frequency measurement. MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPe RMS
indicating that the immediate measurement is the true Root Mean Square voltage.
MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the units of the immediate measurement:
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-193
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
VOLTS, VOLTS SQUARED, SEC, HERTZ, PERCENT, DIVS, SAMPLES, OHMS, AMPS, WATTS, MINUTES, DEGREES, UNKNOWN, AMPS SQUARED, HOURS, DAYS, DB, BYTES, INVERSE HERTZ, IRE, V OVER V, V OVER A, VOLTS WATTS, V OVER W, VOLTS DB, V OVER DB, A OVER V, A OVER A, AMPS WATTS, A OVER W, AMPS DB, A OVER DB, WATTS VOLTS, W OVER V, WATTS AMPS, W OVER A, WATTS SQUARED, W OVER W, WATTS DB, W OVER DB, DB VOLTS, DB OVER V, DB AMPS, DB OVER A, DB WATTS, DB OVER W, DB SQUARED, DB OVER DB, VOLTS SEC, AMPS SEC, WATTS SEC, V OVER S, A OVER S, W OVER S
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:UNITS? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:UNIts "s"
indicating that units for the immediate measurement are in seconds.
MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue? (Query Only) Returns the value of the measurement specified by the MEASUrement:IMMed: TYPe command. The measurement is immediately taken on the source(s) specified by a MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1 command. NOTE. A change to HORizontal:MAIn:SCALe or CH:SCALe will not necessarily have taken affect if immediately followed by this command.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue?
Related Commands
Examples
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1, *ESR?, ALLEv? MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE 9.9000E+37. If the measurement has an error or warning associated with it,
then an item is added to the error queue. The error can be checked for with the *ESR? and ALLEv? commands.
2-194
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:INDICators? (Query Only) Returns all measurement indicator parameters.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE MEAS1;NUMHORZ 0;NUMVERT 4;HORZ1 7.5E0;HORZ2 -3.400000095367E0;HORZ3 0.0E0;HORZ4 0.0E0;VERT1 -6.351123E-6;VERT2 -3.179753E-6;VERT3 -6.40943E-6;VERT4 -6.403E-6
MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ? (Query Only) Returns the position of the specified horizontal measurement indicator , where can be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:HORZ1? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:HORZ1 -2.0E-3 indicating that horizontal
indicator1 has a value of –2 mV.
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ? (Query Only) Returns the number of horizontal measurement indicators currently being displayed.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMHORZ? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMHORZ 2 indicating that there are currently
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-195
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
2 horizontal lines drawn on the graticule. The indicators show where the measurement specified by MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE is being performed.
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT? (Query Only) Returns the number of vertical measurement indicators currently being displayed.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMVERT? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMVERT 2 indicating that there are currently 2
vertical lines drawn on the graticule. The indicators show where the measurement specified by MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE is being performed.
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE Sets or returns the state of visible measurement indicators.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE {OFF|MEAS} MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE?
Arguments
OFF turns the visible measurement indicators off. MEAS displays the visible measurement indicators for measurement ,
where can be 1, 2, 3, or 4. NOTE. There must be an active measurement before you can activate an indicator for a specified measurement.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE MEAS2 turns on the display of visible
measurement indicators for measurement 2. MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE OFF indicating that no measurement
indicators are active.
2-196
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT? (Query Only) Returns the value of the specified vertical measurement indicator from the trigger point, where can be 1, 2, 3, or 4. A negative value means that the indicator is positioned earlier in the waveform record than the trigger point.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:VERT2? might return MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:VERT2 -3.724507E-6 indicating that the
second measurement indicator is positioned 3.72 μs before the trigger point.
MEASUrement:MEAS? (Query Only) Returns all measurement parameters for the specified active measurement .
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS?
MEASUrement:MEAS:COUNt? (Query Only) Returns the number of values accumulated for this measurement since the last statistical reset. Values may be ignored if they generated an error. Measurements are specified by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:COUNt?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:COUNT? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:COUNT 3247.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-197
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay? (Query Only) Returns the delay measurement parameters for the measurement specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE.
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:DIRection Sets or returns the starting point and direction that determines the delay "to" edge when taking a delay measurement. Use the MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2 command to specify the waveform.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:DIRection {BACKWards|FORWards} MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:DIRection?
Related Commands Arguments
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2
BACKWards means the search starts at the end of the waveform and
looks for the last rising or falling edge in the waveform. Use the MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE command to specify the slope of the edge. FORWards means the search starts at the beginning of the waveform and looks for the first rising or falling edge in the waveform. Use the MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE command to specify the slope of the edge.
Examples
2-198
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS starts searching from
the end of the waveform record.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS indicating
that the current search direction is backwards.
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE Sets or returns the slope of the edge used for the delay "from" or "to" waveform when taking an immediate delay measurement. The waveform is specified by MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1].
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE {FALL|RISe} MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE?
Arguments
specifies which waveform to use, where = 1 is the "from" waveform, and
= 2 is the "to" waveform. FALL specifies the falling edge. RISe specifies the rising edge.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE specifies that the "from" waveform rising edge be used for the immediate delay measurement. MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE1? returns either RISE or FALL.
MEASUrement:MEAS:MAXimum? (Query Only) Returns the maximum value found for this measurement since the last statistical reset. Measurements are specified by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:MAXimum?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:MAXIMUM? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:MAXIMUM 4.18E-9.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-199
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:MEAS:MEAN? (Query Only) Returns the mean value accumulated for this measurement since the last statistical reset. Measurements are specified by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:MEAN?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEAN? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEAN 514.71E-09.
MEASUrement:MEAS:MINImum? (Query Only) Returns the minimum value for this measurement since the last statistical reset. Measurements are specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:MINImum?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MINIMUM? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MINIMUM 1.75E-09.
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1] Sets or returns the source for all single source measurements and specifies the source to measure "from" when taking a delay measurement or phase measurement. Measurements are specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1] {CH|MATH|REF} MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1]?
Arguments
CH is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number. MATH is a math waveform, where y is 1. REF is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.
2-200
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE1 MATH1 specifies Math 1 as the measurement
2 source. MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE1? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE[1] MATH1 indicating that Math1 is the
measurement 2 source.
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2 Sets or returns the reference source to measure "to" when taking a delay measurement or phase measurement. Measurements are specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4. NOTE. Source2 measurements only apply to phase and delay measurement types, which require both a target (Source1) and reference (Source2) source.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2 {CH|MATH|REF} MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2?
Related Commands Arguments
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe
CH is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number. MATH is the math waveform, which is always 1. REF is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:SOURCE2 CH1 specifies CH1 as the delay "to" source
when making delay measurement. MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2 MATH1 indicating that Math 1 is the
measurement 2 source.
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOUrce For SOURce1: Sets or returns the source for all single channel measurements. For delay or phase measurements, sets or returns the waveform to measure "from".
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-201
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
For SOUrce2: Sets or returns the waveform to measure "to" when taking a delay measurement or phase measurement.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOUrce {CH|MATH|} MEASUrement:MEAS:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number. MATH is the math waveform. REF is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.
MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE Sets or returns whether the specified measurement slot is computed and displayed. The measurement slot is specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4. For a measurement to display, you must have selected a source waveform and defined the measurement you want to take and display. You select the measurement using the MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1] command. You define the measurement type using the MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe command.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE {OFF|ON|} MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE?
Related Commands Arguments
MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1], MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe OFF disables calculation and display of the specified measurement slot. ON enables calculation and display of the specified measurement slot. = 0 disables calculation and display of the specified measurement slot; any
other value enables calculation and display of the specified measurement slot.
Examples
2-202
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE ON computes and displays the measurement
defined as measurement 2.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 0
indicating that measurement defined for measurement slot 1 is disabled.
MEASUrement:MEAS:STDdev? (Query Only) Returns the standard deviation of values accumulated for this measurement since the last statistical reset. Measurements are specified by , the measurement slots, from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:STDdev?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STDDEV? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STDDEV 21.0E-12.
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe Sets or returns the measurement type defined for the specified measurement slot. The measurement slot is specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe {AMPlitude|AREa|BURst|CARea|CMEan|CRMs|DELay|FALL|FREQuency |HIGH|LOW|MAXimum|MEAN|MINImum|NDUty|NEDGECount|NOVershoot |NPULSECount|NWIdth|PDUty|PEDGECount|PERIod|PHAse|PK2Pk |POVershoot|PPULSECount|PWIdth|RISe|RMS} MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe?
Arguments
AMPlitude measures the amplitude of the selected waveform. In other words, it
measures the high value less the low value measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. Amplitude = High – Low AREa measures the voltage over time. The area is over the entire waveform or
gated region and is measured in volt-seconds. The area measured above the ground is positive, while the area below ground is negative. This measurement is available only on DPO models. BURst measures the duration of a burst. The measurement is made over the entire
waveform or gated region.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-203
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
CARea (cycle area) measures the voltage over time. In other words, it measures, in
volt-seconds, the area over the first cycle in the waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. The area measured above the common reference point is positive, while the area below the common reference point is negative. This measurement is available only on DPO models. CMEan (cycle mean) measures the arithmetic mean over the first cycle in the waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. CRMs (cycle rms) measures the true Root Mean Square voltage over the first cycle in the waveform or the first cycle in the gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. DELay measures the time between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude
point of the source waveform and the destination waveform. This measurement is available only on DPO models. FALL measures the time taken for the falling edge of the first pulse in the
waveform or gated region to fall from a high reference value (default is 90%) to a low reference value (default is 10%). This measurement is available only on DPO models. FREQuency measures the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Frequency
is the reciprocal of the period and is measured in hertz (Hz), where 1 Hz = 1 cycle per second. HIGH measures the High reference (100% level, sometimes called Topline) of a
waveform. This measurement is available only on DPO models. LOW measures the Low reference (0% level, sometimes called Baseline) of a waveform. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MAXimum finds the maximum amplitude. This value is the most positive peak
voltage found. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MEAN amplitude measurement finds the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform
or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. MINImum finds the minimum amplitude. This value is typically the most negative
peak voltage. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. NDUty (negative duty cycle) is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal
period, expressed as a percentage. The duty cycle is measured on the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Negative Duty Cycle = ((Negative Width) / Period) × 100% NEDGECount is the count of negative edges.
2-204
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
NOVershoot (negative overshoot) finds the negative overshoot value over the
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. Negative Overshoot = ((Low – Minimum) / Amplitude) × 100%) NPULSECount is the count of negative pulses. NWIdth (negative width) measurement is the distance (time) between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a negative pulse. The measurement is made on the first pulse in the waveform or gated region. PDUty (positive duty cycle) is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal
period, expressed as a percentage. It is measured on the first cycle in the waveform or gated region. Positive Duty Cycle = ((Positive Width) / Period) × 100% PEDGECount is the count of positive edges. PERIod is the time required to complete the first cycle in a waveform or gated
region. Period is the reciprocal of frequency and is measured in seconds. PHAse measures the phase difference (amount of time a waveform leads or lags
the reference waveform) between two waveforms. The measurement is made between the middle reference points of the two waveforms and is expressed in degrees, where 360° represents one waveform cycle. PK2Pk (peak-to-peak) finds the absolute difference between the maximum and
minimum amplitude in the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models. POVershoot is the positive overshoot value over the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models.
Positive Overshoot = ((Maximum – High) / Amplitude) ×100% PPULSECount is the count of positive pulses. PWIdth (positive width) is the distance (time) between the middle reference
(default = 50%) amplitude points of a positive pulse. The measurement is made on the first pulse in the waveform or gated region. RISe timing measurement finds the rise time of the waveform. The rise time is
the time it takes for the leading edge of the first pulse encountered to rise from a low reference value (default is 10%) to a high reference value (default is 90%). This measurement is available only on DPO models. RMS amplitude measurement finds the true Root Mean Square voltage in the entire
waveform or gated region. This measurement is available only on DPO models.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:TYPE FREQUENCY defines measurement 2 as a
measurement of the frequency of a waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-205
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE RMS
indicating that measurement 1 is defined to measure the RMS value of a waveform.
MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the units associated with the specified measurement. The measurement slots are specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts?
Related Commands Examples
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:UNITS? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:UNIts %
indicating units for measurement 1 are set to percent.
MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue? (Query Only) Returns a calculate value for the measurement specified by , which ranges from 1 through 4. NOTE. This is the same value as displayed on-screen. If measurement statistics are enabled, a new value is calculated with every waveform. In addition, this value is updated approximately every 1/3 second. If you are acquiring a long acquisition record, the oscilloscope may take longer to update.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue?
Related Commands Examples
MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts?, *ESR?, ALLEv? MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:VALUE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:VALue 2.8740E-06. If the measurement has an error or warning associated with it,
then an item is added to the error queue. The error can be checked for with the *ESR? and ALLEv? commands.
2-206
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:METHod Sets or returns the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference level.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:METHod {Auto|HIStogram|MINMax} MEASUrement:METHod?
Related Commands
Arguments
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH, MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent: LOW, MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID, MEASUrement:REFLevel: PERCent:MID2
Auto selects the best method for each data set. HIStogram sets the high and low waveform levels statistically using a histogram
algorithm. MINMax uses the highest and lowest values of the waveform record. This selection
is best for examining waveforms with no large, flat portions of a common value, such as sine waves and triangle waves.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:METHOD? might return :MEASUREMENT:METHOD MINMAX
indicating that the reference levels are set to MIN and MAX.
MEASUrement:REFLevel? (Query Only) Returns the current reference level parameters.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel?
Examples
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL? might return these reference level settings :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT;ABSOLUTE:HIGH 0.0000;LOW 0.0000;MID1 0.0000 ;MID2 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90.0000;LOW 10.0000;MID1 50.0000 ;MID2 50.0000
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-207
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH Sets or returns the high reference level, and is the upper reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH?
Related Commands
Arguments Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod, MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe
is the high reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 1.71 sets the high reference level
to 1.71 V. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 1.7100E+00 indicating that the
absolute high reference level is set to 1.71 V.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW Sets or returns the low reference level, and is the lower reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
2-208
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands
Arguments
Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod, MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe
is the low reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 0.0 sets the low reference level
to 0.0 V. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 0.0000E+00 indicating
that the absolute low reference level is set to 0.0 V.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1] Sets or returns the mid reference level, and is the 50% reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the results of period, frequency, delay, and all cyclic measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1] MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1]?
Related Commands
Arguments
Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod
is the mid reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID 1 .71 sets the mid reference level
to 0.71 V. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID 0.7100E+00 indicating
that the absolute mid1 reference level is set to 0.71 V.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-209
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2 Sets or returns the mid reference level for the "to" waveform when taking a delay measurement, and is the 50% reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the results of delay measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod
is the mid reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2 0.5 sets the mid reference level for
the delay waveform to 0.5 V. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2 0.5000E+00 indicating that the
absolute mid2 reference level is set to 0.5 V.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID Sets or returns the mid reference level for channel , where x is the measurement channel.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID?
Arguments
2-210
is the mid reference level in volts.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod Specifies or returns the reference level units used for measurement calculations. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the eight periodic measurements. To change the parameter for individual measurements, use the MEASUrement:MEAS:REFLevel commands.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod {ABSolute|PERCent} MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod?
Arguments
ABSolute specifies that the reference levels are set explicitly using the MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute commands. This method is useful when precise values are required (for example, when designing to published interface specifications, such as RS-232-C). PERCent specifies that the reference levels are calculated as a percent
relative to HIGH and LOW. The percentages are defined using the MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent commands.
Examples
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD ABSOLUTE specifies that explicit
user-defined values are used for the reference levels. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT indicating that the reference
level units used are calculated as a percent relative to HIGH and LOW.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) used to calculate the high reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements. NOTE. This command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-211
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH?
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod, MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe
Arguments
is the high reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default high
Examples
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 95 sets the high reference level
reference level is 90%.
to 95% of HIGH. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90 indicating that the
percentage high reference level is set to 90% of HIGH.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) used to calculate the low reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW?
Related Commands
Arguments
Examples
2-212
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod, MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe is the low reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default low
reference level is 10%. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 15 sets the high reference level to
15% of HIGH.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 10 indicating that the
percentage high reference level is set to 10% of HIGH.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1] Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) that is used to calculate the mid reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. This command affects the results of period, frequency, delay, and all cyclic measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1] MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1]?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is the mid reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default mid
reference level is 50%. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID 1 60 sets the mid reference level
to 60% of HIGH. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID 65 indicating that the
percentage mid reference level is set to 65% of HIGH.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2 Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) that is used to calculate the mid reference level for the second waveform specified when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. This command affects the results of delay measurements. NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-213
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is the mid reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default mid
reference level is 50%. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2 40 sets the mid2 reference level
to 40% of HIGH. MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2 45 indicating that the
percentage mid2 reference level is set to 45% of HIGH.
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID Sets or returns the mid reference level for channel , where x is the measurement channel.
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID?
Arguments
is the mid reference level in percent.
MEASUrement:SNAPShot (No Query Form) Displays the measurement snapshot list on the oscilloscope screen. The list contains the immediate values for all available measurements of the active signal.
2-214
Group
Measurement
Syntax
MEASUrement:SNAPShot
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MESSage This command sets or queries message parameters.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
MESSage MESSage?
Examples
MESSAGE? might return MESSAGE:SHOW "TP401";BOX 271,82,292,114;STATE 0 indicating that the message parameters.
MESSage:BOX Sets or returns the size and position of the message window. This command does not display the message unless MESSage:STATE is on. X1 and Y1 are the screen coordinates of the top left corner of the message box. X2 and Y2 are the screen coordinates of the bottom right corner of the message box. All four coordinates are returned by the query. Changing the text in the message box, using the MESSAGE:SHOW command, automatically resizes the message box. If you want a custom message box size, send the MESSAGE:BOX command after changing the text using the MESSAGE:SHOW command. Message box settings and data are saved and restored in saved setups.
Group
Display
Syntax
MESSage:BOX ,[,,] MESSage:BOX?
Related Commands Arguments
MESSage:STATE, MESSage:SHOW, MESSage:CLEAR and = 0 to 1023, and are pixel positions along the horizontal axis. defines the left and defines the right side of the window. and = 0 to 767, and are pixel positions along the vertical axis. defines the top and defines the bottom of the window. The reserved height
of all characters is 16 pixels so the window must be at least that high to fully display characters. and are optional because the MESSAGE:SHOW
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-215
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
command automatically sizes the box to fit the message. All four values are returned in a query.
MESSage:CLEAR (No Query Form) Removes the message text from the message window.
Group
Display
Syntax
MESSage:CLEAR
Related Commands Examples
MESSage:BOX, MESSage:SHOW, MESSage:STATE MESSage:CLEAR removes the message from the message window.
MESSage:SHOW Clears the contents of the message window and displays the new message in the window. Changing the string length causes the message box to automatically resize to fit the text. The box may be resized using the MESSage:BOX command.
Group
Display
Syntax
MESSage:SHOW MESSage:SHOW?
Related Commands Arguments
MESSage:BOX, MESSage:CLEAR, MESSage:STATE is the message and can include any of the characters shown in the Character Set, Appendix A. The maximum length of the message is 1000 characters; the instrument ignores longer strings.
The message box size is set to fit the message. You can also set the message area height and width using the MESSage:BOX command. The length of the message that fits in the message area depends on the contents of the message because the width of characters varies. If the message exceeds the limits of the message box, either horizontally or vertically, the portion of the message that exceeds the limits will not be displayed.
2-216
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
The message string itself is not altered. The entire message can be returned as a query response regardless of what is displayed in the message box. The message is left-justified, and is displayed on a single line starting with the top most line in the window. A new line character can be embedded in the string to position the message on multiple lines. You can also use white space and tab characters to position the message within a line. Text which does not fit within the message box is truncated. Defining a message box text string erases any previously displayed text within the message box. You can send a tab by transmitting a tab character (\t or \x09) followed characters representing the most significant eight bits followed by significant eight bits of a 16-bit number. The number specifies the position relative to the left margin of the message area. For example, to tab send TAB (\t or \x09), NUL (decimal 0), and CR (decimal 13). For example, using hexadecimal escape sequences, MESSAGE:SHOW '\x09\x01\x17Hello' when sent as a command would cause the 'Hello' to be displayed starting at pixel position 279 relative to the left margin set by the MESSAGE:BOX command. If you want to display characters starting at position 279, then 279 = 0x0117; split the hexadecimal number into two characters 0x01 and 0x17 and send \x09\x01\x17. Special characters which control decoration are two character sequences where the first character is an escape (0x1b) and the second character is as described below. Bit 7
Bit 6
If set, inverse video is toggled from current state and the following text is displayed in the new inverse state until the state is toggled again. Remaining bits are ignored
Bit 5
If set, the color index in the four LSB’s (bits 0 through 3) is applied to the foreground or background color depending on the fg/bg bit (bit 4).
Bit 4
If set, color change is applied to the background, otherwise applies to the foreground.
Bit 0 – 3
Specifies the color index (0 through 15) to change color as specified below: Index 0
Black (background)
Index 1
Yellow (Ch 1)
Index 2
Cyan (Ch 2)
Index 3
Magenta (Ch 3)
Index 4
Green (Ch 4)
Index 5
Red (math)
Index 6
White (reference)
Index 7
Orange
Index 8
Gray (Graticule)
Index 9
White (text)
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-217
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Index 10
Tek blue
Index 11
Bright blue
Index 12
Undefined
Index 13
Blue
Index 14
Undefined
Index 15
Dark blue
Bit 4
If set, the foreground color is set to the default foreground color.
Bit 3
If set, the background color is set to the default background color.
Bit 2
Undefined
Bit 1
Undefined
Bit 0
Undefined
The ESC (escape) character followed by the @ character turns inverse video on or off and can be embedded in the message string. Example: “abcESC@defESC@ ghi” specifies the string “abcdefghi” where the “def” portion is displayed in inverse video. Example: “abcESC#defESC)ESC@ghi” specifies the string “abcdefghi” where the “def” portion appears in the channel 3 color (magenta) and the “ghi” portion appears in the normal text color except it’s in inverse video. An alternate way to enter characters is octal escape sequences. This consists of a backslash followed by numerals in the standard C language printf fashion. Another way to enter characters is \xnn where the nn is the hexadecimal value of the character to display. An advantage of these methods is that any controller program can be used. Another advantage is it’s easy to access characters with the high bit set, that is, those characters with a decimal value greater than 127. An alternate way to enter certain characters is with a backslash followed by a single character (following “standard” Unix) as described in the table below. n
Newline (carriage return and line feed)
\
Backslash (\\ is required to get a backslash character)
t
Horizontal tab; the next 2 characters specify the pixel column to tab to as explained earlier
If a backslash is followed by an undefined special character, the backslash is ignored and the character following it is accepted as is. NOTE. The use of any escape codes other than those described above may produce unpredictable results.
2-218
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
MESSage:SHOW “Hello World” displays “Hello world” in the upper left corner of the box (you can define the box size with the MESSAGE BOX command). MESSage:SHOW “Í@Hello WorldÍ@ ... hello” displays “Hello world ... hello” in the upper left corner of the box and the word “world” is displayed in inverse video. In this example, Í stands for the escape character. The escape character may appear differently for you depending on your controller program.
MESSage:STATE Controls the display of the message window on the screen.
Group
Display
Syntax
MESSage:STATE {OFF|ON|} MESSage:STATE?
Related Commands
MESSage:BOX MESSage:SHOW, MESSage:CLEAR
Arguments
OFF or = 0 removes the message window from the screen. ON or ≠ 0 displays the message window and its contents on the screen.
NEWpass (No Query Form) This command changes the password that enables access to password protected data. The PASSWord command must be successfully executed before using this command or an execution error will be generated.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
NEWpass
Related Commands
*PUD PASSWord
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-219
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments Examples
is the new password, which can contain up to 16 characters. NEWPASS "mypassword" creates a new password (mypassword) for accessing
your protected data.
*OPC Generates the operation complete message in the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) when all pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete. The *OPC? query places the ASCII character "1" into the output queue when all such OPC commands are complete. The *OPC? response is not available to read until all pending operations finish. (See page 3-1, Status and Events.) The *OPC command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. (See page 3-7, Synchronization Methods.) Table 2-40: Commands that Generate an OPC Message Command
Single sequence acquisition
ACQuire:STATE {ON|NR 1} AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute CH:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute DIAg:STATE EXECute RECAll:SETUp RECAll:WAVEform ,REF SAVe:IMAGe SAVe:SETUp SAVe:WAVEform , {REF} TEKSecure
Hard copy operation
HARDCopy START
Calibration step
CALibrate:FACtory {STARt|PREVious|CONTinue}
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*OPC *OPC?
Related Commands Examples
2-220
Operation
BUSY?, *WAI *OPC generates the operation complete message in the SESR at the completion of
all pending OPC operations.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
*OPC? might return 1 to indicate that all pending OPC operations are finished.
PASSWord(No Query Form) Enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands. Sending PASSWord without any arguments disables these same commands. Once the password is successfully entered, the *PUD and NEWpass commands are enabled until the oscilloscope is powered off, or until the FACtory command or the PASSWord command with no arguments is issued. To change the password, you must first enter the valid password with the PASSWord command and then change to your new password with the NEWpass command. Remember that the password is case sensitive.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
PASSWord
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
NEWpass, *PUD is the password and can include up to 10 characters. The factory
default password is “XYZZY” and is always valid. PASSWORD “XYZZY” enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands. PASSWORD disables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands. You can still use the
query version of *PUD.
PICTBridge:DATEPrint Enables or disables printing the date on the print output.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:DATEPrint {DEFLT|OFF|ON}
Arguments
DEFLT is the default setting of the printer. ON enables the date print on the print output. OFF disables the date print on the print output.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-221
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT? might return PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT DEFLT
indicating that the default setting of the printer. PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT ON enables the date print on the print output.
PICTBridge:DEFault (No Query Form) Sets the arguments for all PictBridge commands to their default values. The default values are the same as printer default settings.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:DEFault
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:DEFAULT sets all the PictBridge commands to their default values.
PICTBridge:IDPrint Enables or disables printing the oscilloscope model and serial number on the print output.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:IDPrint {DEFLT|OFF|ON} PICTBridge:IDPrint?
Related Commands Arguments
OFF disables the oscilloscope model and serial number print on the print output. ON enables the oscilloscope model and serial number print on the print output. Default is provided for compatibility with TDS instruments that support pictbridge.
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT? might return PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT 0 indicating that the ID print is disabled on the print output. PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT ON enables the printing of oscilloscope model and serial
number on the print output.
2-222
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
PICTBridge:IMAGESize Sets or returns the image print size.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:IMAGESize {DEFLT|IN2P5BY3P25|L|IN4BY6|L2| IN8BY10|L4|E|CARD|HAGAKIPC|CM6BY8|CM7BY10|CM9BY13| CM10BY15|CM13BY18|CM15BY21|CM18BY24| A4|LETTER}
Arguments
DEFLT for a default image print size. IN2P5BY3P25 for a 2_5*3_25 image print size. L for a 3_5*5 image print size. IN4BY6 for a 4*6 image print size. L2 for a 5*7 image print size. IN8BY10 for a 8*10 image print size. L4 for a 254 MM*178 MM image print size. E for a 110 MM*74 MM image print size. CARD for a 89 MM*55MM image print size. HAGAKIPC for a 100 MM*148 MM image print size. CM6BY8 for a 6 CM*8 CM image print size. CM7BY10 for a 7 CM*10 CM image print size. CM9BY13 for a 9 CM*13 CM image print size. CM10BY15 for a 10 CM*15 CM image print size. CM13BY18 or a 13 CM*18 CM image print size. CM15BY21 for a 15 CM*21 CM image print size. CM18BY24 for a 18 CM*24 CM image print size. A4 for a A4 image print size. LETTER for a Letter image print size.
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE? might return PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE DEFLT
indicating that the default image print size. PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE CARD sets the image print size to 89 MM* 55 MM.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-223
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
PICTBridge:PAPERSize Sets the output print paper size.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:PAPERSize {DEFLT|L|L2|HAGAKIPCARD|MM54BY86|MM100BY150 |IN4BY6|IN8BY10|LETTER|IN11BY17|A0|A1|A2|A3|A4|A5|A6|A7|A8|A9| B0|B1|B2|B3| B4|B5|B6|B7|B8|B9|ROLL89MM|ROLL127MM|ROLL100MM|ROLL210MM}
Arguments
DEFLT for a default paper size. L for a paper size L L2 for a paper size 2L. HAGAKIPCARD for a paper size Hagaki. MM54BY86 for a card paper size. MM100BY150 for paper size of 100*150 MM. IN4BY6 for a paper size of 4*6. IN8BY10 for a paper size of 8*10. LETTER for a letter paper size. IN11BY17 for a paper size of 11*17. A0 for a A0 paper size. A1 for a A1 paper size. A2 for a A2 paper size. A3 for a A3 paper size. A4 for a A4 paper size. A5 for a A5 paper size. A6 for a A6 paper size. A7 for a A7 paper size. A8 for a A8 paper size. A9 for a A9 paper size. B0 for a B0 paper size. B1 for a B1 paper size.
2-224
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
B2 for a B2 paper size. B3 for a B3 paper size. B4 for a B4 paper size. B5 for a B5 paper size. B6 for a B6 paper size. B7 for a B7 paper size. B8 for a B8 paper size. B9 for a B9 paper size. ROLL89MM for a 89 MM Roll paper size. ROLL127MM for a 127 MM Roll paper size. ROLL100MM for a 100 MM Roll paper size. ROLL210MM for a 210 MM Roll paper size.
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZEL sets the paper size to L. PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZE? might return PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZE DEFLT
indicating that the paper size is set to Default.
PICTBridge:PAPERType Sets or returns the paper type.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:PAPERType {DEFLT|PLAIN|PHOTO|FASTPHOTO}
Arguments
DEFLT for a default print paper type. PLAIN for a plain print paper type. PHOTO for a photo print paper type. FASTPHOTO for a fastphoto print paper type.
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE? might return PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE DEFLT
indicating that the default paper type. PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE PLAIN sets the paper type to Plain.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-225
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
PICTBridge:PRINTQual Sets or returns the output print quality.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
PICTBridge:PRINTQual {DEFLT|NRMAL|FINE|DRAFT}
Arguments
DEFLT for the default quality print. NRMAL for a normal quality print. FINE for a fine quality print. DRAFT for a draft quality print.
Examples
PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL? might return PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL DEFLT
indicating that the default quality print. PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL FINE sets the print quality to Fine.
*PSC Sets or returns the power-on status flag that controls the automatic power-on handling of the DESER, SRER, and ESER registers. When *PSC is true, the DESER register is set to 255 and the SRER and ESER registers are set to 0 at power-on. When *PSC is false, the current values in the DESER, SRER, and ESER registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power is shut off and are restored at power-on.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*PSC {OFF|ON|NR1>} *PSC?
Related Commands Arguments
DESE, *ESE, FACtory, *RST, *SRE OFF sets the power-on status clear flag to false. ON sets the power-on status clear flag to true. = 0 sets the power-on status clear flag to false. This disables the power-on
clear allowing the oscilloscope to possibly assert SRQ after power-on; any other
2-226
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
value sets the power-on status clear flag to true, enabling the power-on status clear preventing any SRQ assertion after power on.
Examples
*PSC 0 sets the power-on status clear flag to false. *PSC? might return 1 to indicate that the power-on status clear flag is set to true.
*PUD Sets or returns a string of Protected User Data. This data is protected by the PASSWord command. You can modify it only by first entering the correct password. This password is not necessary to query the data.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*PUD {|} *PUD?
Related Commands Arguments
PASSWord is a block containing up to 300 ASCII characters. is a string containing up to 300 ASCII characters.
Examples
*PUD #229This oscilloscope belongs to me stores the string "This
oscilloscope belongs to me" in the user protected data area. *PUD? might return #221PROPERTY OF COMPANY X
*RCL (No Query Form) This command restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory (The settings are stored using the *SAV command).
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
*RCL
Related Commands
FACtory, *LRN?, RECAll:SETUp, *RST, *SAV, SAVe:SETUp
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-227
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
Examples
is a value in the range from 1 to 10, which specifies a saved setup storage location.
*RCL 3 restores the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory
location 3.
RECAll:SETUp (No Query Form) Restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory. The settings are stored using the *SAV command.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
RECAll:SETUp {FACtory||}
Related Commands Arguments
FACtory, *RCL, *RST, *SAV, SAVe:SETUp, FILESystem:CWD FACtory restores the factory setup. is a value in the range from 1 to 10, which specifies a saved setup storage location. specifies a location for an oscilloscope setup file. is
a quoted string that defines the file name and path. Input the file path using the form ://. and one or s are optional. If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will read the file from the default directory (see FILESystem:CWD). stands for a filename; the use of wildcard characters in filenames is not supported. Filename extensions are not required, but highly recommended.
Examples
RECALL:SETUP FACTORY recalls (and makes current) the oscilloscope setup
to its factory defaults. RECALL:SETUP 2 recalls the oscilloscope setup from setup storage location 2. RECALL:SETUP "TEK00000.SET" recalls the setup from the file TEK00000.SET
in the default directory for setups (E:/tekScope/setups).
RECAll:WAVEform (No Query Form) This command (no query form) recalls a stored waveform to a reference location.
2-228
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
RECAll:WAVEform ,REF
Related Commands Arguments
SAVe:WAVEform, FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem REF specifies a location in internal reference memory. Reference memory
location values range from 1 through 4. specifies a location for an oscilloscope setup file. is
a quoted string that defines the file name and path. Input the file path using the form ://. and one or s are optional. If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will read the file from the default directory (see FILESystem:CWD). stands for a filename; the use of wildcard characters in filenames is not supported. Filename extensions are not required, but highly recommended.
Examples
RECALL:WAVEFORM "tek00000.isf",REF1 recalls the waveform stored in the
file named tek00000.isf from the current directory for waveforms to the reference location 1.
REF? (Query Only) Returns reference waveform data for the channel specified by , where x is the reference channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF?
REF:DATE? (Query Only) Returns the date that reference waveform data for channel was copied into the internal reference memory, where x is the reference channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:DATE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-229
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe Sets or returns the horizontal delay time for reference waveform , where x is the reference channel number. The delay time is expressed in seconds and is limited to ±5 times the reference horizontal scale.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe?
Arguments Examples
is the delay time in seconds.
REF2:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 4.0E-6 sets the horizontal delay time for
the REF2 waveform to 4 μs.
REF:HORizontal:SCAle Sets or returns the horizontal scale for reference waveform , where x is the reference channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:HORizontal:SCAle REF:HORizontal:SCAle?
Arguments Examples
is the horizontal scale in seconds.
REF1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return REF1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 4.0E-4.
REF:LABel Sets or returns the reference waveform label for the channel specified by , where x is the reference channel number.
Group
2-230
Vertical
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
Examples
REF:LABel REF:LABel? is an alpha-numeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the label text for the reference channel waveform. The text string is limited to 30 characters. REF2:LABEL? might return :REF2:LABEL “Clk Wfm 2”.
REF:POSition Sets or returns the vertical position for channel , where x is the reference channel number.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:POSition REF:POSition?
Arguments
is the vertical position in volts.
REF:SCAle Sets or returns the vertical scale for the channel specified by , where x is the reference channel number.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
REF:SCAle REF:SCAle?
Arguments
NR3 is the vertical scale in volts
REF:TIMe? (Query Only) Returns the time that reference waveform data was copied into the internal reference memory for reference channel , where x is the reference channel number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-231
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:TIMe?
Examples
REF2:TIME? might return “16:54:05”.
REF:VERTical:POSition Sets or returns the vertical position of the reference waveform specified by , where x is the reference channel number. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up, and decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. Position adjusts only the display position of a waveform. The position value determines the vertical graticule coordinate at which signal values are displayed. For example, if the position for Reference 3 is set to 2.0, the signal represented by that reference will be displayed at 2.0 divisions above the center of the screen.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:VERTical:POSition REF:VERTical:POSition?
Related Commands
CH:POSition, MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition
Arguments
is the desired position, in divisions from the center horizontal graticule.
Examples
REF2:VERTICAL:POSITION 1.3E+00 positions the Reference 2 input signal
The range is from –5.0 to 5.0 divisions.
1.3 divisions above the center horizontal graticule. REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION? might return :REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION -1.3000E+00 indicating that the current position of Reference 1 is 1.3 divisions
below the center horizontal graticule.
REF:VERTical:SCAle Sets or returns the vertical scale for the reference waveform specified by , where x is the reference channel number.
2-232
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Each waveform has a vertical scale parameter. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the Scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. Scale affects all waveforms, but affects reference and math waveforms differently from channel waveforms: For reference and math waveforms, this setting controls the display only, graphically scaling these waveforms and having no affect on the acquisition hardware. For channel waveforms, this setting controls the vertical size of the acquisition window as well as the display scale. The range and resolution of scale values depends on the probe attached and any other external factors you have specified.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
REF:VERTical:SCAle REF:VERTical:SCAle?
Related Commands
CH:SCAle, MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle
Arguments
is the gain in user units-per-division.
Examples
REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE 100E-03 sets the Reference 2 scale to 100 mV per
division. REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE? might return :REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE 1.0000e+00 indicating that the current vertical scale setting for Reference 2 is
1 V per division.
REM (No Query Form) Embeds a comment within programs as a means of internally documenting the programs. The oscilloscope ignores these embedded comment lines.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
REM
Arguments
is a string that can contain a maximum of 80 characters.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-233
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
REM "This is a comment" is a comment string that the oscilloscope will
ignore.
*RST (No Query Form) Resets the oscilloscope to the factory default settings. The *RST command does not alter the following: Calibration data that affect device specifications The Output Queue The Service Request Enable Register setting The Power-on status clear flag setting Alias definitions Stored settings The *PUD? Response Any of the values associated with the DATA command. Oscilloscope password
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*RST
Related Commands Arguments Examples
FACtory, RECAll:SETUp, SAVe:SETUp, *PSC, *RCL, *SAV None *RST resets the oscilloscope settings to factory defaults.
*SAV (No Query Form) Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location. You can use the *RCL command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state at a later time.
2-234
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
*SAV
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
*RCL, RECAll:SETUp, SAVe:SETUp specifies a location in which to save the state of the oscilloscope. Location
values range from 1 through 10. Using an out-of-range location value causes an execution error. Any settings that have been stored previously at this location will be overwritten. *SAV 2 saves the current oscilloscope state in memory location 2.
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe Sets or returns the assignment of the data to be saved when the front-panel Save button is pressed.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe {IMAGe|WAVEform|SETUp} SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe?
Arguments
IMAGe assigns the Save button to save screen images. WAVEform assigns the Save button to save waveforms. SETUp assigns the Save button to save setups.
SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS (No Query Form) Saves the data from bus to a specified file and location; where x is the bus number
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS
Arguments
is a quoted string that defines the file name and path location where the event table will be stored.
NOTE. stands for a filename of up to 125 characters, followed by a period (".") and the three-character extension. Waveform files should have a .csv extension for comma-separated spreadsheet format files.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-235
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SAVe:IMAGe (No Query Form) Saves a capture of the screen image into the specified file. Supported image formats are PNG, Windows Bitmap, and TIFF. If an extension for a supported file type is added to the file name, then the corresponding format will be used. If no supported extension is added to the file, the format to use will be determined by the value obtained from the :SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat? query.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:IMAGe
Related Commands Arguments
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe
is a filename, including path, where the image will be saved.
If you do not specify a directory, the oscilloscope will store the file in the current working directory. File name extensions are not required but are highly recommended. The images will be saved in E:/.
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat Sets or returns the file format to use for saving screen images when the file type cannot be determined from the given file name or when screen images are captured by using the front panel.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat {PNG|BMP|TIFf} SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat?
Related Commands Arguments
SAVe:IMAGe
PNG saves the file in Portable Network Graphics format. BMP saves the file in Microsoft Windows bitmap format. TIFf saves the file in Tagged Image File Format.
2-236
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout Sets or returns the layout to use for saved screen images.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout {LANdscape|PORTRait} SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout?
Arguments
LANdscape specifies that screen images are saved in landscape format. PORTRait specifies that screen images are saved in portrait format.
SAVe:SETUp (No Query Form) Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location. You can later use the *RCL command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:SETUp {|}
Related Commands Arguments
*RCL, RECAll:SETUp, *SAV is the target location for storing the setup file. is a
quoted string that defines the file name and path. Input the file path using the form :/. and one or s are optional. If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will store the file in the current working directory. stands for a filename. (Use of wildcard characters in filenames is not supported.) Filename extensions are not required but are highly recommended. For setups, use the extension ".SET". specifies a location for saving the current front-panel setup. The
front-panel setup value ranges from 1 to 10. Using an out-of-range value causes an execution error. Any settings that have been stored previously at this location will be overwritten.
Examples
SAVE:SETUP 5 saves the current oscilloscope setup in memory location 5. SAVE:SETUP "TEK00000.SET" saves the current oscilloscope setup in the file TEK00000.SET in the current working directory.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-237
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SAVe:WAVEform (No Query Form) This command saves a specified waveform or all displayed waveforms (excluding serial bus waveforms). Only individual analog waveforms (CH, MATH and REF) can be saved to reference memory locations. You can save all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms, to a single CSV file when the SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to SPREADSHEET. You can save all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms to consecutive ISF (internal save format) files when the SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to INTERNAL. NOTE. For MSO models, reduced resolution waveform data is not available for the digital channels.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:WAVEform[,{REF}] | [, ] | [ALL, ]
Related Commands
Arguments
RECAll:WAVEform, SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat
, saves the specified waveform to the specified reference
memory location. can be any live analog channel (where is the channel number), the MATH1 waveform, or another reference waveform (such as REF1). , saves the specified waveform to the file specified in the
quoted string argument. Any live channel (such as CH1), the MATH1 waveform, any reference waveform can be saved to a file. ALL, saves all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms, to a single CSV file specified by the quoted string argument when the SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to SPREADSHEET, or saves all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms to individual ISF (internal save format) files with a file name prefix specified by the argument with an underscore (_) and the waveform ID (such as CH1, REF1, MATH) appended to the file name(s).
Examples
2-238
SAVE:WAVEFORM CH1,REF1 saves the CH1 waveform in reference memory
location 1.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT SPREADSHEET; :SAVE:WAVEFORM ALL, "E:/test_folder/test1_all.csv" saves all displayed waveforms (excluding serial bus waveforms) to E:/test_folder/test1_all.csv. :SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat INTERNal; :SAVe:WAVEform ALL, "E:/test_folder/test1" saves all displayed waveforms (excluding serial bus waveforms) to individual files named E:/test_folder/test1_.isf (for example test1_CH1.isf).
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat Specifies or returns the file format for saved waveforms. Waveform header and timing information is included in the resulting file of non-internal formats. The oscilloscope saves DPO waveforms as a 500 x 200 matrix, with the first row corresponding to the most recently acquired data. The values specified by DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP determine the range of waveform data to output. In the event that DATa:STOP value is greater than the current record length, the current record length determines the last output value.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat {INTERNal|SPREADSheet} SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat?
Related Commands
CURVe, DATa, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, SAVe:WAVEform, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
Arguments
INTERNal specifies that waveforms are saved in an internal format, using a .isf
filename extension. These files can be recalled as reference waveforms. When this argument is specified, the settings specified via the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands have no meaning as the entire waveform is saved. SPREADSheet specifies that waveform data is saved in a format that contains
comma delimited values. These waveform data files are named using the .csv filename extension. Saving waveforms in CSV format enables spreadsheet programs to import the data.
Examples
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL specifies that the internal file format
is the format used for saving waveforms. SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT? might return :SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL indicating that waveforms are saved using the internal format.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-239
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng Specifies whether save waveform operations should save the entire waveform (NONe) or a specified portion of the waveform.
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng {NONe|CURSors|SCREEN} SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng?
Arguments
CURSors turns on cursors and the gates are the waveform record points at the
cursor positions. NONe saves the entire waveform. SCREEN, if zoom is on, the gates are the start and end waveform record points of
the zoom (upper) graticule, otherwise the gates are the start and end waveform record points of the main graticule.
Examples
SAVE:WAVEFORM:GATING CURSors specifies that, when the waveform gating
is set to cursors, save waveform operations should save the waveform points between the cursors. If cursors are turned off, waveform gating automatically reverts to NONE.
SAVe:WAVEform:SPREADSheet:RESOlution Specifies whether to save the full (LRL) or reduced (thumb) resolution waveform to a CSV file.
Group
Waveform Enhanced
Syntax
SAVe:WAVEform:SPREADSheet:RESOlution {FULL|REDUced} SAVe:WAVEform:SPREADSheet:RESOlution?
Arguments
FULL specifies that full resolution waveform is saved to a CSV file. REDUced specifies that reduced resolution waveform is saved to a CSV file.
Examples
SAVE:WAVEFORM:SPREADSHEET:RESOLUTION? might return SAVE:WAVEFORM:SPREADSHEET:RESOLUTIONFULL indicating that full
resolution waveform is saved to a CSV file.
2-240
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SAVE:WAVEFORM:SPREADSHEET:RESOLUTIONREDUced sets the reduced
resolution waveform to be saved to a CSV file.
SEARCH? (Query Only) Returns all search-related settings.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH?
Examples
SEARCH? might return: :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION SS; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION SS; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE “XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C: RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:T RIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:CONDITION START; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:SIZE 1;
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-241
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR7; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR7; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE USER; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE USER; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION SOF; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:CONDITION SOF; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A: BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:QUALIF IER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD; :SEARCH: SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE"XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRI GGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG GER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC;
2-242
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:PARALLEL:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:PARALLEL:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE B1;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE; LEVEL 0.0E+0;LEVEL:CH1 0.0E+0; CH20.0E+0;CH30.0E+0;CH4 0.0E+0;MATH 0.0E+0; REF1 0.0E+0 ;REF2 0.0E+0;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000; CH2 1.4000; CH3 1.4000;CH4 1.4000;MATH 492.0000E-3;REF1 492.0000E-3;REF2 492.0000E-3; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0;CH2 0.0E+0; CH30.0E+0; CH4 0.0E+0;MATH 0.0E+0;REF1 0.0E+0;REF2 0.0E+0; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;SLOPE RISE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION AND; THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0;CH2 0.0E+0; CH3 0.0E+0;CH4 0.0E+0;MATH 0.0E+0;REF1 0.0E+0; REF20.0E+0; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGE R:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;MATH X;REF1 X;REF2 X; REF3 X;REF4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE RISE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D0 X;D1 X;D2 X; D3 X ;D4 X;D5 X;D6 X;D7 X;D8 X;D9 X;D10 X;D11 X;D12 X;D13 X;D14 X;D15 X; :SEARCH: SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X; CH4 X;MATH X;REF1 X;REF2 X;RE F3 X;REF4 X;D0 X;D1 X;D2 X;D3 X;D4 X; D5 X;D6 X;D7 X ;D8 X;D9X;D10 X;D11 X;D12 X; D13 X;D14 X;D15 X; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 2.0000E-9;MORELIMIT 2.0000E-9; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH 8.0000E-9; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN OCCURS;WIDTH 8.0000E-9; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN SLOWER;DELTATIME 8.0000E-9; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 0.0E+0; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE NONE;THRESHOLD 9.9100E+37; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 2.000 0E-9;SETTIME 2.0000E-9;
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-243
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0;CH2 0.0E+0;CH3 0.0E+0;CH4 0.0E+0; MATH 0.0E+0;REF1 0.0E+0;REF2 0.0E+0; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 0
SEARCH:SEARCH:COPy (No Query Form) Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or the trigger criteria to a search. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:COPy {SEARCHtotrigger|TRIGgertosearch}
Arguments
SEARCHtotrigger copies the search criteria to the trigger TRIGgertosearch copies the trigger criteria to the search
SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE Sets the search state to on or off. is the search number, which is always 1. The query form returns the search state.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE {|OFF|ON} SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE?
Arguments
OFF or = 0 sets the search state to off. ON or ≠ 0 sets the search state to on.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TOTAL? (Query Only) Returns the total number of matches for the search. The total number of matches may be more than the number of marks placed. is the search number, which is always 1.
Group
2-244
Search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Returns
SEARCH:SEARCH:TOTAL?
is the total number of matches.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS? (Query Only) Queries the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS? settings.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS? SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS??
Examples
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION SS; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION SS; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1 :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE " XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:CONDITION START; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX";
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-245
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C: DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR7; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR 7; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE USER; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE USER; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION SOF; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:CONDITION SOF; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2: CAN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX "; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX";
2-246
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:PARALLEL:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:PARALLEL:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE B1
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition Sets or returns the search condition for a CAN trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition {SOF|FRAMEtype|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ACKMISS|ERROR} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition?
Arguments
SOF specifies a search based on the start of frame. FRAMEtype specifies a search based on the frame type. IDentifier specifies a search based on the frame identifier. DATA specifies a search based on the frame data. IDANDDATA specifies a search based on the frame identifier and data. EOF specifies a search base on the end of frame. ACKMISS specifies a search based on the missing ACK field. ERROR specifies a search based on a bit stuffing error.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection Sets or returns the CAN search to be valid for Read, Write, or Either condition if the criteria is IDentifier. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number. This only applies if the search condition is IDentifier.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-247
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection?
Related Commands Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition READ specifies the read condition. WRITE specifies the write condition. NOCARE specifies either a read or write condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier Sets or returns the CAN data qualifier for a search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number. This only applies if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier {LESSThan|MOREThan|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|EQual} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier?
Related Commands Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue LESSThan searches for bus data less than the value specified by
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue. MOREThan searches for bus data more than the value specified by
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue. UNEQual searches for bus data not equal to the value specified by
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue.
2-248
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
LESSEQual searches for bus data less than or equal to the value specified by
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue. MOREEQual searches for bus data more than or equal to the value specified by SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue. EQual searches for bus data equal to the value specified by SEARCH:
SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for a CAN search if the search condition is DATA or IDANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the data string length in bytes.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a CAN search if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue?
Related Commands Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier is the data in binary format.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-249
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype Sets or returns the CAN Frame Type to be used if the trigger search condition is Frame Type. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype {DATA|REMote|ERRor|OVERLoad} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype?
Arguments
DATA specifies a data frame. REMote specifies a remote frame. ERRor specifies an error frame. OVERLoad specifies an overload frame.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode for a trigger search to a standard or extended format. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|: ADDRess}:MODe {STandard|EXTended} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|: ADDRess}:MODe?
Arguments
STandard specifies an 11-bit identifier field. EXTended specifies a 29-bit identifier field.
2-250
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for a CAN trigger search if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|: ADDRess}:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|: ADDRess}:VALue?
Arguments
is the address in binary format.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe {ADDR7|ADDR10} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe?
Arguments
ADDR7 specifies 7-bit addresses. ADDR10 specifies 10-bit addresses.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe Sets or returns the I2C address type. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-251
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe {GENeralcall|STARtbyte|HSmode|EEPROM|USER} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe?
Arguments
GENeralcall specifies the GENeralcall address type. STARtbyte specifies the STARtbyte address type. HSmode specifies the HSmode address type EEPROM specifies the EEPROM address type. USER specifies a user address.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for an I2C trigger search if the search condition is ADDR or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue?
Arguments
is the address in binary format.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition Sets or returns the search condition for an I2C trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions Group
2-252
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module. Search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition {STARt|STOP|REPEATstart|ACKMISS|ADDRess|DATA|ADDRANDDATA} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition? STARt specifies a search based on a start condition. STOP specifies a search based on a stop condition. REPEATstart specifies a search based on a repeat of start condition. ACKMISS specifies a search based on a missing acknowledgement condition. ADDRess specifies a search based on an address. DATA specifies a search based on a data condition. ADDRANDDATA specifies a search based on an address and data condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection Sets or returns the I2C search condition to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either condition. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection?
Arguments
READ specifies a read condition. WRITE specifies a write condition. NOCARE specifies either a read or write condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger search if the search condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-253
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the data string length in bytes.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for an I2C trigger search if the search condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue?
Arguments
is the data in binary format.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition Sets or returns the search condition for a LIN search.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition {SYNCField|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|WAKEup|SLEEP|ERROR} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition?
Arguments
SYNCField specifies to search on the sync field. IDentifier specifies to search on the identifier. DATA specifies to search on the data.
2-254
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
IDANDDATA specifies to search on the identifier and the data. WAKEup specifies to search on wake up. SLEEP specifies to search on sleep. ERROR specifies to search on errors.
Examples
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD
indicating a search on the sync field.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN searches if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue?
Arguments
is a quoted string of 1s, 0s, or Xs representing the binary data string
Examples
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX"
to be used for LIN searches if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
indicating that the high value is don't care.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier. This only applies if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Conditions Group
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module. Bus
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-255
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier {LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual| LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier? LESSThan sets the LIN data qualifier to less than. MOREThan sets the LIN data qualifier to greater than. EQUal sets the LIN data qualifier to equal. UNEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to not equal. LESSEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to less than or equal. MOREEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to more than or equal. INrange sets the LIN data qualifier to in range. OUTrange sets the LIN data qualifier to out of range.
Examples
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSThan
sets the data qualifier to lessthan. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL
indicating that the data qualifier is equal.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN Search, if search condition is DATA or IDANDDATA.
Conditions Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments Examples
2-256
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
is the length of the data in bytes.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the LIN data
size is 8 bytes.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating that
the LIN data size is 1 byte.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string used for a LIN search if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue?
Arguments Examples
is the binary data string for the search.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX"
indicating that the data value is don't care.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE Sets or returns the error type used for a LIN Search.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE {SYNC|PARity|CHecksum} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE?
Arguments
SYNC specifies a sync error type. PARity specifies a parity error type. CHecksum specifies a checksum error type.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-257
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC indicating a
SYNC error type.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN search if search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue?
Arguments
Examples
is a quoted string specifying the binary address string to be used for
LIN search if search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX" indicating that the binary address is undefined.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a parallel trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue?
Arguments
2-258
is the binary data string.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition Sets or returns the condition for a RS232 trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition {RXSTArt|RXDATA|RXENDPacket|RXPARity|TXSTArt| TXDATA|TXENDPacket|TXPARity} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition?
Arguments
RXSTArt specifies a search based on the RX Start Bit. RXDATA specifies a search based on RX Data. RXENDPacket specifies a search based on the RX End of Packet condition. RXPARIty specifies a search based on the RX parity. TXSTArt specifies a search base on the TX Start Bit. TXDATA specifies a search based on TX Data. TXENDPacket specifies a search based on the TX End of Packet condition. TXPARIty specifies a search based on the TX parity.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string for a RS232 trigger search if the trigger condition is RX. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in Bytes.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-259
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string for a RS232 trigger search if the condition involves RX. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue?
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for a RS232 trigger search if the Trigger condition is TX. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in Bytes.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a RS232 trigger search if the condition involves TX. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions Group
2-260
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module. Search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue?
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition Sets or returns the search condition for a SPI trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition {SS|MISO|MOSI|MISOMOSI} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition?
Arguments
SS specifies a search based on the Slave Selection condition. MISO specifies a search based on the Master-In Slave-Out condition. MOSI specifies a search based on the Master-Out Slave-In condition. MISOMOSI specifies a search based on the Master-In Slave-Out and Master-Out
Slave-In conditions.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string for an SPI trigger search if the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}: VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}: VALue?
Arguments
is the data string in binary format.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-261
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string for an SPI trigger search if search the condition is MOSI, or MISOMOSI. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}: VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}: VALue?
Arguments
is the data in binary format.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string for an SPI trigger search if the search condition is MISO, MOSI, or MISOMOSI. SEARCH is the search number and B is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the data string length in bytes.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce Sets or returns a bus serial search. is the search number.
Conditions
2-262
This command requires a DPO2AUTO or DPO2EMBD application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce {B1|B2} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce?
Arguments
B1 specifies the Bus 1 source. B2 specifies the Bus 2 source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe Sets or returns the slope for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe?
Arguments
RISe specifies a rising edge. FALL specifies a falling edge.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce Sets or returns the source waveform for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH specifies one input channel as the edge source, where is the channel
number. MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-263
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel Sets or returns the level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel {|TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel?
Arguments
specifies the trigger level, in volts. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH Sets or returns the level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number. Each channel can have an independent level.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH {|TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH?
Arguments
specifies the trigger level in volts. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH[1] Sets or returns the math waveform level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number. The value of MATH is 1 for all oscilloscopes.
Group
2-264
Search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH {TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH? TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF Sets or returns the specified reference waveform level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF {TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion Sets or returns the logic operator for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion {AND|NANd} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion?
Arguments
AND places a mark if all conditions are true. NANd places a mark if any of the conditions is false.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-265
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH?
Arguments
HIGH specifies the logic high. LOW specifies the logic low. X specifies a "don't care" state.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE Sets or returns whether the clock edge is a rising or falling for a logic search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe|EITher} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE?
Arguments
RISe specifies a rising edge. FALL specifies a falling edge. EITher specifies either a falling or rising edge.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce Sets or returns the clock source definition for a logic trigger search. is the search number. If a clock source is defined, then the logic search is determined by the state of the other inputs at the clock transition. If no clock source is defined, then the logic search is determined only by the state of the inputs.
2-266
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH|MATH|REF|D|NONe} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH specifies a channel input as the clock source, where = 1, 2, 3, or 4. MATH specifies the math waveform as the clock source. REF specifies the reference waveform as the clock source. D specifies the digital waveform as the clock source, where =0–15 NONe specifies no clock source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D Sets or returns the waveform logic criteria for a trigger search. SEARCH is the search number and D is the digital channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-267
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH Sets or returns the logic criteria for a logic pattern trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D Sets or returns the logic criteria for a logic pattern search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and D is the digital channel number.
Group
2-268
Search
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D? HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic pattern trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a pattern trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF {HIGH|LOW|X} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a high logic level. LOW specifies a low logic level. X specifies a “don't care” condition.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-269
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn Sets or returns the condition for generating a logic pattern trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn {TRUe|FALSe|LESSThan|MOREThan|Than|EQUal|UNEQual} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn?
Arguments
TRUe places a mark when the pattern becomes true. FALSe places a mark when the pattern becomes false. LESSThan places a mark if the specific pattern is true less than the time set by
the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit command. MOREThan places a mark if the specific pattern is true more than the time set
by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit command. EQUal places a mark if the specific pattern is true longer than the time set by
the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit command, but less than the specified time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH: TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit command. UNEQual places a mark if the specific pattern is true less than the time set by
the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit command, or longer than the specified time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH: TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit command.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern search to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit?
Arguments
2-270
specifies the maximum amount of time to hold the pattern true.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern search to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit?
Arguments
specifies the minimum amount of time to hold the pattern true.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH Sets or returns the channel threshold level for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH {|TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH?
Arguments
specifies the threshold voltage level. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH Sets or returns the math waveform threshold level for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH {TTL|ECL|} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-271
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. specifies the threshold voltage level.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF Sets or returns the reference waveform threshold level for a logic trigger search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF {TTL|ECL|} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. specifies the threshold voltage level.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH Sets or returns the channel waveform lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all channel searches that use a lower threshold. SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH {TTL|ECL|} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECLlevel of –1.3 V.
2-272
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH Sets or returns the math waveform lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all math searches that use a lower threshold. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH {TTL|ECL|} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL level of –1.3 V. specifies the threshold voltage level.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF Sets or returns the reference waveform lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all reference searches that use a lower threshold. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF {TTL|ECL|} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL level of –1.3 V. specifies the threshold voltage level.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity for a pulse trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-273
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity {NEGative|POSitive} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity?
Arguments
POSITIVe places a mark only when the polarity of the pulse is positive. NEGative places a mark only when the polarity of the pulse is negative.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce Sets or returns the source waveform for a pulse trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH specifies one input channel as the edge source, where = 1, 2, 3 or 4. MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source. REF specifies the reference waveform as the search source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn Sets or returns the condition for generating a pulse width search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn {LESSthan|MOREthan|EQual|UNEQual} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn?
Arguments
2-274
LESSThan places a mark if the pulse width is less than the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MOREthan places a mark if the pulse width is more than the time set by the
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command. EQUal places a mark if the pulse width is equal to the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command within a tolerance of ±5%. UNEQual places a mark if the pulse width is unequal to the time the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command within a tolerance of ±5%.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth Sets or returns the pulse width setting for a pulse width trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth?
Arguments
is the pulse width.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity {EITher|NEGative|POSitive} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity?
Arguments
POSitive places a mark when the rising edge crosses the low threshold and
the falling edge re-crosses the low threshold without either edge ever crossing the high threshold. NEGative places a mark when the falling edge crosses the high threshold and
the rising edge re-crosses the high threshold without either edge ever crossing the low threshold. EITher places a mark on a runt of either polarity.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-275
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce Sets or returns the source setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies an input channel as the edge source. MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source. REF specifies the reference waveform as the search source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn Sets or returns the condition setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn {LESSthan|MOREthan|EQual|UNEQual|OCCURS} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn?
Arguments
OCCURS argument specifies a trigger event if a runt of any detectable width occurs. LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with width less than the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: RUNT:WIDth command. MOREthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with width more than the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: RUNT:WIDth command. EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the pattern is true for a time
period equal to the time period specified in SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance. NOTEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the pattern is true for a time period greater than or less than (but not equal) the time period specified in SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.
2-276
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth Sets or returns the width setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth?
Arguments
specifies the minimum width, in seconds.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE Sets or returns the clock slope setting for a setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE?
Arguments
FALL specifies polarity as the clock falling edge. RISe specifies polarity as the clock rising edge.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce Sets or returns the clock source setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce?
Related Commands
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-277
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies an input channel as the edge source. MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source. REF specifies the reference waveform as the search source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold Sets or returns the clock threshold setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold {|TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. is the clock level, in volts.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce Sets or returns the data source setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number. You cannot specify the same source for both clock and data.
Group
Search
Syntax
DPO Models:
Related Commands Arguments
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce?
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce DPO Models: CH1–CH4 specifies an input channel as the search source.
2-278
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source. REF specifies the reference waveform as the search source. D0–D15 specifies the digital waveform as the search source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold Sets or returns the data threshold setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold {|TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. is the clock level, in volts.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime Sets or returns the hold time setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime?
Arguments
specifies the hold time setting in seconds. Positive values for hold time
occur after the clock edge. Negative values occur before the clock edge.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime Sets or returns the setup time setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-279
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime?
Arguments
specifies the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. Search is the search number, which is always 1. CH is the channel number.
Conditions
MSO oscilloscopes only.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH?
Arguments
is the lower threshold in volts.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1} Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. Where is the search number, which is always 1.
Conditions Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}?
Arguments
2-280
MSO oscilloscopes only.
is the lower threshold in volts.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. Search is the search number, which is always 1. REF is the reference waveform number.
Conditions
MSO oscilloscopes only.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF?
Arguments
is the lower threshold in volts.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime Sets or returns the transition time setting for an transition trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime?
Arguments
specifies the transition time, in seconds.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity setting for an transition trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity {EITher|NEGative|POSitive} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-281
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
POSitive specifies that a pulse edge must traverse from the lower (most
negative) to higher (most positive) level for transition triggering to occur. NEGative specifies that a pulse edge must traverse from the upper (most positive) to lower (most negative) level for transition triggering to occur. EITher specifies either positive or negative polarity.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce Sets or returns the source setting for an transition trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies one input channel as the edge source. MATH specifies the math waveform as the search source.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn Sets or returns the condition setting for an transition trigger search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn {SLOWer|FASTer|EQual|UNEQual} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn?
Arguments
FASTer sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is faster than the set
volts/second rate. SLOWer sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is slower than the set volts/second rate. EQual sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is equal to the set
volts/second rate within a ±5% tolerance.
2-282
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
UNEQual sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is not equal to
the set volts/second rate ±5%.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe Sets or returns the trigger type setting for a search to determine where to place a mark. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe {EDGe|SETHold|PULSEWidth|RUNt|TRAnsition|LOGIc|BUS (with the appropriate application module installed)} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe?
Arguments
RUNt triggers when a pulse crosses the first preset voltage threshold but does not cross the second preset threshold before recrossing the first. The thresholds are set with the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH and SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH commands. PULSEWIdth triggers when a pulse is found that has the specified
polarity and is either inside or outside the limits as specified by SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit and SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit. The polarity is selected using the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: POLarity command. TRAnsition triggers when a pulse crosses both thresholds in the same direction
as the specified polarity and the transition time between the two threshold crossings is greater or less than the specified time delta.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH Sets or returns the channel waveform upper threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all channel searches that uses an upper threshold.SEARCH is the search number and CH is the channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH {TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-283
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH Sets or returns the math waveform upper threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all math waveform searches that uses an upper threshold. is the search number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH {TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V.
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF Sets or returns the reference waveform upper threshold to determine where to place a mark. This setting is applied to all reference waveform searches that uses an upper threshold. SEARCH is the search number and REF is the reference channel number.
Group
Search
Syntax
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF {TTL|ECL} SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V.
SELect Sets or returns the selected waveform display (controlled by the front-panel) on or off.
Group
2-284
Vertical
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Arguments
SELect {ON|OFF} ON turns the selected waveform display on. OFF turns the selected waveform display off.
Examples
SELECT? might return the following :SELECT:BUS1 0;BUS2 0;CH1 1;CH2 0;CH3 0;CH4 0;MATH 0;REF1 0;REF2 0;D0 0;D1 0;D2 0;D3 0;D4 0;D5 0;D6 0;D7 0;D8 0;D9 0;D10 0;D11 0;D12 0;D13 0;D14 0;D15 0,CONTROL CH1
SELect:BUS This command turns on and off the display of the waveform for , where x is the bus number. The query returns whether the channel is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
SELect:BUS {|OFF|ON} SELect:BUS?
SELect:CH Turns the display of the channel waveform on or off, where is the channel number. This command also resets the acquisition. The query returns whether the channel is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
SELect:CH {ON|OFF|} SELect:CH?
Arguments
ON turns on the display of the specified waveform. This waveform also becomes
the selected waveform. OFF turns off the display of the specified waveform. = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform; any other value turns on the display of the specified waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-285
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
SELECT:CH2 ON turns the channel 2 waveform display on, and selects channel 2. SELECT:CH1? might return :SELECT:CH1 1 indicating that channel 1 is being
displayed.
SELect:CONTROl Sets or returns the waveform that is the recipient of future channel-related commands, for example, the cursor commands. The command form also performs the equivalent of a SELect:CH ON command, as well as the Math, Reference, and Bus variations of that command.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
SELect:CONTROl {CH|MATH|BUS} SELect:CONTROl?
Arguments
CH specifies a channel waveform as the waveform affected by the front-panel controls. is the channel number. MATH specifies the math waveform as the waveform that is affected by the front-panel controls. BUS specifies a bus waveform as the waveform affected by the front-panel
controls. specifies the bus number.
Returns Examples
NONE if all the channels are turned off. NONE is ignored on input.
SELECT:CONTROL CH2 resets acquisition displays on channel 2, and causes the
selected waveform to be the implied object of waveform commands. SELECT:CONTROL? might return :SELECT:CONTROL MATH indicating that math
is the implied object of waveform commands.
SELect:D Turns on the display of the digital channel and resets the acquisition. is the channel number. The query returns whether the channel is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
Group
2-286
Vertical
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
SELect:D {|OFF|ON} SELect:D?
ON turns on the display of the specified waveform. This waveform also becomes
the selected waveform. OFF turns off the display of the specified waveform. = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform; any other value turns
on the display of the specified waveform.
Examples
SELECT:D2 ON turns the digital channel 2 waveform display on, and selects
digital channel 2. SELECT:D2? might return :SELECT:D2 1 indicating that digital channel 2 is being displayed.
SELect:MATH[1] Turns on and off the display of the math waveform. The query returns whether the math waveform is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
SELect:MATH[1] {ON|OFF|} SELect:MATH[1]?
Arguments
ON turns on the display of the specified waveform. This waveform also becomes
the selected waveform. OFF turns off the display of the specified waveform. = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform; any other value turns on the display of the specified waveform.
Examples
SELECT:MATH ON turns the math waveform display on, and selects it. SELECT:MATH? might return :SELECT:MATH 1 indicating that the math
waveform is being displayed.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-287
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SELect:REF Turns on and off the display of the reference waveform . The variable represents the reference channel number. The query returns whether the channel is on or off.
Group
Vertical
Syntax
SELect:REF {ON|OFF|} SELect:REF?
Arguments
ON turns on the display of the specified waveform. This waveform also becomes the selected waveform. OFF turns off the display of the specified waveform. = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform; any other value turns
on the display of the specified waveform.
Examples
SELECT:REF2 ON turns the channel 2 waveform display on, and selects reference
waveform 2. SELECT:REF2? might return :SELECT:REF2 1 indicating that reference waveform 2 is being displayed.
SET? (Query Only) Returns the commands that list the oscilloscope settings except for configuration information for the calibration values, the WFMInpre? query, and the WFMOutpre? query. This query allows you to record or "learn" the current oscilloscope settings. You can use these commands to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you made the SET? query. The SET? query always returns command headers, regardless of the setting of the HEADer command. This is because the returned commands are intended to be sent back to the oscilloscope as a command string. The VERBose command can still be used to specify whether the returned headers should be abbreviated or full-length. This command is identical to the *LRN? command.
2-288
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
SET?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Examples
HEADer, *LRN?, VERBose SET? returns a long response, part of which could be as follows: :SET :ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV INFINITE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT;:HEADER 1;:LOCK NONE;:LANGUAGE ENGLISH;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE 0;: DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE NORMAL;:DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 0.0000;CLOCK 1;GRATICULE FULL;INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT HIGH;:HARDCOPY:INKSAVER OFF;LAYOUT LANDSCAPE;PREVIEW 0; :SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT BMP;:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL;:SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE SETUP;:TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LEVEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;: TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A :LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A :SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 20.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;
SETUP:DATE? (Query Only) Returns the date when the oscilloscope setup was saved for the specified channel .
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SETUP:DATE?
Examples
SETUP4:DATE? might return SETUP4:DATE: 04–18–06 which is the setup date for channel 4.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-289
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
SETUP:LABEL Sets or returns the setup label for the specified channel .
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SETUP:LABEL
Arguments
Examples
is an alpha-numeric string of characters, enclosed in quotes, that
defines the label text for SETUP. The length of the string is limited to 30 characters. SETUP:LABEL? might return SETUP1:LABEL: TEST 2 which is the label setup
for channel 1.
SETUP:TIME? (Query Only) Returns the time when the oscilloscope setup was saved for the specified channel .
Group
Save and Recall
Syntax
SETUP:TIME?
Examples
SETUP2:TIME? might return “SETUP2:TIME: 15:24:07 which is the setup
time for channel 2.
*SRE The *SRE (Service Request Enable) command sets or returns the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. For information, refer to Registers.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*SRE *SRE?
Related Commands
2-290
*CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, FACtory, *STB?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
Examples
is a value in the range from 0 through 255. The binary bits of the SRER
are set according to this value. Using an out-of-range value causes an execution error. The power-on default for SRER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the SRER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. *SRE 48 sets the bits in the SRER to binary 00110000. *SRE? might return 32, showing that the bits in the SRER have the binary value of 00100000.
*STB? (Query Only) *STB? (Read Status Byte) returns the contents of the Status Byte Register (SBR) using the Master Summary Status (MSS) bit. For information, refer to Registers.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*STB?
Related Commands Returns Examples
*CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, FACtory, *SRE *STB? might return 96, showing that the SBR contains the binary value 01100000.
TEKSecure (No Query Form) This command initializes both waveform and setup memories, overwriting any previously stored data. These are the WFMInpre?, WFMOutpre?, DATa, DATa:RESOlution and DATa:COMPosition command values after the TEKSecure operation. :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 1 :WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 8 :WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG BIN :WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RI :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR MSB :WFMOUTPRE:WFID "Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div, 4.000us/div, 10000 points, Sample mode" :WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT 10000 :WFMOUTPRE:PT_FMT Y :WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT "s" :WFMOUTPRE:XINCR 4.0000E-9 :WFMOUTPRE:XZERO -20.0000E-6 :WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF 0 :WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT "V" :WFMOUTPRE:YMULT 4.0000E-3 :WFMOUTPRE:YOFF 0.0000 :WFMOUTPRE:YZERO 0.0000 :WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 1 :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 8 :WFMINPRE:ENCDG BIN :WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RI :WFMINPRE:BYT_OR MSB :WFMINPRE:NR_PT
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-291
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
10000 :WFMINPRE:PT_FMT Y :WFMINPRE:XUNIT "s" :WFMINPRE:XINCR 4.0000E-9 :WFMINPRE:XZERO 0.0000 :WFMINPRE:PT_OFF 0 :WFMINPRE:YUNIT "V" :WFMINPRE:YMULT 4.0000E-3 :WFMINPRE:YOFF 0.0000 :WFMINPRE:YZERO 0.0000 DATA:DESTINATION REF1 DATA:ENCDG RIBINARY DATA:SOURCE CH1 DATA:START 1 DATA:STOP 10000 DATA:WIDTH 1 :DATA:RESOLUTION FULL :DATA:COMPOSITION COMPOSITE_YT
NOTE. The TEKSecure command can take up to five minutes to complete. The oscilloscope is inoperable during this period.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
TEKSecure
Examples
TEKSECURE initializes both waveform and setup memories.
This is a program example of how to generate an SRQ when TEKSECURE completes: # Bit 0 of the DESE (Device Event Status Enable Register) # enables OPC to be reported to the SESR (Standard Event # Status Register) DESE 255 # Bit 0 of the ESER (Event Status Enable Register) # enables OPC to be summarized in the ESB (Event Status # Bit) of the SBR (Status Byte Register) *ESE 255 # Bit 5 of the SRE (Service Request Enable Register) enables # the generation of SRQ when the ESB bit of the SBR becomes # TRUE *SRE 32 TEKSECURE;*OPC
When the TEKSECURE operation has completed, the OPC bit of the SESR will be TRUE and SRQ will have been generated.
TIME Sets or returns the time that the oscilloscope displays.
Group
2-292
Miscellaneous
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
TIME TIME?
DATE
is a time in the form "hh:mm:ss" where hh refers to a two-digit hour number, mm refers to a two-digit minute number from 00 to 59, and ss refers to a two-digit second number from 00 to 59.
TIME "14:00:00" sets the time to exactly 2:00 p.m. TIME? might return :TIME "14:05:17” indicating that the current time is set to 2:05 p.m. and 17 seconds.
TOTaluptime? (Query Only) This command returns the total number of hours that the oscilloscope has been powered on since the nonvolatile memory was last programmed (usually since the initial manufacturing process).
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
TOTaluptime?
*TRG (No Query Form) Performs a group execute trigger on commands defined by *DDT.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
*TRG
Related Commands Examples
*DDT
*TRG immediately executes all commands that have been defined by *DDT.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-293
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger (No Query Form) Forces a trigger event to occur.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger FORCe TRIGger?
Arguments
Examples
FORCe creates a trigger event. If TRIGger:STATE is set to READy, the acquisition
will complete. Otherwise, this command will be ignored. TRIGGER FORCE forces a trigger event to occur.
TRIGger:A Sets the A trigger level automatically to 50% of the range of the minimum and maximum values of the trigger input signal. The query returns current A trigger parameters. The trigger level is the voltage threshold through which the trigger source signal must pass to generate a trigger event. This command works for the following cases: Edge Trigger (when source is Not Line), Logic Trigger (when Clock Source is not Off or Logic Pattern is Don't Care), and Pulse Width Trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A SETLevel TRIGger:A?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
TRIGger:A:EDGE?, TRIGger:A:LOGIc?, TRIGger:A:PULse? SETLevel sets the A trigger level to 50% of the range of the minimum and
maximum values of the trigger input signal. TRIGGER:A SETLEVEL sets the A trigger level to 50% of the range of the
minimum and maximum values of the trigger input signal. TRIGGER:A? might return a long response with A trigger parameters, some of which could be as follows: :TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LEVEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000; CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 8 00.0000E-3;CH4
2-294
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
800.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD: CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X; CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;MO RELIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 20.000 0E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLD TIME 4.0000E-9;SETTIME 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS TRAnsITION;:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN SLOWER;DELTATIME 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO :POLARITY POSITIVE;SOURCE CH1;STANDARD NTSC;SYNC ALLLINES;HOLDOFF:FIELD 0.0000;: TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT PROGRESSIVE;SCAN RATE15K;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE 1;H DTV:FORMAT HD1080I60;:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE B1;B1:I2C:CONDITION START;DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX";SIZE 1;START 0.0000;DIRECTION NOCARE;:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR7;TYPE USER;VALUE "XXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION MOSI;DATA:OUT :VALUE "XXXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE "XXXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS: B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1;START 0.0000;:
TRIGger:A:BUS Sets or returns the trigger type: I2C, CAN, SPI, and RS232. There are up to two serial buses, B1, B2, depending on your instrument model. Each can be independently set to one of the serial trigger types. The serial parameters related to the trigger are broken into two sections: Trigger:A:SERIAL xxx, consisting of parameters the user will change frequently, and BUS:B1:xxx, consisting of parameters the user will specify once (bus definition).
Conditions Group
Requires a DPO2AUTO, DPO2EMBD, or DPO2COMP application module. Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-295
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
TRIGger:A:BUS {I2C|SPI|CAN|RS232} TRIGger:A:BUS? I2C specifies the Inter-IC bus. SPI specifies the Serial Peripheral Interface bus. CAN specifies the Controller Area Network bus.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition Sets or returns the CAN trigger condition for bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
Requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition {SOF|FRAMEtype|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ACKMISS} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition?
Arguments
SOF enables triggering on the start of frame. FRAMEtype enables triggering on the type of frame. IDentifier enables triggering on a matching identifier. DATA enables triggering on matching data. IDANDDATA enables triggering on a matching identifier and matching data. EOF enables triggering on the end of frame. ACKMISS enables triggering on a missing acknowledge.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:
CAN:CONDITION EOF indicating an end of file condition. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION DATA enables triggering on matching
CAN data.
2-296
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection Sets or returns the CAN trigger data direction to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either condition for bus , where x is the bus number. This applies only, if the trigger condition is ID.
Conditions
Requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection?
Arguments
READ sets the CAN data direction to READ. WRITE sets the CAN data direction to WRITE. NOCARE sets the CAN data direction to either.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE sets the CAN data
direction to Write.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier Sets or returns the CAN data qualifier for bus , where x is the bus number. This applies only, if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Conditions
Requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier {LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier?
Arguments
LESSThan sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is less than the qualifier
value. MOREThan sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is more than the qualifier
value. EQUal sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is equal to the qualifier value.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-297
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
UNEQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is not equal to the qualifier
value. LESSEQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is less than or equal
to the qualifier value. MOREEQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is more than or equal
to the qualifier value.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the oscilloscope
to trigger when the data is less than the qualifier value. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER THAN, indicating that the
oscilloscope is set to trigger when the data is than the qualifier value.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes for a CAN trigger if the condition is DATA or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in bytes.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a CAN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
2-298
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module. Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue?
Arguments
is the CAN data value in binary format. The only allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE 1011 sets the CAN data value to 1011.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype Sets or returns the frame type for a CAN FRAMEType trigger. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module. This command is only valid when the TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition is FRAMETYPE.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype {DATA|REMote|ERRor|OVERLoad} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype?
Arguments
DATA specifies a data frame type. REMote specifies a remote frame type. ERRor specifies an error frame type. OVERLold specifies an overload frame type.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA sets the CAN trigger frame type
to DATA.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode for bus , where x is the bus number. Use this command to do the following: Trigger on ID Trigger in IDANDDATA
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-299
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe {STandard|EXTended} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe?
Arguments
STandard specifies the standard addressing mode. EXTended specifies the extended addressing mode.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string used for a CAN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue?
Arguments
is up to 29 bits specifying the binary CAN identifier value. The only allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE 1011 sets the CAN trigger
identifier value to 1011.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
2-300
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module. Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe {ADDR7|ADDR10} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe? ADDR7 specifies the 7-bit I2C address mode. ADDR10 specifies the 10-bit I2C address mode.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR10 sets the I2C address mode
to 10-bit.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe Sets or returns the I2C address type. The only supported address type is USER. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe {GENeralcall|STARtbyte|HSmode|EEPROM|USER} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe?
Arguments
GENeralcall specifies a general call address. STARtbyte specifies a start byte address. HSmode specifies a high-speed mode address. EEPROM specifies an EEPROM address. USER specifies a user address.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string used for the I2C trigger if the trigger condition is ADDRESS or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module. Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-301
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
Examples
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue?
is up to 7 or 10-bits depending on the address mode that specifies the address. The only allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE 1011 sets the I2C address value
to XXX1011.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition Sets or returns the trigger condition for an I2C trigger. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition {STARt|STOP|REPEATstart|ACKMISS|ADDRess|DATA|ADDRANDDATA} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition?
Arguments
STARt specifies a search based on start condition. STOP specifies a search based on stop condition. REPEATstart specifies a search based on repeat of start condition. ACKMISS specifies a search based on missing acknowledgement condition. ADDRess specifies a search based on address. DATA specifies a search based on data. ADDRANDDATA specifies a search based on address and data.
Examples
2-302
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START specifies start as the I2C trigger
condition.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection Sets or returns the I2C trigger type to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either condition. Read or write is indicated by the R/W bit in the I2C protocol. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection?
Arguments
READ specifies read as the data direction. WRITE specifies write as the data direction. NOCARE specifies either as the data direction.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE specifies write as the
I2C data direction.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger if the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in bytes.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-303
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string used for I2C triggering if the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue?
Arguments
is the binary data string, where the number of bits is 8 times the
number of bytes specified. The only allowed characters in the string are 0, 1, and X.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition Sets or returns the trigger condition for LIN.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition {SYNCField|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|WAKEup|SLEEP|ERROR} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition?
Arguments
SYNCField sets the LIN trigger condition to sync field. IDentifier sets the LIN trigger condition to identifier. DATA sets the LIN trigger condition to data. IDANDDATA sets the LIN trigger condition to ID and data. WAKEup sets the LIN trigger condition to wake up. SLEEP sets the LIN trigger condition to sleep. ERROR sets the LIN trigger condition to error.
2-304
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION ERROR sets the LIN trigger condition
to error. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD indicating that the LIN
trigger condition is sync field.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger if trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue?
Arguments
Examples
is a quoted string that is the binary data string used for LIN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "11001010" sets the high value to 11001010. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating
that the high value is don't care.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier Sets or returns the LIN data qualifier. This only applies if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier {LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-305
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
LESSThan sets the LIN data qualifier to less than. MOREThan sets the LIN data qualifier to greater than. EQUal sets the LIN data qualifier to equal. UNEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to not equal. LESSEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to less than or equal. MOREEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to greater than or equal. INrange sets the LIN data qualifier to in range. OUTrange sets the LIN data qualifier to out of range.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER OUTRANGE sets the data qualifier
to out of range. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL indicating that the data
qualifier is set to equal.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN trigger.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments Examples
is the size of the data string in bytes. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the data size to 8 bytes. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating that the data size is 1 byte.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger condition if trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
2-306
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue?
Arguments Examples
is a quoted string that is the LIN trigger data value.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE “11001101”sets the data value to
11001101. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating
that the data value is don't care.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE Sets or returns the error type be used for LIN trigger.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE {SYNC|PARity|CHecksum} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE?
Arguments
SYNC sets the LIN error type to SYNC. PARity sets the LIN error type to parity. CHecksum sets the LIN error type to checksum.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE CHECKSUM sets the LIN error type to
checksum. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC indicating that the LIN error type
is SYNC.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-307
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2AUTO application module.
Group
Bus
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue?
Arguments
Examples
is the binary address string used for LIN trigger if the trigger
condition is ID or IDANDDATA. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "110010" sets the identifier
value to 110010. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX" indicating that the
identifier value is XXXXXX.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a parallel trigger. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue?
Arguments
is the binary data string.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition Sets or returns the condition for a RS232C trigger, where x is the bus number.
Conditions
2-308
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition {RXSTArt|RXDATA|RXENDPacket|RXPARity|TXSTArt| TXDATA|TXENDPacket|TXPARity|} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition?
Arguments
RXSTArt specifies a search based on the RX Start Bit. RXDATA specifies a search based on RX Data. RXENDPacket specifies a search based on the RX End of Packet condition. RXPARity specifies a search based on the RX parity. TXSTArt specifies a search base on the TX Start Bit. TXDATA specifies a search based on TX Data. TXENDPacket specifies a search based on the TX End of Packet condition. TXPARity specifies a search based on the TX parity.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string in Bytes for a RS232 Trigger if the trigger condition is RXDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in bytes.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string for a RS232 trigger if the trigger condition involves RX. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-309
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue?
Arguments
is the binary data string to be used for the trigger.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string for a RS232 trigger if the trigger condition is TXDATA. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in Bytes.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string for a RS232 trigger if the condition involves TX. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue?
Arguments
2-310
This command requires a DPO2COMP application module.
is the binary data string to be used for the trigger.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition Sets or returns the trigger condition for a SPI trigger. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition {SS|STARTofframe|MISO|MOSI|MISOMOSI} TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition?
Arguments
SS specifies the Slave Selection condition. STARTofframe specifies the start of frame condition. MISO specifies the Master-In Slave-Out condition. MOSI specifies the Master-Out Slave-In condition. MISOMOSI specifies the Master-In Slave-Out and Master-Out Slave-In conditions.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger condition is MISO or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue?
Arguments
is the binary data string, where the number of bits is 8 times the
number of bytes specified. The only allowed characters in the string are 0, 1, and X.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-311
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue?
Arguments
is the binary data string with the number of bits specified by the
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe command. The only allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger condition is MISO, MOSI, or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus , where x is the bus number.
Conditions
This command requires a DPO2EMBD application module.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe?
Arguments
is the length of the data string in bytes.
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for a Serial bus trigger.
Conditions Group
2-312
This command requires a DPO2AUTO or DPO2EMBD application module. Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce {B1|B2} TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce? B1 specifies the Bus 1 source. B2 specifies the Bus 2 source.
TRIGger:A:EDGE? (Query Only) Returns the trigger source, coupling, and slope for the A edge trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:EDGE?
Related Commands Examples
TRIGger:A:PULse?, TRIGger:A:LOGIc? TRIGGER:A:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING DC; SLOPE RISE indicating that the trigger source, coupling, and slope for
the A edge trigger.
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling Sets or returns the type of coupling for the A edge trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling {DC|HFRej|LFRej|NOISErej} TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe DC specifies DC trigger coupling, which passes all input signals to the trigger
circuitry. HFRej specifies high-frequency rejection coupling, which attenuates signals above 50 kHz before passing the signals to the trigger circuitry. LFRej specifies low-frequency rejection coupling, which attenuates signals below 50 kHz before passing the signals to the trigger circuitry.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-313
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
NOISErej specifies noise-rejection coupling, which provides stable triggering by increasing the trigger hysteresis. Increased hysteresis reduces the trigger sensitivity to noise but may require greater trigger signal amplitude.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING DC sets the A edge trigger coupling to DC. TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING DC indicating that the A edge trigger coupling is set to DC.
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe Sets or returns the slope for the A edge trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL} TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling RISe specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal. FALL specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE RISE sets the A edge trigger slope to positive, which
triggers on the rising edge of the signal. TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE FALL
indicating that the A edge trigger slope is negative.
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for the A edge trigger.
2-314
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce {{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13| D14|D15|EXT|LINE|AUX} TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe, TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling CH1–CH4 specifies an analog input channel as the A edge trigger source. D0–D15 specifies a digital input channel as the A edge trigger source. EXT specifies an external trigger using the Aux In connector located on the front
panel of the oscilloscope. LINE specifies the AC line as the trigger source. AUX specifies the Auxiliary Input as the trigger source (if available on your
oscilloscope).
Examples
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the A edge trigger source. TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1
indicating that channel 1 is the A edge trigger source.
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff? (Query Only) Returns the A trigger holdoff parameters. These parameters specify the time period during which the trigger circuitry is not looking to generate a trigger event.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff?
Related Commands Examples
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF? might return :TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 900.0000E-09;BY DEFAULT indicating that the A edge trigger holdoff time
(by default) is 900 ns.
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe Sets or returns the A trigger holdoff time.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-315
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments Examples
specifies the holdoff time in seconds. The range is from 20 ns through 8.0 s.
TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME ? might return :TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFFTIME 1.2000E-06 indicating that the A trigger holdoff time is set to 1.2 µs. TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 10 sets the A trigger holdoff time to 10 s.
TRIGger:A:LEVel Sets or returns the trigger level for the A trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LEVel {ECL|TTL|} TRIGger:A:LEVel?
Arguments
ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. specifies the trigger level in user units (usually volts).
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL? might return :TRIGGER:A:LEVel 1.3000E+00
indicating that the A edge trigger is set to 1.3 V. TRIGGER:A:LEVEL TTL sets the A edge trigger to TTL high level, which is 1.4 V.
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin Sets or returns the trigger level for the AUXIN port.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin?
Arguments
specifies the trigger level, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL trigger level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL trigger level of 1.4 V.
2-316
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN ECL sets the auxiliary input trigger level to -1.3
volts. TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN? might return TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN 0.0E+0
indicating that the auxiliary input trigger level is 0.0 volts.
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH Sets or returns the trigger level for the specified channel. Each channel can have an independent level.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH {|TTL|ECL} TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH?
Arguments
specifies the trigger level in user units (usually volts). TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2 1.3000E+00 indicating that the A edge trigger is set to 1.3 V for channel 2. TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH3 TTL sets the A edge trigger to TTL high level for
channel 3.
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D Sets or returns the trigger level for the specified digital channel , where x is the channel number. The digital channels do not have independent trigger levels. Channels D0–D7 share one common trigger level and D8–D15 share another common trigger level. For example: Changing the trigger level for D3 changes the levels for D0–D7.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:LEVel:D?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-317
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. specifies the trigger level in volts.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc? (Query Only) Returns all of the A logic trigger parameters.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc?
Related Commands Examples
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss TRIGGER:A:LOGIC? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000; CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER :A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 4.0000E-9
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss Sets or returns the class of the Logic Trigger. This command is used in conjunction with the TRIGger:A:TYPe command.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss {LOGIC|SETHold} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:TYPe, TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss LOGIC sets the oscilloscope to trigger on logical combinations of the channels.
When the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce is NONE, LOGIC sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the specified logical combinations of channels 1, 2,
2-318
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
3, and 4 are met on four-channel oscilloscopes. On two-channel oscilloscopes, only channel 1 and channel 2 are available. When the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce is set to one of the channels, LOGIC sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the specified logical combinations of
the remaining channels is true during a transition on the clock channel. SETHold sets the oscilloscope to trigger on setup and hold violations between a data source and a clock source. Use one channel input as the clock signal and a second channel input as the data input. The clocking and data levels are used to determine if a clock or data transition has occurred.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS LOGIC TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS LOGIC sets the trigger A logic class to LOGIc, which causes the oscilloscope to trigger when the specified logical combinations of channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are met.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion Sets or returns the logical combination of the input channels for the A pattern and A state logic triggers.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion {AND|NANd} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH
AND specifies to trigger if all conditions are true. NANd specifies to trigger if any of the conditions is false.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION NAND which indicates that the oscilloscope will trigger if the AND logic conditions
are false. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION AND sets the logical combination of channels to
be true when all conditions are true.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-319
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut? (Query Only) Returns the logic input values for all channels. If a clock channel is defined, it returns the clock source and edge.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 HIGH;CH2 X;CH3 X indicating that a logic high is expected on channel 1 while
channel 2 and channel three are “don't care.”
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH Sets or returns the logical input condition for the channel specified by .
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH {HIGH|LOW|X} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH?
Arguments
HIGH specifies the logic high. LOW specifies the logic low. X specifies a "don't care" state.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1? might return :TRIGGER:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X indicating that the setting for the A logic trigger input to channel 1 does not
matter. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2 HIGH sets the A logic trigger input to logic
HIGH for channel 2.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE Sets the polarity of the clock channel.
Group
2-320
Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe|EITher} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE? RISe specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal. FALL specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal. EITher specifies to trigger either on the falling or rising edge of a signal.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce Sets or returns the channel to use as the clock source. The clock can be selected as NONE. A selection of None implies pattern trigger. Any other selection implies state trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|NONE} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the analog input channel source. D0–D15 specifies the digital input channel source. NONE specifies a Pattern trigger.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D Sets or returns the logic pattern for a trigger on digital channel , where x is the channel number.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D {HIGH|LOW|X} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D?
Arguments
High specifies the logic high state. Low specifies the logic low state. X specifies a "don't care" state.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-321
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern? (Query Only) Returns the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern trigger, with respect to the defined input pattern, and identifies the time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate the trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 HIGH;CH2 LOW;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN LESSTHAN;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 16.0000E-9;LIMIT 16.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 16.0000E-9
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime Sets or returns the pattern trigger delta time value. The time value is used as part of the pattern trigger condition to determine if the duration of a logic pattern meets the specified time constraints.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime?
Arguments
Examples
is a floating point value with exponent that sets the pattern trigger time value. This argument has a range of 39.6E–9 (39.6 ns) to 10.0E0 (10 s), in increments of 13.2 ns. Values that are not an increment of 13.2 ns are rounded to the nearest correct value. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 71.28E-8 sets the pattern trigger
delta time value to 712.8 ns.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D Sets or returns the A logic trigger input for the specified digital channel , where x is the channel number. This command species the logic value used when the pattern trigger detects the threshold level.
2-322
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D {HIGH|LOW|X} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D?
Arguments
HIGH specifies a logic high. LOW specifies a logic low. X specifies a “do not care” state.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn Sets or returns the pattern logic condition on which to trigger the oscilloscope.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn {TRUe|FALSe|LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn?
Arguments
TRUE triggers the oscilloscope when the pattern becomes true. FALSE triggers the oscilloscope when the pattern becomes false. LESSTHAN triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time period less than the time period specified in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME. MORETHAN triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time period more (greater) than the time period specified in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME. EQUAL triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time period equal to the time period specified in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME,
within a ±5% tolerance. UNEQUAL triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time
period greater than or less than (not equal to) the time period specified in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME, within a ±5% tolerance.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN LESSTHAN sets the oscilloscope to trigger
when the pattern is true for a time period less than the pattern trigger delta time setting.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-323
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit?
Arguments Examples
specifies the maximum amount of time to hold the pattern true. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT 10.0E+00 sets the
maximum time that the selected pattern may hold true (and generate an A logic pattern trigger) to 10 s. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT? might return TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT 8.0000E-9 indicating that
the selected pattern may hold true for up to 8 ns and still generate an A logic pattern trigger.
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit?
Arguments Examples
specifies the minimum amount of time to hold the pattern true. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT 10.0E+00 sets the minimum
time that the selected pattern may hold true (and generate an A logic pattern trigger) to 10 s. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT? might return TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT 8.0000E-9 indicating that
the selected pattern must hold true for at least 8 ns to generate an A logic pattern trigger.
2-324
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:(CH|D) This command sets or queries the logic trigger threshold voltage for both analog and digital channels (for MSO models), specified by x.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:(CH|D) {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:(CH|D)?
Arguments
specifies the threshold voltage, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2 3.0E-3 sets the A logic trigger threshold
voltage for Channel 2 to 3 mV. TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3 1.2000E+00, indicating that the A
logic trigger threshold voltage for Channel 3 is 1.2 V.
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH Sets or returns the lower threshold for the channel selected. Each channel can have an independent level. Used in Runt and Slew Rate triggers as the lower threshold. Used for all other trigger types as the single level/threshold.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH {ECL|TTL|} TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. is the clock level, in volts.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-325
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 50E-3 sets the lower limit threshold for
CH2 of the pulse runt trigger to 50 mV. TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A: LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 1.2000E-01 indicating that the lower limit threshold
for CH2 of the pulse runt trigger is set to 120 mV.
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX} Sets or returns the lower threshold for the Auxiliary Input. It is similar to TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX} {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX}?
Arguments
ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. specifies the threshold level in volts.
TRIGger:A:MODe Sets or returns the A trigger mode.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:MODe {AUTO|NORMal} TRIGger:A:MODe?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:LEVel AUTO generates a trigger if one is not detected within a specified time period. NORMal waits for a valid trigger event.
Examples
2-326
TRIGGER:A:MODE NORMAL specifies that a valid trigger event must occur before
a trigger is generated.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGGER:A:MODE ? might return :TRIGGER:A:MODE NORMAL indicating that a valid trigger event must occur before a trigger is generated.
TRIGger:A:PULse? (Query Only) Returns the A pulse trigger parameters.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULse?
Related Commands Examples
TRIGger:A:EDGE?, TRIGger:A:LOGIc?
TRIGGER:A:PULSE? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS TRAnsITION
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss Sets or returns the type of pulse on which to trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss {RUNt|WIDth|TRANsition} TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss?
Related Commands
Arguments
TRIGger:A:RUNT?, TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth?, TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|: RISEFall}?, TRIGger:A:TYPe
RUNt triggers when a pulse crosses the first preset voltage threshold but does not
cross the second preset threshold before recrossing the first. WIDth triggers when a pulse is found that has the specified polarity and is either
inside or outside the specified time limits. TRAnsition triggers when a pulse crosses both thresholds in the same direction
as the specified polarity and the transition time between the two threshold crossings is greater or less than the specified time delta.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-327
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH specifies a width pulse for the A trigger. TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH
indicating that a pulse was found that is of the specified polarity and width.
TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth? (Query Only) Returns the width parameters for the pulse width trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH 8.0000E-9
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity for the width trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity {NEGative|POSitive} TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity?
Arguments
NEGative specifies a negative pulse. POSitive specifies a positive pulse.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the pulse polarity to
negative. TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A:WIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE indicating a positive pulse.
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for the pulse-width trigger.
2-328
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce {{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|LINE|EXT} TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies an analog input channel as the A edge trigger source. D0–D15 specifies an digital input channel as the A edge trigger source. EXT specifies an external trigger using the Aux In connector located on the front
panel of the oscilloscope. LINE specifies AC line voltage.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the pulse width source. TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH: SOURCE CH1 indicating that channel 1 is the pulse width source.
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn Sets or returns whether to trigger on a pulse that meets, falls outside, or within the specified range of limits.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn {LESSthan|MOREthan|EQual|UNEQual} TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width less than the time set by the TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command. MOREthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width more than the time set by the TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command. EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width
equal to the time period specified in TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance. UNEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width greater than or less than (but not equal) the time period specified in TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-329
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN LESSTHAN specifies that the duration of the A pulse will fall within defined high and low limits. TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH: WHEN THAN indicating that the conditions for generating a width trigger.
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth Sets or returns the width setting for the pulse width trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn specifies the pulse width in seconds.
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH 5.0E-6 sets the pulse width to 5 µs. TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH: WIDTH 2.0000E-9 indicating that the pulse width is set to 2 ns.
TRIGger:A:RUNT? (Query Only) Returns the current A runt trigger parameters.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:RUNT?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:RUNT? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9.
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity for the runt trigger.
2-330
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity {EITher|NEGative|POSitive} TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity?
Arguments
POSitive indicates that the rising edge crosses the low threshold and the falling
edge recrosses the low threshold without either edge ever crossing the high threshold. NEGative indicates that the falling edge crosses the high threshold and the
rising edge recrosses the high threshold without either edge ever crossing the low threshold. EITher triggers on a runt of either polarity.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY NEGATIVE specifies that the polarity of the A
pulse runt trigger is negative. TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY POSITIVE indicating that the polarity of the A pulse runt trigger is positive.
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for the A runt trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4} TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce?
Arguments
Examples
CH1–CH4 specifies the input channel number, depending on the model of the oscilloscope. TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH4 sets channel 4 as the source for the A pulse
trigger. TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH2
indicating that channel 2 is the source for the A pulse trigger.
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn Sets or returns the type of pulse width the trigger checks for when it detects a runt.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-331
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn {LESSthan|MOREthan|EQual|UNEQual|OCCURS} TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth OCCURS argument specifies a trigger event if a runt of any detectable width occurs. LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with width less than the time set by the TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth command. MOREthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with width more than the time set by the TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth command. EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a runt pulse is detected with
width equal to the time period specified in TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance. UNEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a runt pulse is detected with
width greater than or less than (but not equal to) the time period specified in TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN THAN sets the runt trigger to occur when the oscilloscope detects a runt in a pulse wider than the specified width. TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WHEN OCCURS indicating that a runt trigger will occur if the oscilloscope detects a runt
of any detectable width.
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth Sets or returns the width for a runt trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth?
Related Commands Arguments
2-332
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn specifies the minimum width, in seconds.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH 15E-6 sets the minimum width of the pulse runt
trigger to 15 µs. TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WIDTH 2.0000E-09 indicating that the minimum width of a pulse runt trigger is 2 ns.
TRIGger:A:SETHold? (Query Only) Returns the clock edge polarity, voltage threshold and source input; data voltage threshold and source; and both setup and hold times for setup and hold violation triggering.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 100.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD 80.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 20.0000E-9;SETTIME 8.0000E-9
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk? (Query Only) Returns the clock edge polarity, voltage threshold, and source input for setup and hold triggering.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE EXT;EDGE FALL;THRESHOLD 1.4000
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE Sets or returns the clock edge polarity for setup and hold triggering.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-333
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe} TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE?
Arguments
FALL specifies polarity as the clock falling edge. RISe specifies polarity as the clock rising edge.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE RISE specifies the polarity as the clock
rising edge. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD: CLOCK:EDGE RISE indicating that polarity is specified as the clock rising edge.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce Sets or returns the clock source for the setup and hold triggering.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce CH1–CH4 specifies the input channel number. D0-D15 specifies the input digital channel number.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1 specifies channel 1 as the clock
input for setup and hold input. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD: CLOCK:SOURCE CH4 indicating that channel 4 is the clock source for the setup
and hold trigger input.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold Sets or returns the clock voltage threshold for the setup and hold trigger.
2-334
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold {|TTL|ECL} TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold?
Arguments
TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. is the clock level, in volts.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD TTL specifies the preset TTL value
of 1.4 V as the clock threshold for the setup and hold trigger. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD 1.2000E+00
indicating that the clock threshold for the setup and hold trigger is 1.2 V.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa? (Query Only) Returns the voltage threshold and data source for the setup and hold trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa?
Related Commands
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD 80.0000E-3
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce Sets or returns the data source for the setup and hold trigger. You cannot specify the same source for both clock and data. For DPO models, you can specify only a single data source. Data sources for DPO models may be one of CH1–CH4 or D0–D15.
Group
Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-335
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
DPO Models: TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce?
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce DPO Models: specifies the source channel number and is one of CH1–CH4, and D0–D15. You can specify only one waveform on a DPO. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the clock source
for the setup and hold trigger. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2 indicating that channel 2 is
the current clock source for the setup and hold trigger.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold Sets or returns the data voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger. The digital channels do not have independent trigger levels. Channels D0–D7 share one common trigger level and D8–D15 share another common trigger level. For example changing the trigger level for D3 changes the levels for D0–D7.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold {|TTL|ECL} TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold?
Arguments
TTL specifies the preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. ECL specifies the preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. is the setup and hold data level, in V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD TTL specifies the preset high level of
1.4 V as the current data voltage level for the setup and hold trigger. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD 1.2000E+00 indicating
that 1.2 V is the current data voltage level for the setup and hold trigger.
2-336
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime Sets or returns the hold time for setup and hold violation triggering.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime?
Arguments
Examples
specifies the hold time setting in seconds. Positive values for hold time
occur after the clock edge. Negative values occur before the clock edge. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 3.0E-3 sets the hold time for the setup and
hold trigger to 3 ms. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the current
hold time for the setup and hold trigger is 2 ns.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime Sets or returns the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime?
Arguments Examples
specifies the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME 3.0E-6 specifies that the current setup time for
setup and hold trigger is 3 µs. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:SETTIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the
current setup time for setup and hold trigger is 2 ns.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH Sets or queries the threshold for the channel specified by x. Affects all trigger types using the channel.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-337
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH?
Arguments
specifies the threshold voltage, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1 1.5 sets the channel 1 threshold
to 1.5 volts. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1? might return TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0 indicating that the
channel 1 threshold is set to 0.0 volts.
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D Sets the Threshold for the Selected Digital Channel. Affects all trigger types using the Digital Channel.
Group
MSO
Syntax
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D?
Arguments
specifies the threshold voltage, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1 ECL sets the threshold to ECL levels. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1? might return TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1 -1.3000 indicating that the
threshold is set to –1.3 volts.
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}? (Query Only) Returns transition time trigger parameters.
2-338
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}?
Related Commands Examples
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH , TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH TRIGGER:A::TRAnsITION? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN SLOWER;DELTATIME 8.0000E-9
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime Sets or returns the delta time used in calculating the transition value for the transition trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime?
Arguments Examples
specifies the delta time, in seconds.
TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:DELTATIME 15E-6 sets the delta time of the
transition trigger to 15 µs. TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:DELTATIME? might return :TRIGGER:A :TRANSITION:DELTATIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the delta time of the
transition trigger is set to 2 ns.
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity for the transition trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity {EITher|NEGative|POSitive} TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-339
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
POSitive indicates that a pulse edge must traverse from the lower (most
negative) to higher (most positive) level for transition triggering to occur. NEGative indicates that a pulse edge must traverse from the upper (most positive)
to lower (most negative) level for transition triggering to occur. EITher indicates either positive or negative polarity.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the transition polarity to
negative. TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A: TRANSITION:POLARITY EITHER indicating that the polarity can be either
positive or negative.
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for transition trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies one of the input channels. D0–D15 specifies one of the input digital channels.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:SOURCE CH4 sets channel 4 as the source for the
transition trigger. TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION: SOURCE CH2 indicating that channel 2 is the source for the A transition trigger.
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn Sets or returns whether to check for a transitioning signal that is faster or slower than the specified delta time.
Group
2-340
Trigger
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn {SLOWer|FASTer|EQual|UNEQual} TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn?
FASTer sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is faster than the time set by TRIGger:A{TRAnsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime. SLOWer sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is slower than the time set by.TRIGger:A{TRAnsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime. EQual sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is equal to the time set by TRIGger:A{TRAnsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime. UNEQual sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is not equal to the time set by TRIGger:A{TRAnsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:WHEN SLOWER sets the trigger to
occur when the signal transition time is slower than the time set by.TRIGger:A{TRAnsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime. TRIGGER:A:TRAnsITION:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION: WHEN FASTER
TRIGger:A:TYPe Sets or returns the type of A trigger. The five types of triggers are of Edge, Logic, Pulse, Serial, and Video. Logic and Pulse triggers contain classes. Logic triggers consist of State, Pattern, and SetHold classes; Pulse triggers consist of Runt, Width, and Transition logic classes. Once you have set the trigger type, you may also need to identify the associated trigger class. For details on selecting Logic and Pulse trigger classes, see TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss and TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss respectively.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:TYPe {EDGe|LOGic|PULSe|BUS|VIDeo} TRIGger:A:TYPe?
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:EDGE?, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss, TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss EDGe is a normal trigger. A trigger event occurs when a signal passes through a specified voltage level in a specified direction and is controlled by the TRIGger:A:EDGE? commands.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-341
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
LOGic specifies that a trigger occurs when specified conditions are met and is controlled by the TRIGger:A:LOGIc? commands. PULSe specifies that a trigger occurs when a specified pulse is found and is controlled by the TRIGger:A:PULse? commands. BUS specifies that a trigger occurs when a communications signal is found.
Supports CAN, I2C, SPI, and RS232 communications signals. VIDeo specifies that the trigger occurs when a video signal is found.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE sets the A trigger type to EDGE. TRIGGER:A:TYPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:TYPE PULSE indicating that the A trigger type is a pulse trigger.
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH Sets the upper threshold for channel , where x is the channel number. Each channel can have an independent level. Used only for runt and slew rate trigger types.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH?
Arguments
is the threshold level in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3 V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 50E-3 sets the upper limit of the pulse
runt trigger to 50 mV for channel 2. TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A: UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 1.2000E-01 indicating that the upper limit of the pulse
runt trigger is set to 120 mV.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo? (Query Only) Returns the A trigger video parameters.
2-342
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo?
Examples
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY POSITIVE;SOURCE CH1;STANDARD NTSC;SYNC ALLLINES;HOLDOFF:FIELD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT PROGRESSIVE;SCANRATE15K;:TRIGGER: A:VIDEO:LINE 1;HDTV:FORMAT HD1080I60
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD Sets or returns the video trigger holdoff in terms of video fields.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD?
Arguments
Examples
argument is a real number from 0.0 to 8.5 in increments of 0.5. The
argument sets the number of fields that the oscilloscope waits before rearming the video trigger. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD 5 indicating that the oscilloscope is set
to wait 5 video fields before rearming the trigger. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD 4.5 sets the oscilloscope to wait 4.5 video
fields before rearming the trigger.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE Sets or returns the video line number on which the oscilloscope triggers. Use the TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} command to actually trigger the oscilloscope on the line that you specify with this command.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-343
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} argument is an integer that sets the video line number on which the oscilloscope triggers. The following table lists the valid choices, depending on the active video standard.
Table 2-41: Video Line Numbering Ranges
Examples
Video Standard
Line Number Range
525/NTSC
1–525
625/PAL, SECAM
1–625
SECAM
1–625
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE 23 sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the line 23. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE ? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE 10
indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on line 10.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity Sets or returns the polarity of the A video trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity {NEGative|POSitive|NORMal|INVERTed} TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity?
Arguments
POSitive argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a positive video sync pulse. NEGative argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a negative video sync
pulse.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a
negative video pulse. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY POSITIVE indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on a positive video
sync pulse.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce Sets or returns the source for the A video trigger.
2-344
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4} TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce?
Arguments
CH1–CH4 specifies the input channel to use as the A video trigger. D0–D15 specifies the input channel to use as the A video trigger.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SOURCE CH1 sets the source for A video trigger to Channel 1. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SOURCE CH2
indicating that the source for the A video trigger is set to Channel 2.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard Sets or returns the standard for the video trigger.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard {NTSc|PAL|SECAM} TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard?
Arguments
NTSc sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the NTSC
525/60/2:1 standard (a line rate of 525 lines per frame and a field rate of 60 Hz). PAL sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the NTSC 625/50/2:1 standard (a line rate of 625 lines per frame and a field rate of 50 Hz). SECAM sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the SECAM standard.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD NTSC sets the oscilloscope to trigger on
NTSC-standard video signals. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD HDTV indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on an HDTV format.
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} Sets or returns the video field or line that the trigger detects.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-345
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} {ODD|EVEN|ALLFields|ALLLines|NUMERic} TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}?
Arguments
ODD argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on interlaced video odd fields. EVEN argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on interlaced video even fields. ALLFields argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on all fields. ALLLines argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on all video lines. NUMERic argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the video signal line
specified by the TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE command.
Examples
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD EVEN sets the A video trigger so that it will trigger
on even fields. TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD ALLFIELDS indicating that the A video will trigger on all video fields.
TRIGger:EXTernal? (Query Only) Returns all external trigger parameters.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:EXTernal?
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe Sets or returns the attenuation factor value of the external probe connector.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe?
Arguments
2-346
is the attenuation factor of the probe.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE? might return :TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE 1.0E1 for a 10X probe.
TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts? (Query Only) Returns the external trigger vertical (Y) units value.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts?
Examples
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:YUNITS? might return TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:YUNITS “V” if the vertical unit is volts.
TRIGger:FREQuency? (Query Only) Returns the available trigger frequency in hertz. If the trigger frequency is not currently available, the IEEE Not A Number (NaN = 9.9100E+37) value is returned. The maximum precision of the returned frequency is 6 digits.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:FREQuency?
TRIGger:STATE? (Query Only) Returns the current state of the triggering system: ARMED, AUTO, READY, SAVE or TRIGGER.
Group
Trigger
Syntax
TRIGger:STATE?
Related Commands
TRIGger:A:MODe
Returns
ARMED indicates that the oscilloscope is acquiring pretrigger information.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-347
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
AUTO indicates that the oscilloscope is in the automatic mode and acquires data even in the absence of a trigger. READY indicates that all pretrigger information has been acquired and that the
oscilloscope is ready to accept a trigger. SAVE indicates that the oscilloscope is in save mode and is not acquiring data. TRIGGER indicates that the oscilloscope triggered and is acquiring the post trigger information.
Examples
TRIGGER:STATE? might return :TRIGGER:STATE ARMED indicating that the
pretrigger data is being acquired.
*TST? (Query Only) Tests (self-test) the interface and returns a 0.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
*TST?
Examples
*TST? always returns 0.
UNLock (No Query Form) Unlocks the front panel. The command is equivalent to LOCk NONe.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
UNLock ALL
Related Commands Arguments Examples
2-348
LOCk ALL specifies that all front-panel buttons and knobs are unlocked.
UNLOCK ALL unlocks all front-panel buttons and knobs.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
USBDevice:CONFigure Enables or disables the rear USB port for use with Pictbridge printers.
Group
PictBridge
Syntax
USBDevice:CONFigure {DISabled|IMAge|USBTmc} USBDevice:CONFigure?
Arguments
DISabled disables the rear USB port. IMAge enables the rear USB port as an SIC device. USBTmc enables the rear USB port as a USBTMC device.
Examples
USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE? might return USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE USBTMC
indicating a USBTMC device. USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE IMAGE enables the rear USB port as an SIC device
USBTMC Returns the USBTMC information used by the USB hosts to determine the instrument interfaces.
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC?
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal? (Query Only) Returns the product ID of the USBTMC device in decimal format.
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal?
Examples
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECIMAL? might return USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECIMAL 882 indicating that the product ID is 882 in decimal format.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-349
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal? (Query Only) Returns the product ID of the USBTMC device in hexadecimal format.
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal?
Examples
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXADECIMAL? might return USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXADECIMAL 0x0372 indicating that the product ID in
hexadecimal format is 0x0372.
USBTMC:SERIALnumber? (Query Only) Returns the serial number of the USBTMC device.
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC:SERIALnumber?
Examples
USBTMC:SERIALNUMBER? might return USBTMC:SERAILNUMBER NO_SERIAL
indicating that there is no serial number for the instrument.
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal? (Query Only) Returns the vendor ID of the USBTMC device in decimal format.
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal?
Examples
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECIMAL? might return USBTMC:VENDORID:DECIMAL 1689 indicating that 1689 is the Vendor ID in decimal format.
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal? (Query Only) Returns the vendor ID of the USBTMC device in hexadecimal format.
2-350
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Misc
Syntax
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal?
Examples
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXADECIMAL? might return USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXADECIMAL 0x0699 indicating that 0x0689 is the
Vendor ID in hexadecimal format.
VERBose Sets or returns the Verbose state that controls the length of keywords on query responses. Keywords can be both headers and arguments. NOTE. This command does not affect IEEE Std 488.2-1987 Common Commands (those starting with an asterisk). This command does affects the verbose state of both the USBTMC and VXI-11 interfaces. Refer to the Introduction for information.
Group
Miscellaneous
Syntax
VERBose {OFF|ON|}
Related Commands
Arguments
HEADer, *LRN?, SET?
OFF sets the Verbose state to false, which returns minimum-length keywords
for applicable setting queries. ON sets the Verbose state to true, which returns full-length keywords for applicable
setting queries. a 0 returns minimum-length keywords for applicable setting queries; any
other value returns full-length keywords.
Examples
VERBOSE ON enables the Verbose state. VERBOSE ? might return :VERB 0 indicating that the Verbose state is disabled.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-351
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
*WAI (No Query Form) Prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands or queries until all pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete. This command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program.
Group
Status and Error
Syntax
*WAI
Related Commands Examples
BUSY?, *OPC *WAI prevents the oscilloscope from executing any further commands or queries until all pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete.
WAVFrm? (Query Only) Returns WFMOutpre? and CURVe? data for the waveform as specified by the DATA:SOUrce command. This command is equivalent to sending both WFMOutpre? and CURVe?, with the additional provision that the response to WAVFrm? is guaranteed to provide a synchronized preamble and curve. The source waveform, as specified by :DATA:SOURCE, must be active or the query will not return any data and will generate an error indicator. NOTE. For MSO models, reduced resolution waveform data is not available for the digital channels.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WAVFrm?
Related Commands Examples
2-352
CURVe, DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre? WAVFRM? might return the waveform data as: :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 1;BIT_NR 8;ENCDG ASCII;BN_FMT RI;BYT_OR MSB;WFID “Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div, 4.000us/div, 10000 points, Sample mode”;NR_PT 20;PT_FMT Y;XUNIT “s”;XINCR 4.0000E-9;XZERO -20.0000E-6;PT_OFF 0;YUNIT
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
“V”;YMULT 4.0000E-3;YOFF 0.0000;YZERO 0.0000;:CURVE 2,1,4,2,4,3,0,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,3,5,6,6,7,3
WFMInpre? (Query Only) Returns the waveform formatting and scaling specifications to be applied to the next incoming CURVe command data.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre?
Related Commands Examples
WFMOutpre? WFMINPRE? might return the waveform formatting as :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 8;BN_FMT RI;BYT_NR 1; BYT_OR MSB;ENCDG BIN;NR_PT 500;PT_FMT Y; PT_OFF 0;XINCR 2.0000E-6;XZERO 1.7536E-6; XUNIT "s";YMULT 1.0000E-3;YOFF 0.0000; YZERO 0.0000;YUNIT "V"
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr Sets or returns the number of bits per binary waveform point for the incoming waveform. Changing the value of WFMInpre:BIT_Nr also changes the value of WFMInpre:BYT_Nr.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr WFMInpre:BIT_Nr?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr number of bits per data point can be 8 or 16. WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 16 sets the number of bits per waveform point to 16, for
incoming data. WFMINPRE:BIT_NR? might return :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 8 indicating that incoming waveform data uses 8 bits per waveform point.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-353
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt Sets or returns the format of binary data for incoming waveforms.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt {RI|RP} WFMInpre:BN_Fmt?
Related Commands Arguments
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt RI specifies signed integer data point representation. RP specifies positive integer data point representation.
Examples
WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RP specifies positive integer data point representation. WFMINPRE:BN_FMT? might return :WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RI indicating that the
incoming data is currently interpreted as signed integers.
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr Sets or returns the data width for the incoming waveform. Changing the value of WFMInpre:BYT_Nr also changes the value of WFMInpre:BIT_Nr.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr WFMInpre:BYT_Nr?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr is the number of bytes per data point and can be 1 or 2.
WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 1 sets the number of bytes per incoming waveform data
point to 1, which is the default setting. WFMINPRE:BYT_NR? might return :WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 2 indicating that there are 2 bytes per incoming waveform data point.
2-354
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
WFMInpre:BYT_Or Sets or returns which byte of binary waveform data is expected first for incoming waveform data when data points require than one byte. This specification only has meaning when WFMInpre:ENCdg is set to BIN and WFMInpre:BYT_Nr is 2.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:BYT_Or {LSB|MSB} WFMInpre:BYT_Or?
Related Commands Arguments
WFMInpre:ENCdg, WFMInpre:BYT_Nr, WFMInpre:FILTERFreq LSB specifies that the least significant byte will be expected first. MSB specifies that the most significant byte will be expected first.
Examples
WFMINPRE:BYT_OR MSB sets the most significant incoming byte of incoming
waveform data to be expected first. WFMINPRE:BYT_OR? might return :WFMINPRE:BYT_OR LSB indicating that the least significant incoming CURVe data byte will be expected first.
WFMInpre:COMPosition Sets and queries the type of waveform data to be transferred to the instrument with the CURVe command.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:COMPosition {COMPOSITE_YT|COMPOSITE_ENV|SINGULAR_YT} WFMInpre:COMPosition?
Related Commands Arguments
DATa:COMPosition COMPOSITE_YT uses the sample part of the composite waveform. COMPOSITE_ENV uses the peak-detect part of the composite waveform. SINGULAR_YT uses the sample part of the singular waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-355
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
WFMINPRE:COMPOSITION? might return :WFMINPRE:COMPOSITION SINGULAR_YT indicating that the sample part of singular waveform is transferred
to the instrument. WFMINPRE:COMPOSITIONCOMPOSITE_YT sets the sample part of composite waveform to be transferred to the instrument.
WFMInpre:ENCdg Sets or returns the type of encoding for incoming waveform data.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:ENCdg {ASCii|BINary} WFMInpre:ENCdg?
Related Commands Arguments
WFMOutpre:ENCdg ASCii specifies that the incoming data is in ASCII format. BINary specifies that the incoming data is in a binary format whose further
interpretation requires knowledge of BYT_NR, BIT_NR, BN_FMT, and BYT_OR.
Examples
WFMINPRE:ENCDG ASC sets the format of incoming waveform data to ASCII
format. WFMINPRE:ENCDG ? might return :WFMINPRE:ENCDG BIN indicating that the incoming waveform data is in binary format.
WFMInpre:FILTERFreq Specifies or returns the FilterVu low pass filter frequency, which was applied to the waveform being sent to the instrument.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:FILTERFreq {NR1} WFMInpre:FILTERFreq?
Arguments
2-356
is an signed integer.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
WFMINPRE:FILTERFREQ? might return :WFMINPRE:FILTERFREQ 200000000
indicating that the FilterVu frequency for the incoming waveform is 200 MHz. WFMINPRE:FILTERFREQ 3000000000 sets the FilterVu frequency for the
incoming waveform to 300 MHz.
WFMInpre:NR_Pt Sets or returns the number of data points that are in the incoming waveform record.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:NR_Pt WFMInpre:NR_Pt?
Related Commands
Arguments
Examples
CURVe, DATa, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, SAVe:WAVEform, SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? is the number of data points if WFMInpre:PT_Fmt is set to Y. It is the number of min-max pairs if WFMInpre:PT_Fmt is set to ENV.
WFMINPRE:NR_PT 10000 specifies that 10000 data points will be expected. WFMINPRE:NR_PT ? might return :WFMINPRE:NR_PT 10000 indicating that there are 10000 data points in the expected incoming waveform record.
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt Sets or returns the point format of the incoming waveform data. Regardless of the argument used, the scale, offset, and so on are interpreted similarly. When ENV is used, waveform data is interpreted over the min-max pair; when Y is used, it is interpreted over a single point.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt {ENV|Y} WFMInpre:PT_Fmt?
Related Commands
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-357
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
ENV specifies that the waveform is transmitted in envelope mode as maximum and minimum point pairs. Only Y values are explicitly transmitted. Absolute coordinates are given by:
Xn = XZEro + XINcr (n – PT_Off) Ynmax = YZEro + YMUlt (ynmax – YOFf) Ynmin = YZEro + YMUlt (ynmin – YOFf) Y specifies a normal waveform where one ASCII or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record. Only Y values are explicitly transmitted. Absolute coordinates are given by:
Xn = XZEro + XINcr (n – PT_Off) Yn = YZEro + YMUlt (yn – YOFf)
Examples
WFMINPRE:PT_FMT ENV sets the incoming waveform data point format to
enveloped. WFMINPRE:PT_FMT? might return :WFMINPRE:PT_FMT ENV indicating that the waveform is transmitted as maximum and minimum point pairs.
WFMInpre:PT_Off The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0. This command is listed for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:PT_Off WFMInpre:PT_Off?
Arguments
Arguments are ignored.
WFMInpre:XINcr Sets or returns the horizontal interval between incoming waveform points in units specified by WFMInpre:XUNit.
Group
2-358
Waveform Transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands Arguments Examples
WFMInpre:XINcr WFMInpre:XINcr?
WFMInpre:XUNit, WFMOutpre:XINcr? is the horizontal interval representation.
WFMINPRE:XINCR 3E-3 sets the interval between incoming waveform points
to 3 ms. WFMINPRE:XINCR ? might return :WFMINPRE:XINCR 1.0000E-3 indicating
that if WFMInpre:XUNit is set to "s", there is a 1 ms interval between incoming waveform points.
WFMInpre:XUNit Sets or returns the horizontal units of the incoming waveform. Supported units are: %, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V, V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB, W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW, dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:XUNit WFMInpre:XUNit?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
WFMOutpre:XUNit? contains a maximum of three alpha characters that represent the
horizontal unit of measure for the incoming waveform. WFMINPRE:XUNIT "HZ" specifies that the horizontal units for the incoming
waveform are hertz. WFMINPRE:XUNIT? might return :WFMINPRE:XUNIT "s" indicating that the horizontal units for the incoming waveform are seconds.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-359
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
WFMInpre:XZEro Sets or returns the position value, in XUNits, of the first sample of the incoming waveform.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:XZEro WFMInpre:XZEro?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
WFMInpre:XINcr, WFMInpre:XUNit, WFMOutpre:XZEro? argument is the floating point value of the position, in XUNits, of the first sample in the incoming waveform. If XUNits is “s”, is the time of the first sample in the incoming waveform. WFMINPRE:XZERO 5.7E-6, which indicates the trigger occurred 5.7 µs before the first sample in the waveform. WFMINPRE:XZERO? might return :WFMINPRE:XZEro –7.5000E-6 indicating
that the trigger occurs 7.5 µs after the first sample in the waveform.
WFMInpre:YMUlt Sets or returns the vertical scale factor of the incoming waveform, expressed in YUNits per waveform data point level. For one byte waveform data, there are 256 data point levels. For two byte waveform data there are 65,536 data point levels. YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a data point in CURVe): value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl – YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may give incorrect results.
2-360
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:YMUlt WFMInpre:YMUlt?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
DATa:DESTination, WFMInpre:BYT_Nr, WFMInpre:YUNit is the vertical scale factor per digitizing level of the incoming waveform
points. WFMINPRE:YMULT? might return :WFMINPRE:YMULT 40.0000E-3, which (if
YUNit is “V”) indicates that the vertical scale is 40 mV/digitizing level (1V/div for 8-bit data). WFMINPRE:YMULT 20E-3 specifies that (if WFMInpre:YUNit is "V" and WFMInpre:BYT_Nr is 1), the vertical scale is 20 mV/digitizing level (500 mV/div).
WFMInpre:YOFf Sets or returns the vertical position of the incoming waveform in digitizing levels. Variations in this number are analogous to changing the vertical position of the waveform. YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a data point in CURVe): value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl - YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may give incorrect results.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:YOFf WFMInpre:YOFf?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr, WFMInpre:YMUlt, WFMOutpre:YOFf? is the vertical offset in digitizing levels.
WFMINPRE:YOFF 50 specifies that the zero reference point for the incoming
waveform is 50 digitizing levels (2 divisions, for 8-bit data) above the center of the data range.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-361
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
WFMINPRE:YOFF? might return :WFMINPRE:YOFF 25 indicating that the vertical
position of the incoming waveform in digitizing levels.
WFMInpre:YUNit Sets or returns the vertical units of the incoming waveform. Supported units are: %, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V, V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB, W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW, dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:YUNit WFMInpre:YUNit?
Related Commands Arguments
Examples
WFMOutpre:YUNit? contains a maximum of three alpha characters that represent the vertical unit of measure for the incoming waveform. WFMINPRE:YUNIT? might return :WFMINPRE:YUNIT "V" indicating that the
vertical units for the incoming waveform are volts. WFMINPRE:YUNIT "A" specifies that the vertical units for the incoming waveform
are Amperes.
WFMInpre:YZEro Sets or returns the vertical offset of the incoming waveform in units specified by WFMInpre:YUNit. Variations in this number are analogous to changing the vertical offset of the waveform. YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a data point in CURVe): value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl - YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may give incorrect results.
2-362
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMInpre:YZEro WFMInpre:YZEro?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
WFMInpre:YUNit, WFMOutpre:YZEro? is the offset in YUNits.
WFMINPRE:YZERO 1.5E+0 specifies that the zero reference point for the
incoming waveform is 1.5 V below the center of the data range (given that WFMInpre:YUNit is set to V). WFMINPRE:YZERO? might return :WFMINPRE:YZEro 7.5000E-6 indicating that the zero reference for the incoming waveform is 7.5 µV below the center of the data range (given that WFMInpre:YUNit is set to V).
WFMOutpre? (Query Only) Returns waveform transmission and formatting parameters for the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce command. If the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the waveform transmission parameters (BYT_Nr, BIT_Nr, ENCdg, BN_Fmt, BYT_Or). For WFMOutpre? queries, first set DATa:RESOlution and DATa:COMPosition appropriately. For MSO/DPO2000/B math FFT queries, set them to: DATA:RESOLUTION FULL and DATA:COMPOSITION SINGULAR_YT. For more information, see: Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments. (See page B-1.)
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre?
Examples
WFMOUTPRE? ? might return the waveform formatting data as: :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 2;BIT_NR 16;ENCDG ASCII;BN_FMT RI;BYT_OR MSB;WFID “Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div, 4.000us/div, 10000 points, Sample mode”;NR_PT 10000;PT_FMT Y;XUNIT “s”;XINCR
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-363
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
4.0000E-9;XZERO - 20.0000E-6;PT_OFF 0;YUNIT “V”;YMULT 15.6250E-6;YOFF :”6.4000E+3;YZERO 0.0000
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr Sets and returns the number of bits per waveform point that outgoing waveforms contain, as specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. Changing the value of WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr also changes the values of WFMInpre:FILTERFreq and DATa:WIDth.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
DATa:SOUrce, DATa:WIDth, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt is the number of bits per data point and can be 8 or 16.
WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 16 sets the number of bits per waveform point to 16 for
outgoing waveforms. WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 8 indicating that outgoing waveforms use 8 bits per waveform point.
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt Sets or returns the format of binary data for outgoing waveforms specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. Changing the value of WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt also changes the value of DATa:ENCdg.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt {RI|RP} WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt?
Related Commands
2-364
DATa:ENCdg, DATa:SOUrce
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Arguments
RI specifies signed integer data point representation. RP specifies positive integer data point representation.
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RP specifies that outgoing waveform data will be in positive
integer format. WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RI indicating that
the outgoing waveform data is currently in signed integer format.
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr Sets or returns the data width for the outgoing waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. Changing WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr also changes WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr and DATa:WIDth.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr?
Related Commands Arguments Examples
DATa:SOUrce, DATa:WIDth, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr is the number of bytes per data point and can be 1 or 2.
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 1 sets the number of bytes per outgoing waveform data point to 1, which is the default setting. WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 2 indicating that
there are 2 bytes per outgoing waveform data point.
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or Sets or returns which byte of binary waveform data is transmitted first, during a waveform data transfer, when data points require than one byte. This specification only has meaning when WFMOutpre:ENCdg is set to BIN and WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr is 2. Changing WFMInpre:FILTERFreq also changes DATa:ENCdg (if DATa:ENCdg is not ASCIi).
Group
Waveform Transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-365
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands Arguments
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or {LSB|MSB} WFMOutpre:BYT_Or?
WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr LSB specifies that the least significant byte will be transmitted first. MSB specifies that the most significant byte will be transmitted first.
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR MSB sets the most significant outgoing byte of waveform data to be transmitted first. WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR LSB indicating that the least significant data byte will be transmitted first.
WFMOutpre:COMPosition Controls or indicates the type of data used by the CURVe? query.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:COMPosition {COMPOSITE_YT|COMPOSITE_ENV|SINGULAR_YT} WFMOutpre:COMPosition?
Arguments
COMPOSITE_YT uses the sample part of the composite waveform. COMPOSITE_ENV uses the peak-detect part of the composite waveform. SINGULAR_YT uses the sample part of the singular waveform.
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:COMPOSITION? might return :WFMOUTPRE:COMPOSITION SINGULAR_YT indicating that the singular data type is used by the CURVe? query. WFMOUTPRE:COMPOSITIONCOMPOSITE_YT sets the data type used by the
CURVe? query.
WFMOutpre:ENCdg Sets and queries the type of encoding for outgoing waveforms.
Group
2-366
Waveform Transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Related Commands
Arguments
WFMOutpre:ENCdg {ASCii|BINary} WFMOutpre:ENCdg?
DATa:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMInpre:FILTERFreq, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt ASCii specifies that the outgoing data is to be in ASCII format. Waveforms will be sent as numbers. BINary specifies that outgoing data is to be in a binary format whose further
specification is determined by WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt and WFMInpre:FILTERFreq.
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG? might return :WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG BIN indicating that
outgoing waveform data will be sent in binary format. WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG ASC specifies that the outgoing waveform data will be sent
in ASCII format.
WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq? (Query Only) Returns the FilterVu low pass filter frequency applied to the LRL waveform record of the source waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce. If the DATa:RESOlution is set to FULL, then this is the filter frequency applied to the full resolution (LRL) waveform. If the DATa:RESOlution is set to REDUced, then this is the filter frequency applied to the reduced resolution (thumbnail) waveform.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq?
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:FILTERFREQ? might return :WFMOUTPRE:FILTERFREQ 200000000 indicating that the FilterVu frequency for the outgoing waveform
is 200 MHz.
WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? (Query Only) Returns the number of points for the DATa:SOUrce waveform that will be transmitted in response to a CURVe? query. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-367
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?
Related Commands
Examples
CURVe, DATa, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, SAVe:WAVEform, SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat, WFMInpre:NR_Pt WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT 10000 indicating that there are 10000 data points to be sent.
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt? (Query Only) Returns the point format for the outgoing waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. Returned values are either ENV, which indicates envelope mode format in which the data is returned as a series of min/max pairs, or Y, which indicates normal waveform points. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt?
Related Commands
CURVe, DATa:SOUrce
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:PT_FMT? might return :WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt ENV indicating that
the waveform data is a series of min-max pairs.
WFMOutpre:PT_Off? (Query Only) The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0, if the waveform specified by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed. If the waveform is not displayed, the query form generates an error and returns event code 2244. This command is for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes.
2-368
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:PT_Off?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Related Commands Arguments Examples
DATa:SOUrce Arguments are ignored. WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF? might return WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF 0 indicating that the waveform specified by DATA:SOURCE is on or displayed.
WFMOutpre:PT_ORder? (Query Only) This query is for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes and always returns LINEAR.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:PT_ORder?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce WFMOUTPRE:PT_ORDER? returns :WFMOUTPRE:PT_ORDER LINEAR.
WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength? (Query Only) Returns the record length for the source waveform as specified by the DATa:SOUrce command.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength?
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:RECORDLENGTH? might return WFMOUTPRE:RECORDLENGTH 6250
indicating that 6250 is the source waveform record length.
WFMOutpre:WFId? (Query Only) Returns a string describing several aspects of the acquisition parameters for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-369
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:WFId?
Related Commands Returns
DATa:SOUrce comprises the following comma-separated fields documented in the tables below:
Table 2-42: Waveform Suffixes
Examples
2-370
Field
Description
Examples
Source
The source identification string as it appears in the front-panel scale factor readouts.
“CH1–4” “Math1 “Ref1–2"
Coupling
A string describing the vertical coupling of the waveform (the Source1 waveform in the case of Dual Waveform Math).
“AC coupling” “DC couplng” “GND coupling”
Vert Scale
A string containing the vertical scale factor of the unzoomed waveform. The numeric portion will always be four digits. The examples cover all known internal units.
“100.0 mV/div” “20.00 dB/div” “45.00 deg/div” “785.4 mrad/div” “500.0 μVs/div” “10.00 kV/s/div” “200.0 mV/div” “50.00 unk/div”
Horiz Scale
A string containing the horizontal scale factor of the unzoomed waveform. The numeric portion will always be four digits. The examples cover all known internal units.
“100 ms/div” “10.00 kHz/div”
Record Length
A string containing the number of waveform points available in the entire record. The numeric portion is given as an integer.
“1000 points” “1000000 points”
Acquisition Mode
A string describing the mode used to acquire the waveform.
“Sample mode” “Pk Detect mode” “Envelope mode” “Average mode”
WFMOUTPRE:WFID? might return :WFMOUTPRE:WFID "Ch1, DC coupling,100.0mVolts/div,500.0µs/div, 1000 points, Sample mode"
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
WFMOutpre:XINcr? (Query Only) Returns the horizontal point spacing in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. This value corresponds to the sampling interval. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:XINcr?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:XUNit? WFMOUTPRE:XINCR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XINCR 10.0000E-6
indicating that the horizontal sampling interval is 10 µs/point.
WFMOutpre:XUNit? (Query Only) Returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:XUNit?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT "HZ" indicating that
the horizontal units for the waveform are in Hertz.
WFMOutpre:XZEro? (Query Only) Returns the time coordinate of the first point in the outgoing waveform. This value is in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit?. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-371
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:XZEro?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:XUNit? WFMOUTPRE:XZERO? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XZERO 5.6300E-9 indicating
that the trigger occurred 5.63 ns before the first sample in the waveform record.
WFMOutpre:YMUlt? (Query Only) Returns the vertical scale factor per digitizing level in units specified by WFMOutpre:YUNit for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error is generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on. See the description of WFMInpre:YMUlt to see how this scale factor is used to convert waveform sample values to volts.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:YMUlt?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce, WFMInpre:YMUlt WFMOUTPRE:YMULT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YMULT 4.0000E-3 indicating
that the vertical scale for the corresponding waveform is 100 mV/div (for 8-bit waveform data).
WFMOutpre:YOFf? (Query Only) Returns the vertical position in digitizing levels for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on. See the description of WFMInpre:YOFf to see how this position is used to convert waveform sample values to volts.
Group
2-372
Waveform Transfer
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax Related Commands Examples
WFMOutpre:YOFf?
DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr WFMOUTPRE:YOFF? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YOFF -50.0000E+0 indicating
that the position indicator for the waveform was 50 digitizing levels (2 divisions) below center screen (for 8-bit waveform data).
WFMOutpre:YUNit? (Query Only) Returns the vertical units for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:YUNit?
Related Commands Examples
DATa:SOUrce WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT "dB" indicating that
the vertical units for the waveform are measured in decibels.
WFMOutpre:YZEro? (Query Only) Returns the vertical offset in units specified by WFMOutpre:YUNit? for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on. See the description of WFMInpre:YZEro to see how this offset is used to convert waveform sample values to volts.
Group
Waveform Transfer
Syntax
WFMOutpre:YZEro?
Related Commands
DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:YUNit?
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-373
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Examples
WFMOUTPRE:YZERO? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YZERO -100.0000E-3
indicating that vertical offset is set to –100 mV.
ZOOm? (Query Only) Returns the current vertical and horizontal positioning and scaling of the display.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm?
Examples
ZOOM? might return :ZOOM:MODE 1;GRATICULE:SIZE 80;SPLIT EIGHTYTWENTY;:ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 1;SCALE 400.0000E-12;POSITION 46.8986;FACTOR 50.0000E+3;HORIZONTAL:POSITION 46.8986;SCALE 400.0000E-12
ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE} Turns Zoom mode on or off. The Zoom mode query returns the current state of Zoom mode. This command is equivalent to pressing the zoom button located on the front panel.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE} {ON|OFF|} ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE}
Arguments
ON turns on Zoom mode. OFF turns off Zoom mode. = 0 turns off Zoom mode; any other value turns on Zoom mode.
Examples
ZOOM:MODE OFF turns off Zoom mode. ZOOM:MODE? might return :ZOOM:MODE 1 indicating that Zoom mode is currently turned on.
2-374
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
ZOOm:ZOOM1? (Query Only) Returns the current horizontal positioning and scaling of the display.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1?
Examples
ZOOM:ZOOM1? might return :ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 1;SCALE 400.0000E-12;POSITION 46.8986;FACTOR 50.0000E+3;HORIZONTAL:POSITION 46.8986;SCALE 400.0000E-12.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:FACtor? (Query Only) Returns the zoom factor of a particular zoom box.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1:FACtor?
Returns
is the zoom factor of a zoom box.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:POSition Sets or returns the horizontal position for the specified zoom.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:POSition ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:POSition?
Arguments
Examples
is a value from 0 to 100.00 and is the percent of the upper window that is to the left of screen center, when the zoom factor is 1× or greater.
ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50 sets the Zoom1 reference pointer at
50% of acquired waveform.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-375
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:POSITION? might return :ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50.0000 indicating that the Zoom1
reference pointer is currently set at 50% of acquired waveform.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCAle Sets or returns the zoom horizontal scale for the specified zoom.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCAle ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCAle?
Arguments
Examples
is the amount of expansion in the horizontal direction and ranges from
1.0E-3 to 5.0. ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 5 sets the horizontal scale to 5 seconds. ZOOM:ZOOM2:HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return :ZOOM2:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 1, indicating that the horizontal scale is 1 second.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:POSition Sets or returns the horizontal position for the specified zoom.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1:POSition ZOOm:ZOOM1:POSition?
Arguments
is a value from 0 to 100.00 and is the percent of the upper window that is to the left of screen center, when the zoom factor is 1× or greater.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:SCAle Sets or returns the zoom horizontal scale for the specified zoom.
Group
2-376
Zoom
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
Syntax
Arguments
ZOOm:ZOOM1:SCAle ZOOm:ZOOM1:SCAle? is the amount of expansion in the horizontal direction and ranges from
1.0E-3 to 5.0.
ZOOm:ZOOM1:STATE Sets or returns the specified zoom on or off, where x is the integer 1 representing the single zoom window.
Group
Zoom
Syntax
ZOOm:ZOOM1:STATE {ON|OFF|} ZOOm:ZOOM1:STATE?
Arguments
ON turns Zoom 1 on. OFF turns Zoom 1 off. = 0 disables the specified zoom; any other value enables the specified
zoom.
Examples
ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE ON turns Zoom1 on. ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE? might return :ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 1 indicating that
Zoom1 is on.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
2-377
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order
2-378
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events The oscilloscope provides a status and event reporting system for the Ethernet, GPIB (with the TEK-USB-488 Adapter), and USB interfaces. This system informs you of certain significant events that occur within the oscilloscope. The oscilloscope status handling system consists of five 8-bit registers and two queues for each interface. The remaining Status subtopics describe these registers and components. They also explain how the event handling system operates.
Registers Overview
The registers in the event handling system fall into two functional groups: Status Registers contain information about the status of the oscilloscope. They include the Standard Event Status Register (SESR). Enable Registers determine whether selected types of events are reported to the Status Registers and the Event Queue. They include the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER), the Event Status Enable Register (ESER), and the Service Request Enable Register (SRER).
Status Registers
The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) and the Status Byte Register (SBR) record certain types of events that may occur while the oscilloscope is in use. IEEE Std 488.2-1987 defines these registers. Each bit in a Status Register records a particular type of event, such as an execution error or message available. When an event of a given type occurs, the oscilloscope sets the bit that represents that type of event to a value of one. (You can disable bits so that they ignore events and remain at zero. See Enable Registers). Reading the status registers tells you what types of events have occurred. The Standard Event Status Register (SESR). The SESR records eight types of events that can occur within the oscilloscope. Use the *ESR? query to read the SESR register. Reading the register clears the bits of the register so that the register can accumulate information about new events. NOTE. TekVISA applications use SESR bit 6 to respond to any of several events, including some front panel actions.
Figure 3-1: The Standard Event Status Register (SESR)
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-1
Status and Events
Table 3-1: SESR Bit Functions Bit
Function
7 (MSB)
PON
Power On. Shows that the oscilloscope was powered on. On completion, the diagnostic self tests also set this bit.
6
URQ
User Request. Indicates that an application event has
occurred. *See note. 5
CME
4
EXE
Command Error. Shows that an error occurred while the oscilloscope was parsing a command or query. Execution Error. Shows that an error executing a
command or query. 3
DDE
Device Error. Shows that a device error occurred.
2
QYE
Query Error. Either an attempt was made to read the
1
RQC
Request Control. This is not used.
0 (LSB)
OPC
Operation Complete. Shows that the operation
Output Queue when no data was present or pending, or that data in the Output Queue was lost.
is complete. This bit is set when all pending operations complete following an *OPC command.
The Status Byte Register (SBR). Records whether output is available in the Output Queue, whether the oscilloscope requests service, and whether the SESR has recorded any events. Use a Serial Poll or the *STB? query to read the contents of the SBR. The bits in the SBR are set and cleared depending on the contents of the SESR, the Event Status Enable Register (ESER), and the Output Queue. When you use a Serial Poll to obtain the SBR, bit 6 is the RQS bit. When you use the *STB? query to obtain the SBR, bit 6 is the MSS bit. Reading the SBR does not clear the bits.
Figure 3-2: The Status Byte Register (SBR) Table 3-2: SBR Bit Functions Bit 7 (MSB)
Function ———— Not used.
6
RQS
Request Service. Obtained from a serial poll. Shows
that the oscilloscope requests service from the GPIB controller. 6
MSS
Master Status Summary. Obtained from *STB? query. Summarizes the ESB and MAV bits in the SBR.
5
ESB
Event Status Bit. Shows that status is enabled and
present in the SESR.
3-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Table 3-2: SBR Bit Functions (cont.) Bit
Function
4
MAV
Message Available. Shows that output is available
in the Output Queue. 2
———— Not used. ———— Not used.
1–0
———— Not used.
3
Enable Registers
DESER, ESER, and SRER allow you to select which events are reported to the Status Registers and the Event Queue. Each Enable Register acts as a filter to a Status Register (the DESER also acts as a filter to the Event Queue) and can prevent information from being recorded in the register or queue. Each bit in an Enable Register corresponds to a bit in the Status Register it controls. In order for an event to be reported to a bit in the Status Register, the corresponding bit in the Enable Register must be set to one. If the bit in the Enable Register is set to zero, the event is not recorded. Various commands set the bits in the Enable Registers. The Enable Registers and the commands used to set them are described below. The Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). This register controls which types of events are reported to the SESR and the Event Queue. The bits in the DESER correspond to those in the SESR. Use the DESE command to enable and disable the bits in the DESER. Use the DESE? query to read the DESER.
Figure 3-3: The Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER) The Event Status Enable Register (ESER). This register controls which types of events are summarized by the Event Status Bit (ESB) in the SBR. Use the *ESE command to set the bits in the ESER. Use the *ESE? query to read it.
Figure 3-4: The Event Status Enable Register (ESER) The Service Request Enable Register (SRER). This register controls which bits in the SBR generate a Service Request and are summarized by the Master Status Summary (MSS) bit.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-3
Status and Events
Use the *SRE command to set the SRER. Use the *SRE? query to read the register. The RQS bit remains set to one until either the Status Byte Register is read with a Serial Poll or the MSS bit changes back to a zero.
Figure 3-5: The Service Request Enable Register (SRER)
*PSC Command
The *PSC command controls the Enable Registers contents at power-on. Sending *PSC 1 sets the Enable Registers at power on as follows: DESER 255 (equivalent to a DESe 255 command) ESER 0 (equivalent to an *ESE 0 command) SRER 0 (equivalent to an *SRE 0 command) Sending *PSC 0 lets the Enable Registers maintain their values in nonvolatile memory through a power cycle. NOTE. To enable the PON (Power On) event to generate a Service Request, send *PSC 0, use the DESe and *ESE commands to enable PON in the DESER and ESER, and use the *SRE command to enable bit 5 in the SRER. Subsequent power-on cycles will generate a Service Request.
Queues Output Queue
The oscilloscope stores query responses in the Output Queue and empties this queue each time it receives a new command or query message after an . The controller must read a query response before it sends the next command (or query) or it will lose responses to earlier queries. CAUTION. When a controller sends a query, an , and a second query, the oscilloscope normally clears the first response and outputs the second while reporting a Query Error (QYE bit in the ESER) to indicate the lost response. A fast controller, however, may receive a part or all of the first response as well. To avoid this situation, the controller should always read the response immediately after sending any terminated query message or send a DCL (Device Clear) before sending the second query.
Event Queue
3-4
The Event Queue stores detailed information on up to 128 events. If more than 128 events stack up in the Event Queue, the 128th event is replaced by event code 350, "Queue Overflow."
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Read the Event Queue with the EVENT? query (which returns only the event number), with the EVMSG? query (which returns the event number and a text description of the event), or with the ALLEV? query (which returns all the event numbers along with a description of the event). Reading an event removes it from the queue. Before reading an event from the Event Queue, you must use the *ESR? query to read the summary of the event from the SESR. This makes the events summarized by the *ESR? read available to the EVENT? and EVMSG? queries, and empties the SESR. Reading the SESR erases any events that were summarized by previous *ESR? reads but not read from the Event Queue. Events that follow an *ESR? read are put in the Event Queue but are not available until *ESR? is used again.
Event Handling Sequence The figure below shows how to use the status and event handling system. In the explanation that follows, numbers in parentheses refer to numbers in the figure.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-5
Status and Events
Figure 3-6: Status and Event Handling Process When an event occurs, a signal is sent to the DESER (1). If that type of event is enabled in the DESER (that is, if the bit for that event type is set to 1), the appropriate bit in the SESR is set to one, and the event is recorded in the Event Queue (2). If the corresponding bit in the ESER is also enabled (3), then the ESB bit in the SBR is set to one (4). When output is sent to the Output Queue, the MAV bit in the SBR is set to one (5). When a bit in the SBR is set to one and the corresponding bit in the SRER is enabled (6), the MSS bit in the SBR is set to one and a service request is generated (7).
3-6
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Synchronization Methods Overview
Although most commands are completed almost immediately after being received by the oscilloscope, some commands start a process that requires time. For example, once a single sequence acquisition command is executed, depending upon the applied signals and trigger settings, it may take an indeterminate amount of time before the acquisition is complete. Rather than remain idle while the operation is in process, the oscilloscope will continue processing other commands. This means that some operations will not be completed in the order that they were sent. Sometimes the result of an operation depends on the result of an earlier operation. A first operation must complete before the next one is processed. The oscilloscope status and event reporting system is designed to accommodate this process. The Operation Complete (OPC) bit of the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) can be programmed to indicate when certain oscilloscope operations have completed and, by setting the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) to report OPC in the Event Status Bit (ESB) of the Status Byte Register (SBR) and setting the Service Request Enable Register (SRER) to generate service request upon a positive transition of the ESB, a service request (SRQ) interrupt can be generated when certain operations complete as described in this section. The following oscilloscope operations can generate an OPC: :ACQuire:STATE | ON | RUN only when in single sequence acquisition mode :CALibrate:FACtory STARt :CALibrate:FACtory CONTinue :CALibrate:FACtory PREVious :HARDCopy :HARDCopy START :DIAg:STATE EXECute :SAVe:IMAGe :SAVe:SETUp :RECAll:SETUp :SAVe:WAVEform ,( | :RECAll:WAVEform , :CH:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute :CH:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute TEKSecure
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-7
Status and Events
For example, a typical application might involve acquiring a single-sequence waveform and then taking a measurement on the acquired waveform. You could use the following command sequence to do this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1 /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE
The acquisition of the waveform requires extended processing time. It may not finish before the oscilloscope takes an amplitude measurement (see the following figure). This can result in an incorrect amplitude value.
Figure 3-7: Command Processing Without Using Synchronization To ensure the oscilloscope completes waveform acquisition before taking the measurement on the acquired data, you can synchronize the program.
Figure 3-8: Processing Sequence With Synchronization You can use four different methods to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program: *WAI, BUSY, *OPC, and *OPC?. The *OPC? query method is the most simple approach.
Using the *WAI Command
3-8
The *WAI command forces completion of previous commands that generate an OPC message. No commands after the *WAI are processed before the OPC message(s) are generated.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
The same command sequence using the *WAI command for synchronization looks like this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1 /* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ *WAI /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
The controller can continue to write commands to the input buffer of the oscilloscope, but the commands will not be processed by the oscilloscope until all in-process OPC operations are complete. If the input buffer becomes full, the controller will be unable to write commands to the buffer. This can cause a time-out.
Using the BUSY Query
The BUSY? query allows you to find out whether the oscilloscope is busy processing a command that generates OPC. The same command sequence, using the BUSY? query for synchronization, looks like this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1 /* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ While BUSY keep looping /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
This sequence lets you create your own wait loop rather than using the *WAI command. The BUSY? query helps you avoid time-outs caused by writing too
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-9
Status and Events
many commands to the input buffer. The controller is still tied up though, and the repeated BUSY? query will result in bus traffic.
Using the *OPC Command
If the corresponding status registers are enabled, the *OPC command sets the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) when an operation is complete. You achieve synchronization by using this command with either a serial poll or service request handler. Serial Poll Method: Enable the OPC bit in the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER) and the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) using the DESE and *ESE commands. When the operation is complete, the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) will be enabled and the Event Status Bit (ESB) in the Status Byte Register will be enabled. The same command sequence using the *OPC command for synchronization with serial polling looks like this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Enable the status registers */ DESE 1 *ESE 1 *SRE 0 /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1 /* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement.*/ *OPC While serial poll = 0, keep looping /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
This technique requires less bus traffic than did looping on BUSY. Service Request Method: Enable the OPC bit in the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER) and the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) using the DESE and *ESE commands. You can also enable service requests by setting the ESB bit in the Service Request Enable Register (SRER) using the *SRE command. When the operation is complete, the oscilloscope will generate a Service Request.
3-10
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
The same command sequence using the *OPC command for synchronization looks like this /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Enable the status registers */ DESE 1 *ESE 1 *SRE 32 /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1 /* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement*/ *OPC
The program can now do different tasks such as talk to other devices. The SRQ, when it comes, interrupts those tasks and returns control to this task. /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
This technique is efficient but requires sophisticated programming.
Using the *OPC? Query
The *OPC? query is the most simple synchronization method. It does not require you to set registers or poll, and it does not change the operation of subsequent commands or queries. The *OPC? query places a 1 in the Output Queue once an operation that generates an OPC message is complete. A time out could occur if you try to read the output queue before there is any data in it. The same command sequence using the *OPC? query for synchronization looks like this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF SELECT:CH1 ON ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Set up the measurement parameters */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-11
Status and Events
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete */ *OPC? /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
This is the simplest approach. It requires no status handling or loops. However, you must set the controller time-out for longer than the acquisition operation.
Messages Messages
The information contained in the tables below covers all the programming interface messages the oscilloscope generates in response to commands and queries. For most messages, a secondary message from the oscilloscope gives detail about the cause of the error or the meaning of the message. This message is part of the message string and is separated from the main message by a semicolon. Each message is the result of an event. Each type of event sets a specific bit in the SESR and is controlled by the equivalent bit in the DESER. Thus, each message is associated with a specific SESR bit. In the message tables, the associated SESR bit is specified in the table title, with exceptions noted with the error message text.
No Event
The following table shows the messages when the system has no events or status to report. These have no associated SESR bit. Table 3-3: No Event Messages
Command Error
Code
Message
No events to report; queue empty
1
No events to report; new events pending *ESR?
The following table shows the command error messages generated by improper syntax. Check that the command is properly formed and that it follows the rules in the section on command Syntax. Table 3-4: Command Error Messages (CME Bit 5)
3-12
Code
Message
100
Command error
101
Invalid character
102
Syntax error
103
Invalid separator
104
Data type error
105
GET not allowed
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Table 3-4: Command Error Messages (CME Bit 5) (cont.)
Execution Error
Code
Message
108
Parameter not allowed
109
Missing parameter
110
Command header error
112
Program mnemonic too long
113
Undefined header
120
Numeric data error
121
Invalid character in numeric
123
Exponent too large
124
Too many digits
130
Suffix error
131
Invalid suffix
134
Suffix too long
140
Character data error
141
Invalid character data
144
Character data too long
150
String data error
151
Invalid string data
152
String data too long
160
Block data error
161
Invalid block data
170
Command expression error
171
Invalid expression
The following table lists the execution errors that are detected during execution of a command. Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) Code
Message
200
Execution error
221
Settings conflict
222
Data out of range
224
Illegal parameter value
241
Hardware missing
250
Mass storage error
251
Missing mass storage
252
Missing media
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-13
Status and Events
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.)
3-14
Code
Message
253
Corrupt media
254
Media full
255
Directory full
256
File name not found
257
File name error
258
Media protected
259
File name too long
270
Hardcopy error
271
Hardcopy device not responding
272
Hardcopy is busy
273
Hardcopy aborted
274
Hardcopy configuration error
280
Program error
282
Insufficient network printer information
283
Network printer not responding
284
Network printer server not responding
286
Program runtime error
287
Print server not found
2200
Measurement error, Measurement system error
2201
Measurement error, Zero period
2202
Measurement error, No period, second waveform
2203
Measurement error, No period, second waveform
2204
Measurement error, Low amplitude, second waveform
2205
Measurement error, Low amplitude, second waveform
2206
Measurement error, Invalid gate
2207
Measurement error, Measurement overflow
2208
Measurement error, No backwards Mid Ref crossing
2209
Measurement error, No second Mid Ref crossing
2210
Measurement error, No Mid Ref crossing, second waveform
2211
Measurement error, No backwards Mid Ref crossing
2212
Measurement error, No negative crossing
2213
Measurement error, No positive crossing
2214
Measurement error, No crossing, target waveform
2215
Measurement error, No crossing, second waveform
2216
Measurement error, No crossing, target waveform
2217
Measurement error, Constant waveform
2219
Measurement error, No valid edge - No arm sample
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.) Code
Message
2220
Measurement error, No valid edge - No arm cross
2221
Measurement error, No valid edge - No trigger cross
2222
Measurement error, No valid edge - No second cross
2223
Measurement error, Waveform mismatch
2224
Measurement error, WAIT calculating
2225
Measurement error, No waveform to measure
2226
Measurement error, Null Waveform
2227
Measurement error, Positive and Negative Clipping
2228
Measurement error, Positive Clipping
2229
Measurement error, Negative Clipping
2230
Measurement error, High Ref < Low Ref
2231
Measurement error, No statistics available
2233
Requested waveform is temporarily unavailable
2235
Math error, invalid math description
2240
Invalid password
2241
Waveform requested is invalid
2244
Source waveform is not active
2245
Saveref error, selected channel is turned off
2250
Reference error, the reference waveform file is invalid
2253
Reference error, too many points received
2254
Reference error, too few points received
2259
File too big
2270
Alias error
2271
Alias syntax error
2273
Illegal alias label
2276
Alias expansion error
2277
Alias redefinition not allowed
2278
Alias header not found
2285
TekSecure(R) Pass
2286
TekSecure(R) Fail
2500
Setup error, file does not look like a setup file
2501
Setup warning, could not recall all values from external setup
2620
Mask error, too few points received
2760
Mark limit reached
2761
No mark present
2762
Search copy failed
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-15
Status and Events
Device Error
The following table lists the device errors that can occur during oscilloscope operation. These errors may indicate that the oscilloscope needs repair. Table 3-6: Device Error Messages (DDE Bit 3)
System Event
Code
Message
310
System error
311
Memory error
312
PUD memory lost
314
Save/recall memory lost
The following table lists the system event messages. These messages are generated whenever certain system conditions occur. Table 3-7: System Event Messages
Execution Warning
Code
Message
400
Query event
401
Power on (PON bit 7 set)
402
Operation complete (OPC bit 0 set)
403
User request (URQ bit 6 set)
404
Power fail (DDE bit 3 set)
405
Request control
410
Query INTERRUPTED (QYE bit 2 set)
420
Query UNTERMINATED (QYE bit 2 set)
430
Query DEADLOCKED (QYE bit 2 set)
440
Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response (QYE bit 2 set)
468
Knob/Keypad value changed
472
Application variable changed
The following table lists warning messages that do not interrupt the flow of command execution. They also notify you of a possible unexpected results. Table 3-8: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4)
3-16
Code
Message
528
Parameter out of range
532
Curve data too long, Curve truncated
533
Curve error, Preamble values are inconsistent
540
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge
541
Measurement warning, Low signal amplitude
542
Measurement warning, Unstable histogram
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Status and Events
Table 3-8: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.) Code
Message
543
Measurement warning, Low resolution
544
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge
545
Measurement warning, Invalid in minmax
546
Measurement warning, Need 3 edges
547
Measurement warning, Clipping positive/negative
548
Measurement warning, Clipping positive
549
Measurement warning, Clipping negative
Table 3-9: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4) Code
Internal Warning
Message
540
Measurement warning
541
Measurement warning, Low signal amplitude
542
Measurement warning, Unstable histogram
543
Measurement warning, Low resolution
544
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge
545
Measurement warning, Invalid min max
546
Measurement warning, Need 3 edges
547
Measurement warning, Clipping positive/negative
548
Measurement warning, Clipping positive
549
Measurement warning, Clipping negative
The following table shows internal errors that indicate an internal fault in the oscilloscope. Table 3-10: Internal Warning Messages Code
Message
630
Internal warning, 50Ω overload
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
3-17
Status and Events
3-18
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix A: Character Set
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
A-1
Appendix A: Character Set
A-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments An analog channel of an MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 series instrument has a sample waveform and a peak detect waveform being acquired simultaneously. This combination waveform is referred to as a “composite” waveform. In some cases, for example when averaging is turned on, or for math waveforms, a composite waveform is not available. In these cases, the waveform is termed “singular”, and is available only in sample mode.
Full Versus Reduced Resolution Waveforms
The MSO/DPO2000/B series introduces the concept of reduced resolution waveforms available for curve queries. The MSO/DPO2000/B oscilloscopes acquire channel data into “full” resolution records that are nominally 1 million (1M) or 100,000 (100K) points in size (the acquisition record length); these are termed “full resolution”, or LRL (long record length) waveforms. These LRL records are “shrunk” (decimated) down to “thumbnail”, “short”, or “reduced resolution” waveforms; these are what appear on the oscilloscope’s display screen. During decimation, a low-pass filter operation may be applied to the LRL sample data that results in a filtered thumbnail waveform. In general, both full and reduced resolution waveforms can be queried from the oscilloscope. The size of the reduced resolution waveform varies from 800 to 6250 points, depending on instrument settings. Math FFT waveform data is available only in FULL resolution. For applications which need to query waveform data rapidly for the purpose of displaying it, reduced resolution waveform data will provide a faster display update than a full resolution waveform data.
Nominal Versus Actual Record Length
The MSO/DPO2000/B series also introduces the concept of nominal versus actual acquisition record length. Like other oscilloscopes, the acquisition record length can be set using the HORizontal:RECOrdlength command. However, the actual number of points in the waveform record may differ from the nominal record length established by the HORizontal:RECOrdlength setting, depending on the HORizontal:SCAle in effect at the time of the acquisition. The valid values for setting acquisition record length are 1,000,000 (1M) and 100,000 (100K) points. Depending on the horizontal scale in effect at the time of the acquisition, a nominal 1M point record may be comprised of 1.0M or 1.25M (1,250,000) points and a nominal 100K point record may be comprised of 100K or 125K (125,000) points. The actual number of points in the waveform record for the source waveform (specified by the DATa:SOUrce command) may be obtained using the WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength? query.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
B-1
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments
Composition of Waveform Data
The MSO/DPO2000/B series introduces the concept of composite waveform data for analog channels. Sample data is always available for acquired analog channel waveforms. Composite waveforms are available in SAMPLE acquisition mode but are not available in AVERAGE acquisition mode. Peak data may be available depending on the instrument bandwidth, acquisition mode, nominal record length, and the horizontal scale settings. Sample waveform data which may be a component of a composite waveform is referred to as COMPOSITE_YT (vertical units versus time) data. Peak detect waveform data which may be a component of a composite waveform is referred to as COMPOSITE_ENV (envelope or peak detect min/max pairs versus time) data. Analog channel waveforms acquired in AVERAGE acquisition mode and MATH waveforms are not composite waveforms and are termed SINGULAR_YT which indicates that the waveform is a single waveform composed of data points representing vertical units versus time. The composition of digital waveform data (:DATa:SOUrce D0 through D15, DIGital) is SINGULAR_YT only. The following table lists the various waveform data compositions: Composition
Description
COMPOSITE_YT (analog channels)
This is sample waveform data in vertical units versus time. Its native width is 8-bits and is written as 8-bit data in saved ISF waveform files and reference waveforms. The data can be queried as 1- or 2-byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2.
COMPOSITE_ENV (analog channels)
This is min/max pair waveform data with the minimum value preceding the maximum value. Its native width is 8-bits and is written as 8-bit data in saved ISF waveform files and reference waveforms. The data can be queried as 1- or 2-byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2.
SINGULAR_YT (analog and math channels)
This is 16-bit waveform data which originates as averaged acquired waveform data or math data. It is written to saved ISF waveform files and reference waveforms as 16- bit data. The data can be queried as 1-or 2- byte data in CURVe? queries by setting the data width to 1 or 2.
SINGULAR_YT (digital channels)
This is sample waveform data in binary vertical units (0 or 1) versus time. Its native width is 8-bits for individual digital channels (D0 through D15) and 32 bits for the digital collection (D0 through D15, digital representation of CH1 through CH4). The only resolution available for digital waveform data is FULL.
The available waveform compositions, which can be obtained using the CURVe? or WAVFrm? queries, can be determined using the DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? query. This query returns the available waveform compositions for the last acquired waveform for the source specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The data returned by the DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? query may be one of the following:
B-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments
COMPOSITE_YT COMPOSITE_YT, COMPOSITE_ENV SINGULAR_YT
The composition of the waveform data to be queried using the CURVe? or WAVFrm? queries is set using the DATa:COMPosition or WFMOutpre:COMPosition command. The compositions which can be set are: COMPOSITE_YT COMPOSITE_ENV SINGULAR_YT
If the composition set is not available with the current acquisition and horizontal settings, no response is returned for the CURVe? or WAVFrm? query and an event is set. For example, if COMPOSITE_ENV data is not available and a CURVe? query is sent with the composition set to COMPOSITE_ENV, no data will be returned and an error event is set: > :DATA:COMPOSITION:AVAILABLE? COMPOSITE_YT > DATA:COMPOSITION? COMPOSITE_YT > DATA:COMPOSITION COMPOSITE_ENV > *ESR? 0 > CURVE? {no data returned} > *ESR? 20 > EVMSG? 221,"Settings conflict; Envelope waveform not available; CURVE?" >
The composition of the waveform data to be sent to the instrument for transfer to the reference waveform memory using the CURVe command is set using the WFMInpre:COMPosition command. The compositions which can be set are: COMPOSITE_YT COMPOSITE_ENV SINGULAR_YT
Filtering of Waveform Data with FilterVu
The FilterVu feature uses digital signal processing (DSP) techniques to apply low pass filtering to the acquired waveform data for the analog channels. The FilterVu feature provides filtering of the displayed waveform so that you can see your signal without the effects of noise. This is the reduced resolution waveform. A side effect of filtering the reduced resolution waveform is that the full resolution waveform may be subjected to filtering to achieve the desired filtering of the
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
B-3
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments
reduced resolution waveform. The filtering frequency of the full resolution waveform is not under your direct control. It is a function of the horizontal and acquisition settings and the selected FilterVu frequency. The 3 dB cutoff frequency for this filtering may be different for the LRL record and the thumbnail record. The actual filter frequency applied to the acquired (LRL) and displayed (thumbnail) waveforms are available in the waveform preamble: WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq? This query returns the 3 dB low pass filter cutoff frequency for: The acquired (LRL) waveform when the DATa:RESOlution is set to FULL. The displayed (thumbnail) waveform when the DATa:RESOlution is set to REDUced. When waveforms are sent to the instrument using the CURVe command or recalled from ISF files, the filtering frequency is obtained from the waveform preamble: WFMInpre:FILTERFreq This command sets the 3 dB low pass filter cutoff frequency for the waveform being transferred to the instrument’s reference waveform memory. Only FULL resolution waveforms may be sent to the instrument for storage and display in reference waveform memory. The filtering of reduced resolution waveforms is controlled using the FILTERVu:FREQuency command. The available low pass frequencies depends on the instrument bandwidth and the horizontal settings (scale and record length) and may be queried for the last acquired waveform, (as specified by the DATa:SOUrce command) using the FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable? query. This query returns a comma separated list of available FilterVu frequencies in decreasing order for the last acquired source waveform . For example, on a 100 MHz bandwidth instrument at a full resolution record length of 1 M points and a horizontal scale of 20 microseconds per division, the query returns these values which apply to the reduced resolution (displayed) waveform: 100000000, 75000000, 42000000, 21000000, 11000000, 5500000, and 2200000. The low pass filter frequency in effect can be queried using the FILTERVu:FREQuency? query.
FilterVu Controls for the Displayed Waveform
B-4
The FilterVu feature can be turned on or off using the DISplay:GLITch command and the display intensity of the glitch capture waveform can be controlled using the DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch command.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments
Querying Acquisition Peak Detect Data from the Instrument
1. Use the DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? query to determine if peak detect data (COMPOSITE_ENV) is available. This query returns a list of waveform data types that are available from the instrument under the current instrument settings: COMPOSITE_YT for sample data COMPOSITE_ENV for envelope or peak detect data SINGULAR_YT for sample data
2. If COMPOSITE_ENV is available, set the data composition to COMPOSITE_ENV (:DATa:COMPosition COMPOSITE_ENV). Otherwise, the peak detect data is not available and cannot be queried from the instrument. 3. CURVe? will now return peak detect data.
Querying Acquisition YT Sample Data from the Instrument
Selecting Acquisition Record Length
The sequence used to query sample data is nearly identical to the one used for peak detect data. Set the data composition to COMPOSITE_YT or SINGULAR_YT (based on results of the DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? query); CURVe? will now return sample data. Like other oscilloscopes, the acquisition record length can be set using the HORizontal:RECOrdlength command. However, the actual number of points in the acquired waveform record may differ from the nominal record length established by the HORizontal:RECOrdlength setting, depending on the HORizontal:SCAle in effect at the time of the acquisition. The allowed values for setting the acquisition record length are 1,000,000 (1 million) and 100,000 (100 thousand) points. Depending on the horizontal scale in effect at the time of the acquisition, a nominal 1 million point record may be composed of 1.0 million or 1.25 million points and a nominal 100 thousand point record may be composed of 100 thousand or 125 thousand points. The actual number of points acquired for the source waveform (specified by the DATa:SOUrce command) may be obtained using the WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength? query. For reduced resolution waveforms, the actual record length depends on the FilterVu frequency in effect in addition to the horizontal settings. The reduced resolution record lengths vary with the FilterVu frequency. High Resolution and Envelope acquisition modes are not supported in MSO/DPO2000/B series instruments. For the digital waveforms (D0 through D15), the actual record length may differ from the nominal record length established by the HORizontal:RECOrdlength setting, depending on the HORizontal:SCAle in effect at the time of the acquisition and whether digital waveforms are selected from one or both of the digital pods (whether digital channels are turned on for D0 through D7, and for D8 through D15). For faster horizontal scales, the actual record length may be half of the nominal record length when digital waveforms from both digital pods are
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
B-5
Appendix B: Waveform Data in MSO/DPO2000B and MSO/DPO2000 Series Instruments
turned on. Use the WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength? query to determine the actual record length for digital waveforms.
Extensions to the DATA Commands
Like the MSO/DPO4000/B series, the MSO/DPO2000/B series provides the DATa:WIDth command that allows you to specify the data word width (in bytes) used when querying data from the instrument or when sending data to the instrument with the CURVe command. The following are the extensions to data commands: DATa:RESOlution DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable? DATa:COMPosition
WFMOutpre Parameters
The WFMOutpre? parameters correspond to the source waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The following are the extensions to Waveform Outpre commands: WFMOutpre:COMPosition WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq? WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength?
WFMInpre Parameters
The WFMInpre? parameters correspond to the destination reference waveform specified by the DATa:DESTination command. The following are the extensions to Waveform Inpre commands: WFMInpre:FILTERFreq WFMInpre:COMPosition
FilterVu Frequency Control Commands
The following are the FilterVu commands: FILTERVu:FREQuency FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable? DISplay:GLITch DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch
B-6
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix C: Reserved Words This is a list of reserved words for your instrument. Capital letters identify the required minimum spelling.
*CAL *CLS *DDT *ESE *ESR *IDN *LRN *OPC *PSC *PUD *RCL *RST *SAV *SRE *STB *TRG *TST *WAI 1 1CH 7 8 9 A A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 ABORt ABOrt ABSolute AC ACKMISS ACQ ACQLENGTH ACQuire ACTIVeprinter ADD ADDR10 ADDR7
ADDRANDDATA ADDRess ADDress ALIas ALIas[ ALL ALLEv ALLFields ALLLines ALTERNATE ALWAYS AMPlitude AND ANY APPKey AREa ASCII ASCIi ASCii ASSIgn ATRIGger AUTO AUTOSet AUTOZero AUX AUXOut AUXin AVAILable AVErage Auto B B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 BACKLight BACKWards BANdwidth BASe BDIFFBP
BINary BITOrder BITRate BIT_Nr BLAckmanharris BM BMP BN_Fmt BOTh BOX BTRIGger BURst BUS BUSY BY BYPass BYT_Nr BYT_Or CALibrate CAN CANH CANL CARD CARea CATalog CH CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CHannel CHecksum CLAss CLEAR CLEARMenu CLEARSNapshot CLEar CLOCK CLOCk CM10BY15 CM13BY18 CM15BY21 CM18BY24 CM6BY8 CM7BY10 CM9BY13
CMEan COLUMN COMMAND COMPOSITE_ENV COMPOSITE_YT COMPosition CONDition CONFigure CONTROl CONTinue COPy COUNt COUPling CPU CR CRC CRCHeader CRCTrailer CREATE CRMs CROSSHair CURSor CURSors CURVe CURrent CUSTom CWD CYCLEcount D D0 D1 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DATA
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
C-1
Appendix C: Reserved Words
DATABits DATE DATEPrint DATa DAll DB DC DECimal DEFLT DEFault DEFine DEGAUss DEGrees DELEte DELIMiter DELTa DELTatime DELay DELayed DELete DELta DESE DESKew DESTination DHCPbootp DIAg DIFFerential DIGItal DIGital DIGtal DIR DIRection DISabled DISplay DISplaymode DNS DOMAINname DPOModels DRAFT DUAL DUmp DYNAMic E ECL EDGE EDGe EEPROM EITher ENAble ENCdg END ENET ENGLish
C-2
ENV ENVelope EOF EOFTYPE EQUal EQual ERROR ERRTYPE ERRlog ERRor ETHERnet EVEN EVENT EVENTS EVENTtable EVMsg EVQty EXECute EXT EXTended EXTernal FACtor FACtory FAIL FALL FALSe FALling FASTPHOTO FASTer FAStest FFT FIELD FIFty FILEFormat FILESystem FILTERFreq FILTERVu FINE FIRst FIVEdivs FLAg FOCUS FOLder FORCEDRange FORCe FORMAt FORMat FORWards FPAnel FRACTional FRAMEID FRAMEType FRAMETypeid
FRAMEtype FRAMING FRAme FREE FREESpace FRENch FREQuency FULL FULl FUNCtion GAIN GATEWay GATIng GATing GENeralcall GERMan GLITch GND GPIBUsb GRAticule GRId HAGAKIPC HAGAKIPCARD HALFgrat HAMming HANning HARDCopy HBArs HD1080I50 HD1080I60 HD1080P24 HD1080P25 HD1080PSF24 HD480P60 HD720P60 HDtv HEADER HEADer HEIght HERtz HEXadecimal HFRej HIGH HIGHLimit HIRes HIStogram HIVALue HOLDTime HOLDoff HORZ HORizontal HPOS HSmode
HTTPPort I2C ID IDANDDATA IDFORmat IDLETime IDLEtime IDPrint IDentifier IMAGESize IMAGe IMAge IMMed IMPedance IN IN11BY17 IN2P5BY3P25 IN4BY6 IN8BY10 INDBits INDICators INDIvidual INDependent INFInite INIT INKSaver INPut INTENSITy INTERLAced INTERNal INVERTed INVert INVerted INrange IO IPADDress ISCLOCKed ITALian JAPAnese KOREan L L2 L4 LABEL LABel LANGuage LANdscape LARge LAYout LESSEQual LESSLimit LESSThan LESSthan
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix C: Reserved Words
LETTER LEVel LF LFRej LIN LINE LINEAr LINEPeriod LIST LOCk LOG LOGIC LOGIc LOGic LOOP LOW LOWLimit LOWerthreshold LSB MAG MAIN MAIn MAIn] MARK MARKSINCOLumn MATH MATH1 MATHVAR MATH[1] MAXSamplerate MAXimum MEAN MEAS MEASUrement MEDium MEG MESSage METHod MID MID2 MINImum MINMax MISO MISOMOSI MIXed MKDir MM100BY150 MM54BY86 MODE MODe MOREEQual MORELimit MOREThan
MOREthan MOSI MSB NAME NAMe] NANd NEGative NEWpass NEXT NEXt NO NOCARE NOISErej NONE NONe NOPARity NORMal NOTCOMPuted NR1 NRMAL NR_Pt NTIMES NTIMes NTSc NULL NULLFRDynamic NULLFRStatic NULl NUMACq NUMAVg NUMENTries NUMERic NUMEnv NUMHORZ NUMVERT OCCURS ODD OFF OFFSet ON ONCE ONFAIL OPTion OUT OUTrange OVERLoad OWNer PACKET PAL PAPERSize PAPERType PARallel PARity
PASS PASSWord PATtern PAYLength PAYLoad PERCent PERIod PERSistence PERcent PHAse PHOTO PictBridge PING PK2Pk PLAIN PNG POLARity POLar POLarity PORTRait PORTUguese POSITION POSition POSitive POVershoot POWerupstatus PPULSECount PRESS PREVIEW PREViewstate PREVious PRINTQual PRINTer PRODDELta PRODUCT PRODUCTID PROGressive PRObe PT_Fmt PT_ORder PT_Off PULSEWIDth PULSEWidth PULSe PULse PWIdth QUALifier RADIUS RATDELta RATE15K RATE1M RATE20K RATE25K
RATE35K RATE50K RATE800K RATIO RDELta READ READFile RECAll RECOrdlength RECTX RECTY RECTangular REDUced REF REF1 REF2 REFLevel REM REMote REName REPEATstart RESET RESOlution RESUlt RESistance RESults RI RIBinary RISEFall RISe RISing RMDir RMS ROLL100MM ROLL127MM ROLL210MM ROLL89MM ROM RP RPBinary RS232 RS232C RUN RUNSTop RUNT RUNt RUSSian RWINClude RX RXDATA RXENDPacket RXPARity RXSTArt
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
C-3
Appendix C: Reserved Words
SAMPLERate SAMPLEpoint SAMple SAVe SCAN SCAle SCLK SCREEN SCREen SDATA SEARCH SEARCHtotrigger SECAM SEConds SELect SELected SEQuence SERIALnumber SERnumber SET SETHold SETLevel SETTime SETUP SETUp SEVENTYFive SHOW SIGnal SIMPlifiedchinese SINGULAR_YT SIZe SLEEP SLEWRate SLOWer SLOpe SMAll SNAPShot SNAp SOF SOURCE SOURCE2 SOURCE[1]
C-4
SOUrce SOUrce2 SPANish SPC SPECTral SPI SPREADSheet SPace SRIbinary SRPbinary SS STANDard STANdard START STARTofframe STARTup STARTupnosync STARt STARtbyte STATE STATE] STATIstics STATUS STATe STATic STATus STDdev STOP STOPAfter STRing STYle STandard SUBNETMask SYNC SYNCField SYNCFrame SYNCInterval TEKSecure TEMPerature TERmination TESTnumber THDELta
THETA THREshold THReshold TIFf TIME TIMe TOTAL TOTal TOTaluptime TRACk TRADitionalchinese TRANsition TRAnsition TRIGger TRIGgertosearch TRUe TTL TURN TWEnty TWOfifty TX TXDATA TXENDPacket TXPARity TXRX TXSTArt TYPE TYPe Than UNDo UNEQual UNIts UNLock UPPerthreshold USBDevice USBTMC USBTmc USE USER V1X V2X VALue
VAR VBArs VDELTa VENDORID VERBose VERT VERTical VIDeo VOLts WAKEup WAVEform WAVFrm WEIghting WFId WFMInpre WFMOutpre WHEn WIDth WINdow WRITE WRITEFile X XDELta XFF XINcr XUNit XY XZEro Y YDELta YES YMUlt YOFf YT YUNIts YUNit YUNits YZEro ZOOM ZOOm
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix D: Application Module-enabled Commands This table lists the commands that become available with installation of an application module.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
D-1
Appendix D: Application Module-enabled Commands
Application Module
Commands
DPO2AUTO
Automotive Serial Triggering and Analysis Module. Enables triggering on packet-level information on CAN and LIN buses as well as analytical tools such as digital views of the signal, bus views, packet decoding, search tools, and packet decode tables with time-stamp information. BUS:B:CAN:BITRate BUS:B:CAN:PRObe BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce BUS:B:LIN:BITRate BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat BUS:B:LIN:POLARity BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce BUS:B:LIN:STANDard SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue
D-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix D: Application Module-enabled Commands
Application Module
Commands
DPO2COMP
Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Module. Enables triggering on packet-level information on RS-232/422/485/UART buses as well as analytical tools such as digital views of the signal, bus views, packet decoding, search tools, and packet decode tables with time-stamp information. BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode BUS:B:RS232C:PARity BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
D-3
Appendix D: Application Module-enabled Commands
Application Module
Commands
DPO2EMBD
Embedded Serial Triggering and Analysis Module. Enables triggering on packet-level information on I2C and SPI buses as well as analytical tools such as digital views of the signal, bus views, packet decoding, search tools, and packet decode tables with time-stamp information. BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:VALue SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe
D-4
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples The following are some example command sequences that show a variety of different searches and triggers. The commands in these sequences are not order-dependent. To use these examples, connect channel 1, channel 2, channel 3 and channel 4 (if available) to the probe compensation signal located on the right hand side of the front panel. The search and trigger command group sections contain more information on general search and trigger concepts.
Example 1: Single Threshold Edge Search Goal: Search the channel 2 waveform and place a mark at each instance where it crosses below a threshold of 1.4 volts. Command
Comment
*RST
Resets the oscilloscope. Wait for the reset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SELect:CH2 1
Turns the CH2 waveform on.
:AUTOSet EXECute
Autosets the displayed waveform CH2. Wait for the autoset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TYPe EDGE
Specifies that this will be an edge search (a mark will be placed when the source waveform passes through a specified threshold level in the specified direction).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce CH2
Specifies the CH2 waveform as the source waveform.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH2 TTL
Specifies 1.4 volts as the threshold level.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe FALL
Specifies the falling edge as the direction.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1
Turns the search on.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TOTal?
Returns 4, indicating that CH2 fell below the 1.4 volt threshold 4 times.
Example 2: Single Threshold Edge Trigger Goal: Trigger on the channel 2 waveform when the waveform crosses below a threshold of 1.4 volts. Command
Comment
*RST
Resets the oscilloscope. Wait for the reset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SELect:CH2 1
Turns the CH2 waveform on.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
E-1
Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples
Command
Comment
:TRIGger:A:TYPe EDGE
Specifies that this will be an edge trigger (trigger will occur when the source waveform passes through a specified threshold level in the specified direction).
:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce CH2
Specifies the CH2 waveform as the source waveform.
:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH2 1.4
Specifies 1.4 volts as the threshold level.
:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe FALL
Specifies as falling edge as the direction.
:TRIGger:STATE?
Should return TRIGGER, not AUTO.
Example 3: Dual Threshold Runt Search Goal: Search the channel 3 waveform for negative runt pulses and place a mark at each instance when the waveform drops below an upper threshold of 1.4 volts, but does not cross a lower threshold of -2 volts before re-crossing the upper threshold. The pulse width must be less than 600 microseconds. Command
Comment
*RST
Resets the oscilloscope. Wait for the reset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SELect:CH3 1
Turns the CH3 waveform on.
:AUTOSet EXECute
Autosets the displayed waveform CH3. Wait for the autoset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TYPe RUNT
Specifies that this will be a runt search (a mark will be placed on a pulse amplitude that crosses one threshold but fails to cross a second threshold before re-crossing the first).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce CH3
Specifies to use channel 3 as the source waveform.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH3 -2
Specifies to use -2 volts as the lower threshold.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: CH3 1.4
Specifies to use 1.4 volts as the upper threshold.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity NEGative
Specifies to search for when the runt polarity is negative.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth 600E-6
Specifies a pulse width of 600E-6 seconds.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn LESSthan
Specifies to search for when the pulse width is less than 600E-6 seconds.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1
Turns the search on.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TOTal?
Returns 3, indicating that 3 total negative runt pulses were less than 600E-6 seconds wide
Example 4: Single Threshold Logic Search on Three Waveforms Goal: Search the channel 1, 2 and 3 waveforms and place a mark at each instance when either channel 1 is above 1.4 volts, channel 2 is above 1.5 volts, or channel 3 is above 1.3 volts.
E-2
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples
Command
Comment
*RST
Resets the oscilloscope. Wait for the reset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SELect:CH1 1
Turns the CH1 waveform on.
:SELect:CH2 1
Turns the CH2 waveform on.
:SELect:CH3 1
Turns the CH3 waveform on.
:AUTOSet EXECute
Autosets the displayed waveforms CH1, CH2 and CH3. Wait for the autoset to complete (approximately 3 seconds).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TYPe LOGIc
Specifies that this will be a logic search (a mark will be placed when all channels transition to the specified state).
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH1 HIGH
Specifies the Boolean logic criteria for channel 1; in this case, high.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH2 HIGH
Specifies the Boolean logic criteria for channel 2; in this case, high.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH3 HIGH
Specifies the Boolean logic criteria for channel 3; in this case, high.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH1 1.4
Specifies to use 1.4 volts as the threshold for CH1.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH2 1.5
Specifies to use 1.5 volts as the threshold for CH2.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH3 1.3
Specifies to use 1.3 volts as the threshold for CH3.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn TRUE
Specifies the condition for generating a logic pattern search; in this case, true.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion OR
Specifies the logic operator for the logic search; in this case, OR.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1
Turns the search on.
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TOTal?
Returns 3 or 4, indicating 3 or 4 times when one of channels 1, 2 or 3 became high. Note: Depending upon the number of transitions displayed, you may get 3 or 4 search marks for this example. If you get 3 search marks, try adjusting the horizontal position until you see 4 search marks.
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
E-3
Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples
E-4
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index A ACQuire:MAXSamplerate?, 2-59 ACQuire:MODe, 2-59 ACQuire:NUMACq?, 2-60 ACQuire:NUMAVg, 2-61 ACQuire:STATE, 2-61 ACQuire:STOPAfter, 2-63 ACQuire?, 2-59 Acquisition Command Group, 2-11 Alias Command Group, 2-12 ALIas, 2-63 ALIas:CATalog?, 2-64 ALIas:DEFine, 2-64 ALIas:DELEte, 2-65 ALIas:DELEte:ALL, 2-65 ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe], 2-66 ALIas[:STATE], 2-66 ALLEv?, 2-67 AUTOSet, 2-67 AUTOSet:ENAble, 2-68 AUXin:PRObe, 2-68 AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero, 2-69 AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND, 2-69 AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss, 2-70 AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?, 2-70 AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange, 2-70 AUXin:PRObe:GAIN, 2-71 AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?, 2-71 AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE?, 2-71 AUXin:PRObe:RESistance?, 2-71 AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal, 2-72 AUXin:PRObe:UNIts?, 2-72 AUXin?, 2-68
B BUS, 2-73 BUS:B:CAN:BITRate, 2-73 BUS:B:CAN:PRObe, 2-73 BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint, 2-74 BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce, 2-74 BUS:B:DISplay:FORMAt, 2-75 BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude, 2-75 BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce, 2-76
BUS:B:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce, 2-76 BUS:B:LABel, 2-77 BUS:B:LIN:BITRate, 2-77 BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat, 2-77 BUS:B:LIN:POLARity, 2-78 BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint, 2-78 BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce, 2-79 BUS:B:LIN:STANDard, 2-79 BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce, 2-80 BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE, 2-80 BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed, 2-81 BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce, 2-81 BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth, 2-81 BUS:B:POSition, 2-82 BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate, 2-82 BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits, 2-83 BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter, 2-83 BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode, 2-83 BUS:B:RS232C:PARity, 2-84 BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity, 2-84 BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce, 2-85 BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce, 2-85 BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder, 2-86 BUS:B:SPI:DATA:SIZe, 2-88 BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity, 2-87 BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce, 2-87 BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}: POLARity, 2-88 BUS:B:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce, 2-88 BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING, 2-89 BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime, 2-89 BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity, 2-86 BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce, 2-86 BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity, 2-90 BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce, 2-90 BUS:B:STATE, 2-91 BUS:B:TYPE, 2-91 BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH, 2-92 BUS:THReshold:CH, 2-92 BUS:THReshold:D, 2-93 BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH, 2-93 BUSY?, 2-94
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index-1
Index
C *CAL?, 2-95 CALibrate:FACtory, 2-95 CALibrate:FACtory:STATus?, 2-96 CALibrate:INTERNal, 2-96 CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt, 2-96 CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus?, 2-97 CALibrate:RESults:FACtory?, 2-98 CALibrate:RESults:SPC?, 2-98 CALibrate:RESults?, 2-97 CALibrate:TEMPerature?, 2-98 Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group, 2-16 CH:BANdwidth, 2-99 CH:COUPling, 2-99 CH:DESKew, 2-100 CH:IMPedance, 2-100 CH:INVert, 2-101 CH:LABel, 2-101 CH:OFFSet, 2-102 CH:POSition, 2-102 CH:PRObe:AUTOZero, 2-103 CH:PRObe:COMMAND, 2-104 CH:PRObe:DEGAUss, 2-104 CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?, 2-104 CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange, 2-105 CH:PRObe:GAIN, 2-105 CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?, 2-106 CH:PRObe:ID:TYPE?, 2-107 CH:PRObe:ID?, 2-106 CH:PRObe:RESistance?, 2-107 CH:PRObe:SIGnal, 2-107 CH:PRObe:UNIts?, 2-108 CH:PRObe?, 2-103 CH:SCAle, 2-108 CH:TERmination, 2-109 CH:VOLts, 2-109 CH:YUNits, 2-110 CH?, 2-99 CLEARMenu, 2-110 *CLS, 2-110 Command Groups, 2-11 Cursor Command Group, 2-17 CURSor:FUNCtion, 2-111 CURSor:HBArs:DELTa?, 2-112 CURSor:HBArs:POSITION, 2-113 CURSor:HBArs:UNIts, 2-113 CURSor:HBArs:USE, 2-114
Index-2
CURSor:HBArs?, 2-112 CURSor:MODe, 2-114 CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE?, 2-115 CURSor:VBArs:DELTa?, 2-116 CURSor:VBArs:HPOS?, 2-116 CURSor:VBArs:POSITION, 2-117 CURSor:VBArs:UNIts, 2-117 CURSor:VBArs:USE, 2-118 CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa?, 2-118 CURSor:VBArs?, 2-115 CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta?, 2-119 CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION?, 2-119 CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts?, 2-119 CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta?, 2-120 CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION?, 2-120 CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts?, 2-120 CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta?, 2-120 CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION?, 2-121 CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts?, 2-121 CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta?, 2-121 CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION?, 2-121 CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts?, 2-122 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta?, 2-122 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION, 2-122 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts?, 2-122 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta?, 2-123 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION, 2-123 CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts?, 2-123 CURSor?, 2-111 CURVe, 2-123
D D, 2-145 D:LABel, 2-145 D:POSition, 2-145 D:THREshold, 2-146 DATa, 2-125 DATa:COMPosition, 2-126 DATa:COMPosition:AVAILable?, 2-126 DATa:DESTination, 2-127 DATa:ENCdg, 2-127 DATa:RESOlution, 2-129 DATa:SOUrce, 2-129 DATa:STARt, 2-131 DATa:STOP, 2-132 DATa:WIDth, 2-133 DATE, 2-133
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index
*DDT, 2-134 DESE, 2-135 DIAg:LOOP:OPTion, 2-135 DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes, 2-136 DIAg:LOOP:STOP, 2-136 DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg?, 2-137 DIAg:RESUlt:LOG?, 2-137 DIAg:SELect, 2-138 DIAg:SELect:, 2-138 DIAg:STATE, 2-139 Display Command Group, 2-18 DISplay:CLOCk, 2-139 DISplay:DIGital:HEIght, 2-140 DISplay:FORMat, 2-140 DISplay:GLITch, 2-141 DISplay:GRAticule, 2-141 DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight, 2-142 DISplay:INTENSITy:GLITch, 2-143 DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule, 2-143 DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform, 2-143 DISplay:INTENSITy?, 2-142 DISplay:PERSistence, 2-144 DISplay?, 2-139
E *ESE, 2-146 *ESR?, 2-147 Ethernet Command Group, 2-19 ETHERnet:DHCPbootp, 2-147 ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress, 2-148 ETHERnet:DOMAINname, 2-148 ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress?, 2-149 ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress, 2-149 ETHERnet:HTTPPort, 2-149 ETHERnet:IPADDress, 2-150 ETHERnet:NAME, 2-150 ETHERnet:PASSWord, 2-151 ETHERnet:PING, 2-151 ETHERnet:PING:STATUS?, 2-151 ETHERnet:SUBNETMask, 2-152 EVENT?, 2-152 EVMsg?, 2-153 EVQty?, 2-153
F
File System Command Group, 2-20 FILESystem, 2-155 FILESystem:CWD, 2-155 FILESystem:DELEte, 2-156 FILESystem:DIR?, 2-156 FILESystem:FORMat, 2-157 FILESystem:FREESpace?, 2-157 FILESystem:MKDir, 2-158 FILESystem:READFile, 2-158 FILESystem:REName, 2-159 FILESystem:RMDir, 2-159 FILESystem:WRITEFile, 2-160 FILTERVu:FREQuency, 2-160 FILTERVu:FREQuency:AVAILable?, 2-161 FPAnel:PRESS, 2-161 FPAnel:TURN, 2-163
G GPIBUsb:ID?, 2-164
H Hard copy Command Group, 2-22 HARDCopy, 2-164 HARDCopy:INKSaver, 2-165 HARDCopy:PREVIEW, 2-165 HEADer, 2-166 Horizontal Command Group, 2-23 HORizontal:ACQLENGTH?, 2-167 HORizontal:DELay:MODe, 2-167 HORizontal:DELay:TIMe, 2-168 HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN?, 2-168 HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN?, 2-168 HORizontal:POSition, 2-169 HORizontal:PREViewstate?, 2-169 HORizontal:RECOrdlength, 2-169 HORizontal:RESOlution, 2-170 HORizontal:SAMPLERate, 2-170 HORizontal:SCAle, 2-170 HORizontal:TRIGger:POSition, 2-171 HORizontal?, 2-166
I ID?, 2-171 *IDN?, 2-172
FACtory, 2-154
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index-3
Index
L LANGuage, 2-172 LOCk, 2-172 *LRN?, 2-173
M Mark Command Group, 2-23 MARK, 2-174 MARK:CREATE, 2-174 MARK:DELEte, 2-175 MARK:FREE?, 2-175 MARK:SELected:END?, 2-176 MARK:SELected:FOCUS?, 2-176 MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn?, 2-176 MARK:SELected:OWNer?, 2-176 MARK:SELected:SOURCE?, 2-177 MARK:SELected:STARt?, 2-177 MARK:SELected:STATe?, 2-177 MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition?, 2-177 MARK:TOTal?, 2-178 Math Command Group, 2-25 MATH[1]:DEFine, 2-179 MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition, 2-180 MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle, 2-180 MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts, 2-181 MATH[1]:LABel, 2-178 MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators, 2-181 MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators: END?, 2-181 MATH[1]:SPECTral:GATing:INDICators: STARt?, 2-182 MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG, 2-182 MATH[1]:SPECTral:NYQUISTFreq?, 2-182 MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow, 2-183 MATH[1]:TYPe, 2-183 MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition, 2-184 MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle, 2-184 MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts?, 2-185 MATH[1]?, 2-178 Measurement Command Group, 2-26 MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot, 2-186 MEASUrement:GATing, 2-186 MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection, 2-188 MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE, 2-188 MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay?, 2-187 MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce, 2-190 MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1, 2-189
Index-4
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2, 2-190 MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe, 2-191 MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts?, 2-193 MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue?, 2-194 MEASUrement:IMMed?, 2-187 MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ?, 2-195 MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ?, 2-195 MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT?, 2-196 MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE, 2-196 MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT?, 2-197 MEASUrement:INDICators?, 2-195 MEASUrement:MEAS:COUNt?, 2-197 MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:DIRection, 2-198 MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay:EDGE, 2-199 MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay?, 2-198 MEASUrement:MEAS:MAXimum?, 2-199 MEASUrement:MEAS:MEAN?, 2-200 MEASUrement:MEAS:MINImum?, 2-200 MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE[1], 2-200 MEASUrement:MEAS:SOUrce, 2-201 MEASUrement:MEAS:SOURCE2, 2-201 MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE, 2-202 MEASUrement:MEAS:STDdev?, 2-203 MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe, 2-203 MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts?, 2-206 MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue?, 2-206 MEASUrement:MEAS?, 2-197 MEASUrement:METHod, 2-207 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH, 2-208 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW, 2-208 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID, 2-209 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID, 2-210 MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2, 2-210 MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod, 2-211 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH, 2-211 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW, 2-212 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID, 2-213 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID, 2-214 MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2, 2-213 MEASUrement:REFLevel?, 2-207 MEASUrement:SNAPShot, 2-214 MEASUrement?, 2-185 MESSage, 2-215 MESSage:BOX, 2-215 MESSage:CLEAR, 2-216 MESSage:SHOW, 2-216 MESSage:STATE, 2-219
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index
Miscellaneous Command Group, 2-29
N NEWpass, 2-219
O *OPC, 2-220
P PASSWord, 2-221 PICTBridge:DATEPrint, 2-221 PICTBridge:DEFault, 2-222 PICTBridge:IDPrint, 2-222 PICTBridge:IMAGESize, 2-223 PICTBridge:PAPERSize, 2-224 PICTBridge:PAPERType, 2-225 PICTBridge:PRINTQual, 2-226 *PSC, 2-226 *PUD, 2-227
R *RCL, 2-227 RECAll:SETUp, 2-228 RECAll:WAVEform, 2-228 REF:DATE?, 2-229 REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe, 2-230 REF:HORizontal:SCAle, 2-230 REF:LABel, 2-230 REF:POSition, 2-231 REF:SCAle, 2-231 REF:TIMe?, 2-231 REF:VERTical:POSition, 2-232 REF:VERTical:SCAle, 2-232 REF?, 2-229 REM, 2-233 *RST, 2-234
S *SAV, 2-234 Save and Recall Command Group, 2-31 SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe, 2-235 SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS, 2-235 SAVe:IMAGe, 2-236 SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat, 2-236 SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout, 2-237
SAVe:SETUp, 2-237 SAVe:WAVEform, 2-238 SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat, 2-239 SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng, 2-240 SAVe:WAVEform:SPREADSheet:RESOlution, 2-240 Search Commands Group, 2-33 SEARCH:SEARCH:COPy, 2-244 SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE, 2-244 SEARCH:SEARCH:TOTAL?, 2-244 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:CONDition, 2-247 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:DATa:DIRection, 2-247 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:DATa:QUALifier, 2-248 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:DATa:SIZe, 2-249 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:DATa:VALue, 2-249 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN:FRAMEtype, 2-250 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe, 2-250 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue, 2-251 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: ADDRess:MODe, 2-251 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: ADDRess:TYPe, 2-251 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: ADDRess:VALue, 2-252 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: CONDition, 2-252 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: DATa:DIRection, 2-253 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: DATa:SIZe, 2-253 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C: DATa:VALue, 2-254 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: CONDition, 2-254 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: DATa:HIVALue, 2-255 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: DATa:QUALifier, 2-255 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: DATa:SIZe, 2-256
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index-5
Index
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: DATa:VALue, 2-257 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: ERRTYPE, 2-257 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN: IDentifier:VALue, 2-258 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: PARallel:VALue, 2-258 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: RS232C:CONDition, 2-259 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe, 2-259 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue, 2-260 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe, 2-260 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B: RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue, 2-260 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI: CONDition, 2-261 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI: DATa:SIZe, 2-262 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI: DATa{:MISO|:IN}:VALue, 2-261 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI: DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:VALue, 2-262 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS: SOUrce, 2-262 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS?, 2-245 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE: SLOpe, 2-263 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE: SOUrce, 2-263 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel, 2-264 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: CH, 2-264 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: MATH, 2-264 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel: REF, 2-265 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: FUNCtion, 2-265 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: CH, 2-265 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: CLOCk:EDGE, 2-266
Index-6
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: CLOCk:SOUrce, 2-266 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: D, 2-267 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: MATH, 2-267 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: REF, 2-268 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: INPut:CH, 2-268 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: INPut:D, 2-268 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: INPut:MATH, 2-269 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: INPut:REF, 2-269 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: WHEn, 2-270 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: WHEn:LESSLimit, 2-270 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern: WHEn:MORELimit, 2-271 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:CH, 2-271 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:MATH, 2-271 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:REF, 2-272 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:CH, 2-272 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:MATH, 2-273 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A: LOWerthreshold:REF, 2-273 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth: POLarity, 2-273 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth: SOUrce, 2-274 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth: WHEn, 2-274 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth: WIDth, 2-275 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: POLarity, 2-275 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: SOUrce, 2-276
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: WHEn, 2-276 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT: WIDth, 2-277 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: CLOCk:EDGE, 2-277 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: CLOCk:SOUrce, 2-277 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: CLOCk:THReshold, 2-278 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa: SOUrce, 2-278 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa: THReshold, 2-279 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: HOLDTime, 2-279 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: SETTime, 2-279 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: THReshold:CH, 2-280 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: THReshold:REF, 2-281 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold: THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}, 2-280 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe, 2-283 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: CH, 2-283 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: MATH, 2-284 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: REF, 2-284 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|: RISEFall}:DELTatime, 2-281 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|: RISEFall}:POLarity, 2-281 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|: RISEFall}:SOUrce, 2-282 SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|: RISEFall}:WHEn, 2-282 SEARCH?, 2-241 SELect, 2-284 SELect:BUS, 2-285 SELect:CH, 2-285 SELect:CONTROl, 2-286 SELect:D, 2-286 SELect:MATH[1], 2-287 SELect:REF, 2-288
SET?, 2-288 SETUP:DATE?, 2-289 SETUP:LABEL, 2-290 SETUP:TIME?, 2-290 *SRE, 2-290 Status and Error Command Group, 2-37 *STB?, 2-291
T TEKSecure, 2-291 TIME, 2-292 TOTaluptime?, 2-293 *TRG, 2-293 Trigger Command Group, 2-38 TRIGger, 2-294 TRIGger:A, 2-294 TRIGger:A:BUS, 2-295 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition, 2-296 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection, 2-297 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier, 2-297 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe, 2-298 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue, 2-298 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype, 2-299 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}: MODe, 2-299 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}: VALue, 2-300 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe, 2-300 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe, 2-301 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue, 2-301 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition, 2-302 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection, 2-303 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe, 2-303 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue, 2-304 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition, 2-304 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue, 2-305 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier, 2-305 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe, 2-306 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue, 2-306 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE, 2-307 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue, 2-308 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue, 2-308 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition, 2-308 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa: SIZe, 2-309 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa: VALue, 2-309
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index-7
Index
TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa: SIZe, 2-310 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa: VALue, 2-310 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition, 2-311 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe, 2-312 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}: VALue, 2-311 TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}: VALue, 2-312 TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce, 2-312 TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling, 2-313 TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe, 2-314 TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce, 2-314 TRIGger:A:EDGE?, 2-313 TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe, 2-315 TRIGger:A:HOLDoff?, 2-315 TRIGger:A:LEVel, 2-316 TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, 2-316 TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, 2-317 TRIGger:A:LEVel:D, 2-317 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss, 2-318 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion, 2-319 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH, 2-320 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE, 2-320 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce, 2-321 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D, 2-321 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut?, 2-320 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime, 2-322 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D, 2-322 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn, 2-323 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn: LESSLimit, 2-324 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn: MORELimit, 2-324 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern?, 2-322 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold: (CH|D), 2-325 TRIGger:A:LOGIc?, 2-318 TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH, 2-325 TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX}, 2-326 TRIGger:A:MODe, 2-326 TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss, 2-327 TRIGger:A:PULse?, 2-327 TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity, 2-328 TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce, 2-328 TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn, 2-329
Index-8
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth, 2-330 TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth?, 2-328 TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity, 2-330 TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce, 2-331 TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn, 2-331 TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth, 2-332 TRIGger:A:RUNT?, 2-330 TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE, 2-333 TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce, 2-334 TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold, 2-334 TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk?, 2-333 TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce, 2-335 TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold, 2-336 TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa?, 2-335 TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime, 2-337 TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime, 2-337 TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH, 2-337 TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D, 2-338 TRIGger:A:SETHold?, 2-333 TRIGger:A:TYPe, 2-341 TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH, 2-342 TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD, 2-343 TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE, 2-343 TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity, 2-344 TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce, 2-344 TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard, 2-345 TRIGger:A:VIDeo?, 2-342 TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}, 2-345 TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}: DELTatime, 2-339 TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity, 2-339 TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce, 2-340 TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn, 2-340 TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}?, 2-338 TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe, 2-346 TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts?, 2-347 TRIGger:EXTernal?, 2-346 TRIGger:FREQuency?, 2-347 TRIGger:STATE?, 2-347 *TST?, 2-348
U UNLock, 2-348 USBDevice:CONFigure, 2-349 USBTMC, 2-349 USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal?, 2-349 USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal?, 2-350
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index
USBTMC:SERIALnumber?, 2-350 USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal?, 2-350 USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal?, 2-350
V VERBose, 2-351 Vertical Command Group, 2-47
W *WAI, 2-352 Waveform Transfer Command Group, 2-50 WAVFrm?, 2-352 WFMInpre:BIT_Nr, 2-353 WFMInpre:BN_Fmt, 2-354 WFMInpre:BYT_Nr, 2-354 WFMInpre:BYT_Or, 2-355 WFMInpre:COMPosition, 2-355 WFMInpre:ENCdg, 2-356 WFMInpre:FILTERFreq, 2-356 WFMInpre:NR_Pt, 2-357 WFMInpre:PT_Fmt, 2-357 WFMInpre:PT_Off, 2-358 WFMInpre:XINcr, 2-358 WFMInpre:XUNit, 2-359 WFMInpre:XZEro, 2-360 WFMInpre:YMUlt, 2-360 WFMInpre:YOFf, 2-361 WFMInpre:YUNit, 2-362 WFMInpre:YZEro, 2-362 WFMInpre?, 2-353 WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr, 2-364 WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, 2-364
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, 2-365 WFMOutpre:BYT_Or, 2-365 WFMOutpre:COMPosition, 2-366 WFMOutpre:ENCdg, 2-366 WFMOutpre:FILTERFreq?, 2-367 WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?, 2-367 WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt?, 2-368 WFMOutpre:PT_Off?, 2-368 WFMOutpre:PT_ORder?, 2-369 WFMOutpre:RECOrdlength?, 2-369 WFMOutpre:WFId?, 2-369 WFMOutpre:XINcr?, 2-371 WFMOutpre:XUNit?, 2-371 WFMOutpre:XZEro?, 2-371 WFMOutpre:YMUlt?, 2-372 WFMOutpre:YOFf?, 2-372 WFMOutpre:YUNit?, 2-373 WFMOutpre:YZEro?, 2-373 WFMOutpre?, 2-363
Z Zoom Command Group, 2-57 ZOOm:ZOOM1:FACtor?, 2-375 ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:POSition, 2-375 ZOOm:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCAle, 2-376 ZOOm:ZOOM1:POSition, 2-376 ZOOm:ZOOM1:SCAle, 2-376 ZOOm:ZOOM1:STATE, 2-377 ZOOm:ZOOM1?, 2-375 ZOOm?, 2-374 ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE}, 2-374
MSO2000B, DPO2000B, MSO2000 and DPO2000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual
Index-9
![[PDF] Connect-Tek USB-2 Specifications Download - Free Download PDF (2025)](data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAQAAAC1HAwCAAAAC0lEQVR42mP8/h8AAvMB+NzmkbcAAAAASUVORK5CYII=)